Project Proponent Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Ltd.

Environmental Impact Assessment Study Report

For Proposed Expansion 2x660 MW

Obra Coal Fired Thermal Power Project District : Sonebhadra (U.P.)

Project Proponent Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Ltd.

Consultant

Pollution Control Research Institute,

BHEL, Ranipur, Haridwar – 249 403 Uttarakhand

Environmental Impact Assessment of proposed 2 x 660 MW Extension

Units at Obra Thermal Power Station of M/s UPRVUNL

Pollution Control Research Institute, BHEL Haridwar 1

INDEX

S.NO. INTRODUCTION PAGE NO. 1.0 Introduction 1 1.1 Purpose of the Report 1 1.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent 3

1.2.1 Identification of Project 3 1.2.2 Project Proponent 3 1.3 Scope of Environment Impact Assessment Study 4 1.4 TOR Compliance 6 1.5 Compliance status of clarifications sought by the EAC in

the 60th meeting 10

1.6 Environmental Impact Assessment Report 11

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 13 2.1 Type of Project 13 2.2 Need of the Proposed Project 13

2.2.1 Location and Accessibility 16 2.2.2 Existing Plant 18 2.2.3 Size or Magnitude of Operation including Resources 20 2.3 Layout Plan/Land Requirement 21 2.4 Coal Requirement , Availability and Linkage 25 2.5 Technical Details of Proposed Expansion 26

2.5.1 Steam Generator and Auxiliaries 26 2.5.2 Turbine and its Auxiliaries 28 2.5.3 Steam Generator Circulation System (For Once Through

Boiler) 29

2.6 Air and Flue Gas System 29 2.6.1 Fuel Oil Burning System 30 2.6.2 Coal Burning System 30 2.6.3 Soot Blowing System 30 2.7 Cooling Tower 31 2.8 Fuel Transportation and Handing System 32

2.8.1 Coal 32 2.8.2 Fuel Oil 33 2.9 Power Evacuation 34

2.10 Power Requirement 35 2.11 Make Up Water Requirement & Treatment 35

2.11.1 Water Treatment Systems 37 2.11.2 Water Pre-Treatment Plant 37 2.11.3 De-Mineralization Plant 37 2.11.4 Chlorination Plant 38 2.11.5 Condensate Polishing Plant 38 2.11.6 CW Treatment System 39 2.11.7 Ash Water Re-circulation System 39 2.12 Pollution Generation and Management 39

2.12.1 Air Emission and Management 39




2.12.2 Waste Water Management 41 2.12.3 Proposed Expansion 41 2.12.4 Effluent from Process 42 2.12.5 Effluent from Domestic Activities 43 2.12.6 Existing Plant 44 2.12.7 Blow down from boilers, rejects from DM plant and others;

and Overflow from ash dyke. 45

2.13 Ash Generation and Handling System 46 2.13.1 Bottom Ash Handling System 47 2.13.2 Fly Ash Handling System 48 2.13.3 Ash Slurry Disposal system 48 2.13.4 Ash Water System 48 2.13.5 Ash Dyke/Pond 49 2.13.6 Existing Plant 49 2.14 Fire Detection and Protection System 50 2.15 Project Cost 52

3.0 BASELINE STUDY 53 3.1 Introduction 53 3.2 Baseline Study 54 3.3 Air Environment 54

3.3.1 Selection of Sampling Locations 55 3.3.2 Description of Ambient Air Monitoring Stations 56 3.3.3 Methodology for Sampling and Analysis 58 3.3.4 Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 61

3.3.4.1 Air Quality 64 3.3.5 Micro-Meteorology 66 3.3.6 Climate 67 3.3.7 Wind Speed and Wind Direction 67 3.3.8 Air Quality Impact Assessment by means of Modeling

(ISCST3 Model) 70

3.3.9 Input Data and Model Application 75 3.3.10 Emission Inventory 76 3.3.11 Model Application 77 3.3.12 Assessment of Impact on Ambient Air Quality 81 3.3.13 Noise Environment 82 3.4.0 Water Environment 84 3.4.1 Drainage and Hydrology 84 3.4.2 Ground Water Assessment 85 3.4.3 Surface Water quality 94 3.4.4 Standards for Surface Water 95 3.5.0 Land Environment 96 3.5.1 Land Use 96 3.5.2 Seismic consideration 99 3.5.3 Soil Quality 99 3.6 Biological Environment 105

3.6.1 Introduction 105




3.6.2 Baseline Status 106 3.6.3 Methodology for Biological Environment 107 3.6.4 Terrestrial Ecology 108 3.6.5 Aquatic Ecology 108 3.6.6 Terrestrial Environment 109 3.6.7 Rare and Endangered Species 125 3.6.8 Fisheries and Aquatic Life 125 3.6.9 Aquatic Environment 126

3.6.10 Ecological Sensitive Areas 129 3.6.11 Kaimur Wildlife Sanctuary 129

3.7 R & R Plan 133 3.8 Socio-Economic Environment 133

4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENT IMPACTS AND

MITGATION MEASURES 139

4.1 Impacts during Construction Phase 139 4.1.1 Land of OTPS 140 4.1.2 Site Development 140 4.1.3 Civil Construction Work 140 4.1.4 Construction Materials 141 4.1.5 Mechanical & Electrical Erection 141 4.1.6 Immigration 141 4.1.7 Staff Quarters and Other Requirements 141 4.1.8 Sanitation, Rest Room Facilities to Labour Force 142 4.1.9 Water Resources 143

4.1.10 Air Quality 144 4.1.11 Noise Level 145 4.1.12 Water Quality 146 4.1.13 Soil Quality 148 4.1.14 Components Creating Impacts to Socio-Economic

Environment 150

4.2 Environmental Impact Matrix-Construction Phase 152 4.3 Environmental Control Measures during Construction

Phase 157

4.4 Impacts during Operation Phase 158 4.5 Operation Phase Impact Matrix 170 4.6 Environmental Impact Matrix 174

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES & TECHNOLOGY 177 5.1 Introduction 177 5.2 With no expansion of project 178 5.3 Establishment of proposed Expansion at New Site 179 5.4 Establishment of proposed Expansion at same Site 179

5.4.1 Location 179 5.4.2 Raw Material 180 5.4.3 Configuration and Process Technology 180 5.4.4 Advantage of Supercritical Technology 181




5.4.5 Operational 183 5.4.6 Environmental Aspects 183 5.5 Conclusion 184

6.0 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME 185 6.1 Introduction 185 6.2 Objective of Monitoring 185 6.3 Monitoring schedule during construction phase 185

6.3.1 Monitoring schedule during operational phase 187 6.4 Noise 192 6.5 Reporting Schedules of the Monitoring Data 193 6.6 Staff Requirement 194 6.7 Cost of Environment Monitoring 194 6.8 Occupational Safety and Health 194

6.8.1 Occupational Safety 195 6.8.2 Health 197 6.8.3 Fire Protection System 198 6.9 Hospital 199

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 200 7.1 Risk Assessment 200

7.1.1 Approach to the Study 203 7.2 Compliance status of Instructions Issued in 60th meeting of

Expert Appraisal Committee dated 05.11.2012 222

7.2.1 Application for clearance approval from standing committee of the National Board of Wild Life.

222

7.2.2 Cumulative Impact Assessment 223 7.2.3 Implementation of Singrauli Action plan 234 7.3 Green Belt Development 239 7.4 Status of Coal Block 245 7.5 Ash Dyke Breach 245 7.6 Topographical Survey 246 7.7 Area drainage Study 246

8.0 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 247 8.1 List of Details to be Notified 262

9.0 PROJECT BENEFITS 264 9.1 Increased Power Supply 264 9.2 No Land Issue 267 9.3 Corporate Social Responsibility 267 9.4 Economic Growth 268

10.0 Environment Management Plan 269 10.1 Environment Management Cell 270 10.2 Training 271 10.3 Environmental Management during Construction Phase 272




10.4 Environmental Management During Operation Phase 274 10.4.1 Management of Air Pollution 274 10.4.2 Fugitive Emissions 282 10.5 Management of Water Pollution 285

10.5.1 Water Treatment Systems 287 10.6 Management of Noise 292 10.7 Ash Management 293 10.8 Socio - Economic Environment 298 10.9 Rain Water Harvesting 299

10.10 Green Belt Development 301 10.11 CLEAN DEVELOPMENT MECHANISM (CDM) 305 10.12 ENVIRONMENTAL COST 305

11.0 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 306 11.1 Public Hearing Points raised during Public Hearing 308

12.0 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 312-315

13.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 316 13.1 Team Composition 316

ANNEXURES

1 TOR 318-321 2 Change in unit Configuration 322-323 3 Water allocation 324 4 Coal Linkage 325-326 5 Minutes of Meeting 327-330 6 MoEF Letter 331-332 7 Water Balance Diagram 333 8 Ash Utilisation plan 334 9 Jaypee Agreement Letter 335-340

10 Wild life NOC Letter 341 10-A Letter to Principal Conservative Forest Department 342-345 11 Green belt development letter 346-359 12 Green belt development approval letter from CMD 360 13 Plot Plan 361 14 Jaypee expression of Interest letter for Ash Utilisation 362 15 Vicinity cum Layout plan 363 16 Green Belt Development 364 17 Rain Water Harvesting Letter from Director Underground

Water Dept. Lko 365

18 Letter by CGM Obra to DFO, Mirzapur for National Board of Wild life

366-368

19 Public Hearing News Paper Cutting 369-370 20 Public Hearing Minutes of Meeting 371-379 21 Public Hearing Attendance Sheet 380-387

Chapter‐1

Introduction




1.0 INTRODUCTION

Electricity is the essential form of energy not only in productive sectors like industry

and agriculture but it also very much needed in modern times for domestic and

commercial purposes and has become almost an essential ingredient in man's life.

Recognizing this fact and realizing no significant development of this sector in pre-

independence era, Power Sector development was conceived under Public Sector

under Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948.

Indian power sector is facing challenges and despite significant growth in generation

over the years, it has been suffering from shortages and supply constraints.

Uttar Pradesh is India’s most populous state with a population of over 201 million.

Promoting electricity is at the center of strategy for development of the state. Power

to all therefore is not only integral but the primary component of the development

program of the state. Uttar Pradesh has been severely constrained in its economic

development and quality of life by the appalling power situation in the state. Villages

get only 14 hours of power supply and even then the quality is poor. The situation is

similar even in small towns. Barely 1/5th of the rural households in the state have

access to this basic need.

1.1 Purpose of the Project

For industrial and agricultural development, availability of adequate power at an

economic rate is the prime prerequisite. In order to fulfill the task of meeting the

power demand of the State during the coming years, it is necessary to plan in such a

manner that the installed capacity exceeds the anticipated load demand as well as

some spinning reserve capacity is available to attend the statutory periodic overhauls

and emergency outages. Industry, trade, agriculture, employment etc. all depend on

proper supply of power. This is the guiding factor for economic condition of any state

and its people.




Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Ltd. (UPRVUNL) proposes an

expansion of the existing Thermal Power Plant in the village Obra of district

Sonebhadra, Uttar Pradesh by putting up a supercritical unit of 2x660 MW, Obra ‘C‘.

The expansion is proposed within existing premises and no additional land is

proposed to be acquired. At Obra first unit was commissioned in 1967 and last unit

was commissioned in 1982. Due to new innovation in power generation technology

and implementation of stringent environment laws/standards, operation of units in

existing plant became economically unviable and eco-unfriendly. Hence,

management of UPRVUNL has decided to scrap some of the units and to operate

rest of the units after renovation and maintenance.

Power to all is not only integral part but the primary component of the development


development and quality of life by the appalling power situation in the State. The

proposed project will help UPRVUNL to meet growing demand of power in Uttar

Pradesh. This project will also help in bridging demand supply gap in the State.

The proposed 2x660 MW ‘Obra C’ Power Plant is envisaged to start generating

power during the 13th Plan period (2017-2022). The entire generation from this unit

shall be utilized to meet the power requirement of State of Uttar Pradesh and the

surplus power, if any, shall be fed into Northern Grid to meet the power requirement

of other states in Northern Region.

Demand & Supply Scenario at the end of 12th Plan with the addition of 86500 MW

and enhanced performance has been worked out. It is evident that there is overall

peak deficit of 6.16% and 6.92% exist in the country after 11th & 12th plans

respectively. The National Electricity Policy has set up the goal of adding new

generation capacity to not only eliminate energy and peaking shortages but to have a

spinning reserve of 5% in the system. Considering the above, proposed expansion

as Obra ‘C’ (2X660 MW), planned to be commissioned in the early 13th plan, is

therefore, justified from demand supply consideration as discussed in Chapter 2 of

this report.




The proposed extension of 2x660 MW ‘Obra C’ Units at Obra TPS will help

UPRVUNL to meet growing demand of power in U.P. This project will also help in

bridging demand supply gap in the State.

For the proposed extension of 2x660 MW ‘Obra C’, Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) shall be carried out as per new Environmental Impact Assessment

Notification dated 14th September 2006, establishment of new coal based Thermal

Power Plant above 500 MW and requires Environmental Clearance (EC) from MoEF

as CATEGORY ‘Á’ project.

1.2. Identification of Project & Project Proponent 1.2.1 Identification of Project

The proposed extension of Obra TPS consisting of 2 x 660 MW ‘C’ units will be

located in the premises of existing Obra TPS of UPRVUNL in Sonebhadra district.

The nearest railway station is Chopan. The nearest major town is Robertsganj, which

is approximately 35 kms. The district Sonebhadra is bounded by the state of

Chhattisgarh to the South, Madhya Pradesh to the West and Bihar state to the East.

Latitude and Longitude of the site is 24027’N and 820 59’ E respectively. The altitude

of the site is approximately 195 meter above mean sea level (MSL). The proposed

site is around 125 Km from Varanasi and 13 Km from Chopan. The proposed site for

the extension units is mostly flat with a small part of hill which will require clearance

and labeling. Soil is classified as Alluvial soil.

The proposed expansion of 2x660 MW Obra TPS shall be accommodated in the

existing premises of Obra TPS and no additional Land shall be acquired for the

proposed plant.

1.2.2 Project Proponent

The project proponent is Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited

(UPRVUNL).




Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited (UPRVUNL) was constituted in

1980 under the Companies Act 1956 for construction of new Thermal power projects

in the state of Uttar Pradesh (U.P.). Today it is looking after operations of five

Thermal Power Plants located in difference parts of U.P., with a total generation

capacity of 4933 MW as given in Table 1.1 below.

Table 1.1

S.N. Name of the Power Station

Capacity in MW Total Capacity MW

1. Anpara, Sonebhadra 3x210 MW = 630 MW 2x500 MW = 1000 MW

1630 MW

2. Obra, Sonebhadra 2x50 MW = 100 MW 2x94 MW = 188 MW 5x200 MW = 1000 MW

1288 MW

3. Panki, Kanpur 2x105 MW = 210 MW 210 MW

4. Parichha, Jhansi 2x110 MW = 220 MW 2x210 MW = 420 MW 2x250 MW = 500 MW

1140 MW

5. Harduaganj, Aligarh 1x60 MW = 60MW 1x105 MW= 105 MW 2x250 MW= 500 MW

665 MW

Total Capacity 4933 MW

1.3 Scope of Environment Impact Assessment Study

Based on projected demand and power availability data, the need for the installation

of 2x660 MW Coal Based Thermal Power Plant at Obra is justified, but it is essential

to know the environmental implications due to the setting up of the proposed thermal

power plant. It is necessary to assess the environmental impact of the proposed

thermal power plant, so that site suitability from environmental angle can be

ascertained. Moreover, suitable corrective measures can be taken at the planning

stage itself, to avoid any undesirable environmental impact when the proposed

project is commissioned.

In view of this, Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited, Lucknow

appointed Pollution Control Research Institute, BHEL, Haridwar as a consultant

to carry out Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for proposed 2x660 MW

‘C’ Thermal Power Plant at Obra, District Sonebhadra (U.P.).




Terms of Reference (TOR) for the 2X500 MW rating was granted by Ministry of

Environment & Forest (MOEF) vide letter no J-13012/144/2007-IA-II (T) dated

05.10.2007 is enclosed as Annexure 1.

UPRVUNL approached MoEF for grant of Environmental Clearance with the

changed unit configuration from 2x500MW to 2x660MW. Subsequently, Expert

Appraisal Committee during its 36th meeting held during Nov 14-15, 2011 considered

the case and directed the following vide letter no J-13012/144/2007-IA.II(T) dated

30/01/2012 (enclosed as Annexure-2):

(i) Revise its EIA/ EMP Report in consonance with the changed scenario and also

take into consideration the cumulative impact of all present and future sources

of environmental pollutants in the study area;

(ii) Status of compliance to the conditions stipulated for the existing power plant;

and

(iii) Revise Form-1.

Accordingly, the case for EC of 2x660MW was placed before the Expert

Appraisal Committee (EAC) (Thermal Power) in its 60th Meeting held during Nov 5-6,

2012 (MOM enclosed at Annexure-5).

MoEF vide letter no. J-13012/144/2007-IA.II (T) dated 25.04.2013 (enclosed

as Annexure-6) suggested to carry out the following,:

i) Collect fresh AAQ, water and soil data and revise EIA/ EMP Report for 2x660MW Obra ‘C’;

ii) Re-conduct public hearing based on the revised EIA/ EMP Report.

MoEF also desired to submit the clarifications sought by the EAC in the aforementioned meeting.

To comply with the points mentioned in TOR and above points, Environmental

Impact Assessment study has been carried out based on Base line data collection

covering one season of three months duration during March - June, 2013

(08.03.2013 to 08.06.2013). The EIA study includes assessment of present status of

air quality, water quality, noise environment, soil quality, land use pattern etc. and the

analysis of possible effects of proposed development on the nearby areas in line with

approved TOR by MoEF and taking into consideration the structure of the report




given in the EIA notifications 2006. The compliance to the approved TOR has been

presented in Table 1.2.

1.4 TOR Compliance

The point wise TOR compliance of TOR points are given below in Table 1.2:

Table 1.2

TOR Compliance

S.No. TOR Compliance Status

1. Renovation plan for existing units with

time frame.

Chapter-2

Topic-2.2.2, Page No.18-20

2. Coordinates of the plant site as well as

ash pond with toposheet.

Chapter-2

Table 2.7 Page No.23

3. The study area should cover an area

of 10km radius around the proposed

site.

Chapter-3

Fig-3.1, Page No.56

4. Land use of the study area as well as

the project area shall be given.

Chapter-3, Topic-3.5.1

Page No.96-98

5. Location of any National park,

Sanctuary, Elephant / Tiger Reserve

(existing as well as proposed),

migratory routes, if any, with in 10km

of the project site shall be specified

and marked on the map duly

authenticated by the chief wildlife

Warden.

Chapter-3

Topic-3.6.11

Page No.129-133

6. Land requirement for the project to be

optimized. Item wise break up of land

requirement and its availability to be

furnished.

Chapter-2

Topic-2.3, Page No.21

7. Topography of the area should be

given clearly indicating whether the

Chapter-7,

Topic 7.6




site requires any filling. If so, detail of

filling, quantity of fill material required,

its source, transportation etc. should

be given.

Page No.246 and Detailed

report is attached separately.

8. Impact on drainage of the area and

the surroundings.

Chapter-7,

Topic 7.7

Page No.246 and Detailed

report is attached separately.

9. Information regarding surface

hydrology and water regime.

Chapter-3

Topic-3.4, Page No.84-96

10. One season site-specific

meteorological data shall be provided.

Chapter-3


11. One season AAQ data (except

monsoon) to be given. The monitoring

stations should take into account the

pre-dominant wind direction,

population zone and sensitive

receptors including reserved forests.

Chapter-3

Topic-3.2, 3.3, 3.3.1, 3.3.2,

3.3.3, 3.3.4, 3.3.4.1

Page No.54-66

12. Impact of the project on the AAQ of

the area. Details of the model used

and the input data used for modeling

should also be provided. The air

quality contours may be plotted on a

location map showing the location of

project site, habitation nearby,

sensitive receptors, if any. The wind

roses should also be shown on his

map.

Chapter-3


13. Fuel analysis to be provided. Chapter-2

Topic-2.4, Page No.25

14. Quantity of fuel required its source

and

Chapter-2

Topic-2.4,Page No.25 ;




transportation. Topic-2.8 Page No. 32,

Annexure-4

15. Source of water and its availability.

Commitment regarding availability of

requisite quantity, quality and point of

discharge, users downstream etc.

should be provided.

Chapter-2

Table-2.15,

Page No.35, Annexure-3

16. Detail of rainwater harvesting and how

it will be used in the plant.

Chapter-10

Topic-10.9 ,Page No.299-301

17. Examine the feasibility of zero

discharge. In case of any proposed

discharges, its quantity, quality and

point of discharges, users downstream

etc. should be provided.

Chapter-2

Topic-2.12.2, 2.12.3, 2.12.4,

2.12.5

Page No.41-44

18. Optimization of COC for water

conservation. Other water

conservation measures proposed in

the project should also be given.

Chapter-2

Topic-2.11 ,Page No.35-36

19. Details of water balance taking into

account reuse and re-circulation of

effluents.

Chapter-2


20. Details of greenbelt i.e. land with not

less than 1500 trees per ha giving

details of species, width of plantation,

planning schedule etc.

Chapter-7


Annexure-13

21. Detailed plan of ash utilization /

management.

Chap-2,Topic-2.13 Page No.46

Chap-10,Topic-10.7 Page No.293

Table-10.2 Page-295

22. Details of evacuation of ash. Chapter-2

Topic-2.13 ,Page No.46

23. Details regarding ash pond

impermeability and whether it’s would

Chapter-10

Topic 10.7




be lined , if so details of lining etc. Page No.293-297

24. Detailed R&R plan shall be prepared

taking into account the socio

economic status of the area,

homestead oustees, land oustees,

landless labourers.

Chapter-3

Topic 3.7, Page 133

25. Details of flora and fauna duly

authenticated should be provided. In

case of any scheduled fauna,

conversation plan should be provided.

Chapter-3

Topic-3.6.4, Page No.108

Topic-3.6.5, Page No.108

Topic-3.6.6, Page No.109-128

26. Details regarding infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as

well as to the casual workers including

truck drivers during operation phase.

Chapter-4

Topic-4.1.7 Page No.141-142

Topic-4.1.8 Page No.142-143

27. Public hearing points raised and

commitment of the project proponent

on the same.

Chapter-11 Topic 11.1

Page No-308-311

28. Measures of socio economic influence

to the local community proposed to be

provided by project proponent. As far

as possible, quantitative dimension to

be given.

Chapter-4

Page No.167-170

29. Impact of the project on local

infrastructure of the area such as

road network and whether any

additional infrastructure would need

to be constructed and the agency

responsible for the same with time

frame.

Chapter-4

Page No.166-167

30. EMP to mitigate the adverse impacts Chapter-10




due to the project along with item wise

cost of its implementation.

Topic 10.0

Page No.269-270

31. Risk assessment to be undertaken.

Based on the same, proposed

safeguard measures should be

provided.

Chapter-7 Topic 7.1

Page No.200-221

32. Any litigation pending against the

project and / or any direction / order

passed by any court of law against the

project, if so, details thereof.

Nil

1.5 Compliance status of clarifications sought by the EAC in the 60th meeting

The point wise compliance is given below in Table 1.3:

Table 1.3

S. No. clarifications sought by the EAC in the 60th

meeting

Compliance

i) Cumulative Impact Assessment (CIA) due to

all sources of air emissions (existing and

proposed) in the study area (10 Kms radius)

shall be carried out. The CIA shall also take

into consideration impact on the source of

water to the downstream recipients due to

drawl of water for the proposed expansion.

Chapter 7,

Page # 223-231

ii) Establish firm fuel (coal) availability of the

proposed expansion;

Chapter 2,

Page # 25

iii) Submit copy of application for obtaining

clearance from the Standing Committee of the

National Board of Wildlife;

Chapter 7,

Page # 222

iv) Examine action plan prepared by the State

Pollution Control Board for the critically

polluted area, integrating it with the project

itself and identify compliance thereof as may

Chapter 7,

Topic 7.2.3

Page # 234-238




be applicable;

v) Submit detailed action plan for development of

green belt along with budgetary details;

Chapter 7, Topic 7.3

Page # 239-245

vi) Review ash pond/ dyke location and submit

action plan for preparedness in worst case

scenario for possibility of ash dyke breach.

Chapter 7, Topic 7.5

Page # 245-246

Government of Uttar Pradesh has given an approval for use of 54 cusec of water from the existing Obra Dam of Rihand River vide their letter no-357/24-

ऊ0िन0िन0ू/2009-95/09 dated 13.07.2009 is enclosed as Annexure-3.

The coal linkage for proposed project has been made vide Ministry of coal is enclosed as Annexure-4.

1.6 Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Environmental Impact Assessment report has been prepared based on assessment

of environmental impacts and mitigation measures for the probable adverse impacts

on the environment due the proposed thermal power plant. The report has been

prepared based on Terms of Reference specified by Ministry of Environment. The

report has been prepared as per the generic structure prescribed in the EIA

Notification, 2006 as shown in Table 1.3.

Table 1.3

Chapter 1 Introduction Presents, an introduction along with scope

and objective of this EIA/EMP study

Chapter 2 Project Description Presents brief project technical details

Chapter 3 Description of

Environment

Presents the baseline status for various

environmental parameters in the study area.

Chapter 4 Anticipated

Environmental

Impacts and

Mitigation Measures

Presents the identification, prediction and

evaluation of environmental impacts due to

the proposed project activities. Also

presents proposed mitigation measures.

Chapter 5 Alternate Analysis Presents analysis of alternatives with

respect to site and technology




Chapter 6 Environment

Monitoring

Programme

Presents details of monitoring, audit and

reporting

Chapter 7 Additional Studies

Risk Assessment

Present on-site and off-site emergency plan

for management of risk associated with

proposed expanded plant & Cumulative

Impact Assessment

Chapter 8 Disaster

Management Plan

Present on-site and off-site emergency plan

for management of risk associated with

proposed expanded plant

Chapter 9 Project Benefits Presents project benefits as:

Improvements in the physical infrastructure

Improvements in the social infrastructure

Employing potential-skilled; semi-skilled and

unskilled

Other tangible benefit

Chapter 10 Environmental

Management plan

Description of the administrative aspects of

ensuring that mitigative measures are

implemented and their effectiveness

monitored, after approval of the EIA.

Chapter 11 Public Consultation Present details of issues raised and

response of UPRVUNL during public

hearing.

Chapter 12 Summary &

Conclusion

Summary & Conclusion of the project.

Chapter 12 Disclosure of

Consultants

Engaged

Company’s Profile with resumes of team

members.

Chapter‐2

Project Description


Units at Obra Thermal Power Station of M/s UPRVUNL.

13 Pollution Control Research Institute, BHEL, Haridwar

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of Project

Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited (a Government of UP undertaking)

intends to install 2X660 MW, coal based supercritical units as Obra C extension project in

the premises of the existing Obra Thermal Power Plant, in the district of Sonebhadra, in the

state of Uttar Pradesh. The Power Plant is envisaged to start generating power during the

13th Plan period (2017-2022). The entire generation from this unit shall be utilized to meet

the power requirement of State of Uttar Pradesh and the surplus power, if any, shall be fed

into Northern Grid to meet the power requirement of other states in Northern Region.

2.2 Need of the Proposed Project

Rapid industrialization and increase in commercial and domestic use of electricity are the

main reasons for increase in power consumption. In addition, Government policies like rural

electrification, electricity for all, development of irrigation sector, minimum per capita

consumption of electricity are also contributing in increasing the future power demand. To

meet the above requirements, the addition in the power generation capacity will have to

match with future power demand.

For industrial and agricultural development, availability of adequate power at an economic

rate is the prime prerequisite. In order to fulfill the task of meeting the power demand of the

State during the coming years, it is necessary to plan in such a manner that the installed

capacity exceeds the anticipated load demand as well as some spinning reserve capacity is

available to attend the statutory periodic overhauls and emergency outages. Industry, trade,

agriculture, employment etc. all depend on proper supply of power. This is the guiding

factor for economic condition of any state and its people.


Promoting opportunity is at the center of strategy for development of the state. Power to all

therefore is not only integral but the primary component of the development program of the

state. Uttar Pradesh has been severely constrained in its economic development and

quality of life by the appalling power situation in the State.

The proposed project will help UPRVUNL to meet growing demand of power in U.P. This

project will also help in bridging demand supply gap in the State.




However, with the rapidly increasing industrial development and per capita energy

consumption level is an aspect of importance in the standards of living of both Urban and

rural areas, Agricultural growth will also increase the power demand in the state to a greater

extent.

Availability of power is one of the most major infrastructure requirements for industrial

development of a nation. Quality power at optimum cost is a catalyst for industrial

development. The State of Uttar Pradesh has ambitious plans for rapid industrialization.

Therefore power generation in the state of Uttar Pradesh requires urgent augmentation of

generation capacity. The proposed project is one of the projects planned to be developed

for long term capacity addition project. The proposed project will help in bridging the gap

between supply and demand of power in the State of U.P. and Northern region.

The demand scenario has been prepared as per latest publication of Electrical Power

Survey (EPS-17) published by Central Electricity Authority (CEA) and summarized as per

given in Table 2.1 below :

Table 2.1

Demand Projections upto 2012 & 2017 under 17th EPS

Region Peak Demand as per

17th EPS (MW)

Energy Requirement as per

17th EPS (MU)- Forecast

Upto 2012 Upto 2017 Upto 2012 Upto 2017

NR 48137 66583 294841 411513

WR 47108 64349 294860 409805

SR 40367 60433 253443 380068

ER 19088 28401 111802 168942

NER 2537 3760 13329 21143

Islands 88 136 384 595

All-India 157325 223662 968659 1392066




Demand & Supply Scenario at the End of 11th Plan

Demand & Supply Scenario at the end of 11th plan with the addition of 78577 MW and

enhanced performance in 11th Plan has been worked out and presented below in Table 2.2

Table 2.2


Region Availability

at the end of

11th Plan

Peak

(MW)

Demand as

per EPS

17th

Forecast

Deficit/

Surplus

(%)

Energy

Requirement

as per 17th

EPS (MU)-

Forecast

Deficit/

Surplus

(%)

Energy (MU) Energy

(MU)

Peak (MW)

NR 282905 41103 294841 -4.05 48137 -14.61

WR 281691 40926 294860 -4.47 47108 -13.12

SR 250918 36456 253443 -1.0 40367 -9.69

ER 167490 24334 111802 49.81 19088 27.49

NER 32754 4759 13329 145.73 2537 87.57

Islands 388 56 384 1.03 88 -35.95

Total 1016146 147634 968659 4.9 157325 -6.16

From the above, it is evident that the peak deficit still exists at the end of 11th Plan to the

extent of 6.16% for whole country in totality. While for the northern region the energy deficit

is 4.05% and peak deficit is 14.61% at the end of the 11th Plan.


Demand & Supply Scenario at the end of 12th Plan with the addition of 86500 MW and

enhanced performance has been worked out and presented below in Table 2.3

Table 2.3

Demand & Scenario at the End of 12th Plan

Region Availability at the

end of 11th Plan

Demand as per EPS 17th Forecast

Energy

(MU)

Peak

(MW)

Energy

(MU)

Deficit/

surplus

(%)

Peak

(MW)

Deficit/

surplus

(%)

All India 1432903 208184.3 1392066 2.93 223662 -6.92




From the above discussion, it is evident that there is overall peak deficit of 6.16% and

6.92% exist in the country after 11th & 12th plans respectively. The National Electricity Policy

has set up the goal of adding new generation capacity to not only eliminate energy and

peaking shortages but to have a spinning reserve of 5% in the system. Considering the

above, and likely peak deficit at the end of 11th plan for northern region as (-) 14.61%,

proposed expansion as Obra ‘C’ (2X660 MW), planned to be commissioned in the early 13th

plan, is therefore, justified from demand supply consideration.

2.2.1 Location and Accessibility

The proposed extension of Obra TPS consisting of 2 x 660 MW units will be located in the

premises of existing Obra TPS in Sonebhadra district. The nearest railway station is

Chopan. The nearest major town is Robertsganj, which is approximately 35 kms. The

district Sonebhadra is bounded by the state of Chhattisgarh to the South, Madhya Pradesh

to the West and Bihar state to the East.

Latitude and Longitude of the site is 24027’N and 820 59’ E respectively. The altitude of the

site is approximately 195 meter above mean sea level (MSL). The proposed site is around

125 Km from Varanasi and 13 Km from Chopan. The proposed site for the extension units

is mostly flat with a small part of hill which will require clearance and leveling. Soil is

classified as Alluvial soil.

The district map of Uttar Pradesh showing OTPS location is given below in Figure.2.1.




Figure.2.1 District map of Uttar Pradesh showing location of Obra

The topographical map of 10 km radius of OTPS and location of proposed project site of

2x660 MW Obra ‘C’ TPS and area under 10km radius is shown in Figure.2.2.

Latitude: 24° 26’ N Longitude: 82° 58’ E

District: Sonebhadra

2.2

Exi

MW

155

com

Ob

sta

and

ren

8 is

pla

E

U

Po

Fig

2.2 Existin

isting pla

W+5x200

50 MW. F

mmissione

bra Therm

andards an

d Mainten

novation &

s closed,

anned for

Environme

Units at Ob

llution Co

gure 2.2 :

ng Plant

ant has t

MW) whic

First unit o

ed in 1982

mal Powe

nd recom

nance (R&

& mainten

and is u

R&M. Ne

ental Impa

bra Therm

ontrol Rese

Topogra

total thirt

ch make

of 50 MW

2.

r Station

mendatio

&M) of its

ance; whe

under pro

ew Electr

act Asse

mal Power

earch Ins

phical St

teen (13)

the total p

W was com

(OTPS)

ns of UPP

various u

ereas, Un

ocess of d

rostatic P

ssment of

r Station o

titute, BH

tudy map

) units o

power ge

mmission

is an old

PCB/CPC

nits. Pres

nits 3, 4, 5

deletion.

Precipitato

f propos

of M/s UP

EL, Harid

p of OTPS

of differe

neration c

ed in 196

d project.

CB, UPRU

sently, uni

5 & 6 of O

Unit-7, 10

ors (ESPs

ed 2 x 66

RVUNL.

dwar

S showing

nt capac

capacity o

67 while la

. To mee

UVNL plan

t no 1, 2 &

Obra TPS

0, 11, 12

s) of effic

60 MW Ex

g 10 km r

cities (5x5

of existing

ast unit o

et the ne

nned a ma

& 9 are in

have bee

& 13 ar

iency 99.

xtension

radius

50 MW+

g plant eq

of 200 MW

w environ

ajor Reno

operation

n deleted

re underg

.827% sh

18

3x100

qual to

W was

nment

vation

n after

. Unit-

going /

hall be




installed during their R&M with the designed outlet dust concentration less than 100

mg/Nm3 in flue gases emitted through stacks. Details of units of Obra Thermal Power

Stations, deleted and under R&M are given in Table 2.4 below:

Table 2.4

Units of Obra Thermal Power Station, Existing, Deleted and under R&M.

Status of existing plant including renovation and maintenance work is as given below:

The de-rated capacity of existing units is: 2X50 + 2X94 + 5X200 = 1288 MW. In Units #

1 and 2 (capacity 50MW each), ESP of 150 mg/Nm3 concentration and efficiency

99.86% have been installed. Whereas, in Unit#9 (capacity 200MW), ESP of 100

mg/Nm3 concentration and efficiency 99.827% have been installed, and in remaining

Unit Year of

commiss

ioning

Capacity Status

Obra - ‘A’ Unit 1 1967 50 MW In operation after Renovation

Obra - ‘A’ Unit 2 1968 50 MW In operation after Renovation

Obra - ‘A’ Unit 3 1968 50 MW Deleted




Obra - ‘A’ Unit 7 1974 94 MW

(De-rated

Capacity)

Not in Operation due to R&M works

which is scheduled to be completed by

Nov-2015.

Obra - ‘A’ Unit 8 1975 94 MW Closed ; under process of deletion

Obra - ‘B’ Unit 9 1980 200 MW In operation after Renovation

Obra - ‘B’ Unit 10 1979 200 MW Not in Operation due to R&M works


December-2015

Obra - ‘B’ Unit 11 1977 200 MW Not in Operation due to R&M works


March-2016.

Obra - ‘B’ Unit 12 1981 200 MW In operation and shut down is due for

R&M works which is scheduled to be

completed by December-2017

Obra - ‘B’ Unit 13 1982 200 MW In operation and shut down is due for

R&M works which is scheduled to be

completed by December-2017




units # 10, 11, 12 and 13 (capacity 200MW each), similar ESP of 100 mg/Nm3

concentration and efficiency 99.827% shall be installed during R&M works.

Opacity meter in units 1, 2 & 9 have been installed. In remaining units, the opacity

meters will be installed during phase wise R&M for which orders have already been

placed with BHEL;

Dry Fly ash Extraction System in 2X50 MW exists, and is functional.

Dry Fly ash Extraction System has been installed in Unit # 9 (capacity 200MW), which is

functional after undergoing R&M. For other units # 10,11,12 and 13 also (each of

capacity 200MW) , DFAES shall be installed after their R&M.

Effluent Treatment Plant is commissioned on 17.09.2014 and construction of Ash Water

Recirculation System (AWRS) is under progress and expected to be completed by Nov,

2015.

Dredging of ash from Jhariya nala and Renuka river has been got done by UPRVUNL

through Irrigation Department U.P.

2.2.3 Size or Magnitude of Operation including Resources

Table 2.5 Salient Features of proposed power plant

S. No. Features Description

1 Capacity 1320 MW

2 Configuration 2X660 MW

3 Technology Super critical Technology

4 Power evacuation Through 400/765 KV line

5 Fuel requirement at 90% PLF 5.528 MTPA

6 Source of coal Saharpur-Jamarpani Sector, Brahmani Basin, Rajmahal group of Coalfields, Jharkhand.

7 Transportation By Rail

8 Sulphur content 0.4%

9 Ash content in coal 32%

10 Ash generation 1.76896 MTPA

11 Bottom Ash 0.353792 MTPA

12 Fly Ash 1.415168 MTPA

13 ESP efficiency 99.8%

14 Stack One stack of 275 m Height (Twin Flue)

15 Water requirement 45 cusec.(max)

16 Source of water Obra Dam of Rihand River




2.3. Layout Plan / Land Requirement

The proposed expansion is planned within the premises of existing plant and no additional

land is proposed to be acquired. UPRVUNL has identified about 550 acres of land, at the

existing Obra TPS for installation of this expansion project after demolishing the existing old

and dilapidated quarters in sectors 5,6 and 7 of present colony and adjoining land towards

north of sector 6 and abandoned ash dyke. Details of the same are summarized in Table

2.6 as given below:

Table 2.6

Land Distribution of Proposed Expansion

S.

No.

Particulars Area in acre (acre)

Existing Expansion Total

1 Plant 305

450 (300 acre for plant plot +

150* acre for green belt)

755

2 Coal Storage & Handling

3 Ash dyke/ pond 175 - 175

4 Green belt 120 346 466*

5 Railway siding 148 100** 248

6 Open area 735 - 735

Total land for plant (A) 1483 896 2379

7 Township (B) 805 50 (for R&R only) 855

Total Land (A+B) 2288 946 3234

*150 acre Included in the proposed Plant area

Note- Besides the above 150 acre in the plant area, UPRVUNL has also planned to develop

additional green belt in the abandoned ash pond area (about 346 acres) surrounding the proposed

Obra ‘C’ plant area as per directions issued by Expert Appraisal Committee, MoEF dated

05.11.2012. Budget allocation amounting Rs. 2.45 crore has also been made for carrying out the

forestation/ eco-restoration through U.P. forest department

**It is not included in the proposed Plant area. For this adjoining railway track shall be used.

Vicinity cum plot plan and Layout plan of the expanded plant are depicted as Figure 2.3 &

Figure 2.4.

The

loc

pre

L14

E

U

Po

e propose

ated in O

emise of e

4, L15, 63

Environme

Units at Ob

llution Co

ed expans

Obra villag

existing p

3 P2, P3)

ental Impa

bra Therm

ontrol Rese

Fig

sion is env

ge of Ro

plant has

as per giv

act Asse

mal Power

earch Ins

gure 2.3 :

visaged w

obertsganj

latitude a

ven in Tab

ssment of

r Station o

titute, BH

: Vicinity

within the

j tehsil of

and longit

ble 2.7 :

f propos

of M/s UP

EL, Harid

cum plot

premises

f Sonebha

tude (Sur

ed 2 x 66

RVUNL.

dwar

t plan

s of existin

adra distr

rvey of In

60 MW Ex

ng plant. E

rict, Uttar

dia Topo

xtension

Existing p

r Pradesh

-sheets N

22

plant is

h. The

No. 63




Table 2.7

Coordinates of Plot Plan

Direction Longitude Latitude(Y) North 82 ° 59 ' 14.74 " E 24 ° 26' 47.21 " N East 82 ° 59 ' 01.48 " E 24 ° 26' 56.64 " N West 82 ° 58 ' 59.13 " E 24 ° 27' 15.72 " N South 82 ° 59 ' 10.754 " E 24 ° 27' 21.29 " N

The nearest railway station is at Obra dam (2 km from plant) and Chopan (13 km from

plant) while nearest highway (Varanasi-Shakti Nagar highway) is about 8 km from project

site. Nearest airport is at Varanasi (about 125 Km from project site).

Co-ordinates of Ash Dyke:

Direction Longitude Latitude(Y) North 82 ° 57 ' 52.86 " E 24 ° 28' 34.53 " N East 82 ° 58 ' 16.65 " E 24 ° 28' 17.05 " N West 82 ° 57 ' 28.35 " E 24 ° 28' 16.72 " N South 82 ° 57 ' 48.88 " E 24 ° 27' 55.23 " N

E

Po

Environme

Units at

llution Co

Figure

ental Impa

t Obra Th

ontrol Rese

2.4 : Lay

act Asse

hermal Po

earch Ins

yout plan

ssment o

ower Stat

titute, BH

of the 2x

of propos

tion of M/

EL, Harid

x660 MW

sed 2 x 6

/s UPRVU

dwar

expansio

660 MW E

UNL

on projec

Extension

ct

24




2.4. Coal Requirement, Availability and Linkage

Coal requirement for proposed 2x660 MW units is estimated as 5.528 million tonnes/annum,

considering GCV of 4000 kcal/kg, design heat rate as 2250 Kcal/kWh and 85% PLF as per CERC

operative norms effective from 1/4/2009. The range for proximate analysis of the coal proposed to

be used is as given below in Table 2.8

Table 2.8

Coal Analysis

Range Proximate Analysis (as on received basis)

1 Volatile matter 22.5-25.8%

2 Fixed carbon 29.5-36.1%

3 Ash 17.9-43.5%

4 Moisture 6.0%-9.8%

5 GCV 3935-4380 (kcal/kg)

Saharpur-Jamarpani Sector, Brahmani Basin, Rajmahal group of Coalfields, Jharkhand coal

blocks have already been allotted by Ministry of Coal to UPRVUNL for Obra-‘C’ extension

project as per commitment letter enclosed as Annexure 4.0

For existing plant, coal is being received from coal mines of NCL and CCL and is transported

through railway wagons. The water is sprayed on the coal wagons before sending it to wagon

tippler. This reduces the fugitive emission to a great extent. The water sprinklers have also

been provided at wagon tippler, crusher houses and along the coal stock pile. Total land area of

plant and Township with the greenbelt is given below in Table 2.9

Table 2.9

Land Distribution of Proposed Expansion

S.

No.

Particulars Area in acre (acre)

Existing Expansion Total

1 Plant 305

450 (300 acre for plant plot +

150* acre for green belt)

755

2 Coal Storage & Handling

3 Ash dyke/ pond 175 - 175

4 Green belt 120 346 466*

5 Railway siding 148 100** 248

6 Open area 735 - 735

Total land for plant (A) 1483 896 2379

7 Township (B) 805 50 (for R&R only) 855

Total Land (A+B) 2288 946 3234




*150 acre Included in the proposed Plant area

Note- Besides the above 150 acre in the plant area, UPRVUNL has also planned to develop

additional green belt in the abandoned ash pond area (about 346 acres) surrounding the

proposed Obra ‘C’ plant area as per directions issued by Expert Appraisal Committee, MoEF

dated 05.11.2012. Budget allocation amounting Rs. 2.45 crore has also been made for carrying

out the forestation/ eco-restoration through U.P. forest department

**It is not included in the proposed Plant area. For this adjoining railway track shall be used.

2.5 Technical Details of Proposed Expansion

2.5.1. Steam Generator and Auxiliaries

The steam generators shall be once through, water tube, direct pulverized coal fired, top

supported, balance draft furnace, single reheat, radiant, dry bottom type, suitable for outdoor

installation. The gas path arrangement shall be single pass (tower type) or two pass type. Boiler

design shall also be suitable for variable pressure operation from 30% to 100% BMCR with 20%

throttle margin. The main parameters at 100% BMCR will be is as given below in Table 2.10 :

Table 2.10

Main Parameters at 100 % BMCR

S.No. Particulars Value

1 Main steam flow at super heater outlet 2225 tph

2 Pressure at super heater outlet 256 kg/cm2 (a)

3 Temperature at super heater outlet 5400C

4 Re-heater steam flow 1763 tph

5 Steam temperature at re-heater outlet 5680C

The furnace will be radiant, dry bottom type with tangential or wall firing and enclosed by water

cooled & all welded membrane walls. The furnace bottom shall be suitable for installation of a

water impounded bottom ash hopper. Spray type attemperator is envisaged to control the

superheater outlet temperature for varying loads. The superheater and reheater tubes will be a

combination of radiation and convection type. Economizer will be non-steaming type and shall

be of modular construction so that if required, addition of loops is possible. Lower part of

furnace / water wall will consist of rifle/wrap around /helical/plane tubes as required.

A balanced draft system will be provided which includes two axial FD fans, two axial ID fans &




two (2) pairs of regenerative rotary type air pre-heaters. One pair of air pre-heater will be used

for primary air system & second pair for secondary air system. Four (4) numbers of steam coil

air pre heaters – two (02) on primary and two (02) on secondary air system will be provided for

start-up, low load operation or abnormal conditions when an increased air inlet temperature is

considered desirable to minimize the cold end corrosion of regenerative air pre-heaters. Start-

up, warm up and low load (upto 30%) carrying shall be done by heavy furnace oil/HPS/LSHS.

Boiler will be so designed that oil firing for flame stabilization will not be required beyond 30%

MCR. There shall be light oil (LDO) firing at least in one burner elevation having a minimum

capacity of 7.5% BMCR to facilitate a cold start-up of the unit when no auxiliary steam is

available for HFO heating and atomization.

The coal burning system will comprise of coal mills of vertical spindle type which include (a)

bowl mills (XRP type), (b) roller mills (MPS type), (C) balls & race mills (E-type) or any approved

equivalent. The number and capacities of the mills shall be so selected that while firing the

worst and design coals at BMCR, the following spare capacities shall be ensured

With 90% loading of the working mills, at least one mill will be spare at 100% BMCR while

firing the worst coal;

With 90% loading of the working mills, at least two mills will be spare at 600MW load with

worst coal firing; and

With 90% mill loading of the working mills, at least two mills will be spare while firing the

design coal at 100% BMCR.

Coal from raw coal bunkers will be fed into the mills by belt driven gravimetric coal feeders

suitable for handling moist coal. There will be two axial P.A. fans for transporting the pulverized

coal from mills to burners.

Fully automatic, sequentially controlled, microprocessor based steam soot blowing system,

complete with provision for individual operation of any soot blower pair and facility to bypass

any soot blower, will be provided. The system will have short retractable rotary wall blowers for

the furnace and long retractable rotary blowers for the super heater, reheater and economizer.

Each of the unit will be provided with two auxiliary Pressure Reducing De-Superheating (PRD)

stations i.e., high capacity and low capacity PRDS taking their steam tap-offs from MS line and

CRH line respectively. The high capacity auxiliary PRDS will be designed for a minimum

capacity of 160 T/hr. Low capacities auxiliary PRDS will be sized for minimum 25 T/hr capacity

and will be operated during the normal operation of the unit. Auto-change over between the low

and high capacity auxiliary PRDS stations depending on the station auxiliary steam requirement

is also envisaged. Each unit will have its own auxiliary steam header whereas for station




services, a common station auxiliary steam header is also proposed. A high temperature station

auxiliary steam header taking its tap off from the auxiliary PRD station before the desuperheater

will also be provided to take care of the mill firefighting and air heater soot blowing. The system

will be suitably interconnected with existing auxiliary steam system. No auxiliary boiler is

envisaged in the expansion stage.

It is proposed to install high efficiency electrostatic precipitator which limits the outlet dust

emission to 50 mg/Nm3 while the boiler is operating at its MCR, firing worst coal having

maximum ash content. To facilitate wider dispersion of emissions, a one bi-flue chimney of 275

m height will be provided.

2.5.2. Turbine and Its Auxiliaries

The scope of each TG unit of 660MW shall broadly cover the Steam Turbine along with its

integral systems and auxiliaries like lube oil system, control-fluid system, condenser, condenser

air evacuation system, HP&LP Bypass system, complete regenerative feed heating system,

condensate pumps along with their drives, boiler feed water pumps along with their drives,

automatic turbine run-up system, instrumentation and control devices, turbine supervisory

instruments, turbine protection and interlock system, automatic turbine testing system and

turbine hall EOT cranes.

Steam Turbine

The steam turbine shall be tandem compound, single reheat, regenerative, condensing, multi

cylinder design with HP, IP and LP casing(s), directly coupled with the generator suitable for

indoor installation. The plant would be designed to operate as a base load station. Apart from

constant pressure operation, the turbine shall also have the facility for sliding pressure

operation. The steam turbine shall conform to the following design and duty conditions as given

in Table 2.11 :




Table 2.11 Steam Turbine Details

i Output under Economic Maximum

Continuous Rating (EMCR) at generator

terminals with cycle make up of 3% of

throttle steam flow and design condenser

pressure

660 MW (In case of static excitation

system, the EMCR output at generator

terminals shall be 660 MW plus excitation

power requirement at EMCR)

ii Turbine throttle steam pressure 247 kg/cm2 (abs)

iii Turbine throttle main stream/ reheat

steam temperature

5400C/5650C

iv Condenser back pressure (max.) 76 mm Hg (abs)

v Turbine speed 3000 rpm

vi Frequency variation range from rated

frequency of 50 Hz

(+) 3% to (+) 5%

(47.5 Hz to 51.5 Hz)

Single pass or double pass condenser with stainless steel tubes of welded type as per

ASTM-A- 249-TP304, shall be adopted. Each unit shall comprise of (2x100%) vacuum

pumps along with all accessories and instrumentation for condenser air evacuation.

Horizontal, direct contact spray or spray cum tray type deaerator with a horizontal feed water

storage tank shall be provided.

2.5.3 Steam Generator Circulation System (For Once Through Boiler)

The steam generator start up system envisages boiler start up drain system with startup

circulation pump. Separator(s) will be used for start up as well as separating the steam

water mixture upto a load of 30% BMCR, above which it will be running dry. For start up,

the drain from the separator will be routed through drain collection vessel before being

fed into flash tank or the drain will be routed partly through mixing box into the system

and partly to flash tank.

2.6 Air and Flue Gas System

A balanced draft system will be provided. There will be two axial FD fans and two axial ID

fans & two (2) pairs of regenerative rotary type air pre-heaters. One pair of air preheater will

be used for primary air system & second pair for secondary air system. Four (4) numbers of

steam coil air preheaters -two on primary and two on secondary air system will be provided

for start-up, low load operation or abnormal conditions when an increased air inlet




temperature is considered desirable to minimize the cold end corrosion of regenerative air

pre-heaters.

2.6.1 Fuel Oil Burning System

Start-up, warm up and low load (upto 30%) carrying shall be done by heavy furnace

oil/HPS/LSHS. Boiler will be so designed that oil firing for flame stabilization will not be

required beyond 30% MCR. Necessary pumps, filters and heaters shall be provided. The

burners, air registers etc. will have Independent pneumatic drives and the entire operation of

purging, insertion, air and fuel sequencing removal and blow off shall be automatic. Ignition

of heavy oil shall be directly by high energy arc igniters. There shall be light oil (LDO) firing at

least in one burner elevation having a minimum capacity of 7.5% BMCR to facilitate a cold

start-up of the unit when no auxiliary steam is available for HFO heating and atomization.

2.6.2 Coal Burning System

The coal burning system will comprise of coal mills of vertical spindle type which include (a)

bowl mills (XRP type), (b) roller mills (MPS type), (C) balls & race mills (E-type) or any

approved equivalent. The number and capacities of the mills shall be so selected that while

firing the worst and design coals at BMCR, the following spare capacities shall be ensured.

1. With 90% loading of the working mills, at least one mill will be spare at 100% BMCR while

firing the worst coal.

2. With 90% loading of the working mills, at least two mills will be spare at 600MW load with

worst coal firing.

3. With 90% mill loading of the working mills, at least two mills will be spare while firing the

design coal at 100% BMCR.

Coal from raw coal bunkers will be fed into the mills by belt driven gravimetric coal feeders

suitable for handling moist coal. There will be two axial P.A. fans for transporting the

pulverized coal from mills to burners.

2.6.3 Soot Blowing System

Fully automatic, sequentially controlled, microprocessor based steam soot blowing system,

complete with provision for individual operation of any soot blower pair and facility to bypass

any soot blower, will be provided. The system will have short retractable rotary wall blowers

for the furnace and long retractable rotary blowers for the superheater, reheater and

economizer.




Auxiliary Steam System

Each of the unit will be provided with two auxiliary PRD stations i.e., high capacity and low

capacity PRDS taking their steam tap-offs from MS line and CRH line respectively. The high

capacity auxiliary PRDS will be designed for a minimum capacity of 160 T/hr. Low capacities

auxiliary PRDS will be sized for minimum 25 T/hr capacity and will be operated during the

normal operation of the unit.

Auto-change over between the low and high capacity aux. PRDS stations depending on the

station auxiliary steam requirement is also envisaged. Each unit will have its own auxiliary

steam header whereas for station services, a common station auxiliary steam header is also

proposed. A high temperature station auxiliary steam header taking its tap off from the

auxiliary PRD station before the desuperheater will also be provided to take care of the mill

fire fighting and air heater soot blowing. The system will be suitably interconnected with

existing auxiliary steam system. No auxiliary boiler is envisaged in the expansion stage.

2.7. Cooling Tower

Re-circulating type CW system with cooling towers has been envisaged for the proposed

expansion. Provision of two Induced Draft Cooling Tower (IDCT) is considered for each

660 MW unit as per specification given below in Table 2.12:

Table 2.12

Details of Cooling Tower

Type Induced Draft Cooling Tower

Capacity 40,000 m3/hr

Range & Approach 110C & 4.50C

Design RH 45%

Wet bulb temperature 27.80C

Type of fill Film type

All units of existing plant are operating on once through system. Cooling water for

condenser is drawn from Obra dam constructed on Rihand river via dedicated intake

canal and after condensing steam hot water is cooled by natural process of zig zag path

of flow and discharged back into the Rihand river via off take canal.

Measures have been taken to cool the hot water discharge prior to meeting Rihand river

by means of zig zag path. Measurement of temperature near the confluence point

indicated that temperature difference of cooling water discharge and U/s of river is 4.80 C

which is within prescribed norms of 50 C.




2.8. Fuel Transportation and Handling System

2.8.1. Coal

The envisaged mode of coal transportation from the coal mines to the power plant is by

Indian Railways rakes in BOBR wagons. In emergency, BOXN rake shall also be acceptable

in the track hopper.

The capacity of the coal handling plant has been worked out to meet the peak daily coal

requirement of two units of 660 MW. The coal handling plant shall be of 2400 TPH rated

capacity with parallel double stream (one working and one standby) belt conveyors along

with facilities for receiving, unloading, crushing and conveying the crushed coal to boiler

bunkers and stacking/reclaiming the coal to / from crushed coal stockyards. The coal shall be

unloaded through 2 no. wagon tippler and 1 no. track hopper which will be constructed in

expansion project 2 X 660 MW.

Coal received at power plant shall be conveyed to the crusher house for sizing of coal to(-)

20mm. Four (04) Coal crushers with complete drive units with each having capacity of 1375

TPH shall be provided.

From the crusher house, the crushed coal can either be conveyed directly to the coal

bunkers through a series of conveyors or stacked on to the crushed coal stockpiles by

means of stacker reclaimers.

Motorised travelling trippers shall be provided to feed crushed coal into the raw coal

bunkers of the boilers.

Two nos. Rail mounted, travelling stacker-reclaimers, bucket wheel type are proposed for

coal stockyard management. Coal stockyards proposed shall have crushed coal storage

equivalent to 20 days elsewhere coal consumption at 100% PLF.

For the control of fugitive dust emission within and around the coal handling plant, coal dust

extraction and suppression systems would be provided. Dust suppression system would be

installed at all the transfer points in CHP and at coal stack yard. Dust extraction system

would be provided in crusher house.

Area provided for coal storage for expansion shall be 11.36 ha (28.4 acres).




2.8.2. Fuel Oil

Existing Fuel Oil unloading of ATPS shall be used to handle both heavy oil (HFO/LHS/HPS)

and light oil (LDO). New Storage tanks and transfer pumps are proposed near ATPS. The

day tanks are located in the fuel oil handling area of BTPS. Light oil (LDO) shall be used for

cold startup and low part load (up to 7.5%) operation of the steam generator. The heavy oil

(HFO/LHS/HPS) shall be used for start-up, warm-up and low load (up to 30%) operation of

the steam generator while firing coal.

It is proposed to use existing facilities to transport heavy oil (HFO/LHS/HPS) to the power

plant by increasing the supply and storage frequency as per requirement of new units.

Existing facilities shall also be used to cater the light oil (LDO) to the new units of the power

plant.

Following facilities with modification in existing facilities is envisaged in the existing facilities:

It is proposed to transport heavy oil (HFO/LHS/HPS) to the power plant by railway

wagons in ATPS unloading tracks. The receiving yard shall be modified/ designed to

unload one (1) full rake of 76 Nos. / 48 Nos. Railway wagons at a time. The oil from

railway wagons shall be unloaded to unloading header by gravity which shall then be

pumped to storage tanks through unloading pumps.

It is proposed to transport Light Diesel oil (LDO) to the power plant by road tankers. The

oil will be unloaded from road tankers by gravity into the unloading header. From there, it

will be transferred to oil storage tanks through a set of positive displacement pumps.

Provision shall be kept to unload five (5) Nos. road tankers for light oil (LDO).

Since heavy oil (HFO/LHS/HPS) is to be used for startup, warm up and low load

operation, the specific oil consumption is assumed to be 1 ml/kwhr. Accordingly storage

capacity equivalent to 30 days operation of the ultimate capacity shall be provided. Two

(2) nos. of fixed roof type storage tanks each 2000 KL capacity shall be provided for

storage of heavy oil (HO/LHS/HPS). Necessary provision for heating of the unloading

header and storage tanks shall be provided.

For storage of light oil (LDO) two (2) tanks each of capacity 500 KL shall be provided.

A set of pressurizing pumps shall draw oil from the storage tanks for pumping the oil to

the steam generator units. The auxiliary boiler shall use either or both heavy oil

(HFO/LHS/HPS) and light oil (LDO) and the oil shall be drawn from the main storage

tanks.

One number day tank of each type of adequate capacity is envisaged.




Details of existing storage of fuel are as per given below in Table 2.13 :

Table 2.13

Details of existing storage of fuel

S.N Type of Fuel

Details of Storage No of tank Capacity of each

tank (KL) Total Storage

(KL) 1

FO 5 Nos 2100 10500 2 HSD 1 No

1 No 2 Nos

2100 1000 550

4200

2.9. Power Evacuation

Power evacuation voltage level of the project shall be 765 kV. Power Generated from each

660 MW unit would be stepped up to the evacuation voltage level through suitably rated

Generator Transformer. The power will be evacuated from the plant at 765 KV level through

adequate number of transmission lines. The entire power generated from the project is

proposed to be absorbed within the state of U.P itself. Following transmission system has

been proposed for Obra-‘C’ project:

a. Two bay for Tie Line (interconnection with existing 400 KV Switchyard). This may

necessitate strengthen of bus at existing Obra-B.

b. Two bay for 400/11 KV station transformer.

c. Four bay for outgoing line feeders.

d. Two bay for 660 MW generators.

e. Two spare bay for future requirements.

The existing power plant at ATPS of Obra is connected to 220 KV interlinking with the 220

KV U.P. grids near Allahabad and Mugalsarai and BTPS is connected to 400 KV interlinking

with 400 KV grids near Sultanpur and Panki and from there to the rest of the state through

220 KV and 400 KV network.




2.10. Power Requirement

The startup power of the plant and in-house consumption of power has been envisaged

to be drawn from the existing 400 kV system itself through suitable rated start up

transformer. The details of power requirement are as per given below in Table 2.14 :

Table 2.14

Power Requirement (MW) Unit

Unit Plant Township DG sets

Present (in existing) 45.486 5.944 2x320 KVA+2x310 KVA

Proposed 35.0 1.00 3x1500 KVA

Total 80.486 7.444

One number Diesel Generator (DG) set per unit along with one standby DG set

common to both shall be provided. Capacity of each DG set is 1500 KVA.

2.11. Make Up Water Requirement & Treatment

As per water balance diagram depicted in Figure 2.5, 4615 m3/hr (45 cusec) water is

required without ash water recirculation system and 3515 m3/hr (35 cusec) water is

required with ash water recirculation system. For water conservation COC is envisaged

as 5. UPRVUNL has confirmed commitment letter of 54 cusec water from Rihand Dam

as per copy of letter enclosed as Annexure 3.0. Water Balance Diagram is enclosed as

Annexure 7.0. Detail of fresh water requirement is summarized in Table 2.15 as given

below:

Table 2.15 :

Fresh Water Requirement (m3/hr) for Proposed Expansion

Purpose With ash

water

recirculation

Without ash

water

recirculation

Source Type Treated / untreated/

Fresh / Recycled

Cooling water 3175 3175 Obra Dam/

Rihand river

Treated in Raw water

treatment plant

DM water 135 135 Treated in DM plant

Ash slurry 0 1100 Treated in Raw water

treatment plant

Potable for plant

& township

100 100 --do--

Misc. 105 105 --do--

Fire Service Cooling tower blow-down shall be used.

Total 3515 4615




Total water requirement for existing plant is 32020 m3/hr as per the details given in

Table 2.16 below:

Table 2.16

Total water requirement for existing plant

S. No. Particulars Quantity (m3/year)

1 Category-I as Industrial cooling, spraying and

boiler feeds

276836420

2 Category-II as Domestic purpose 1822236

3 Category-III as Processing whereby water gets

polluted and the pollutants are easily

biodegradable and are toxic.

1828805

Total 280487461

Water for existing plant is on higher side because of the following reasons:

Cooling towers are designed on once through system and blow down from

cooling towers is again sent back to Obra dam via off take canal for recycle;

No recirculation of ash water;

No ETP for other waste streams; and

No STP is installed for domestic waste water.

However, ETP of capacity 500 m3/hr has been commissioned on 17-09-2014 and Ash

Water Re-circulation System shall be commissioned by Nov 2015 and after

commissioning, fresh water requirement for existing plant shall be reduced drastically.

For installation of STP, DPR has been got prepared through IIT-Roorkee. Further action

shall be taken accordingly.

The main source of water for the existing units is Obra dam at Rihand river which is

about 2 km from plant boundary. Water requirement for the existing plant is met via

dedicated intake canal originating from Rihand river and merging with the same. The

canal is having 14 m width and 7 m depth and approximately 2 km length.




2.11.1. Water Treatment Systems

The water treatment system of the proposed expansion comprises of Water Pre-

treatment Plant, Water Dematerializing Plant, Chlorination Plant, Condensate Polishing

Plant, CW Treatment Plant and Ash Water re-circulation System as described below:

2.11.2 Water Pre-Treatment Plant

The pretreatment plant would be designed to remove suspended/colloidal matter in the

raw water. Separate pretreatment plant shall be provided for meeting the CW system,

De-mineralization (DM) Plant and potable water system. A common chemical house

shall be provided to store chemicals such as chlorine, lime, alum & coagulant aid and

respective lime, alum and coagulant dosing equipments such as tanks, pumps etc. for

all the pre-treatment systems. However independent chemical preparation tanks and

chemical dosing pumps shall be provided for each pre-treatment system.

Two (2) reactor type clarifiers each of 2750 m3/hr capacity shall be provided for CW

system. The Water pre-treatment system for potable water system of 100 m3/hr capacity

shall be considered in CW clarifiers and two (2) pressure filters each of 2x100 m3/hr

capacity. Water pre-treatment system for DM Plant would consist of One (1) reactor

type clarifier of 200 m3/hr capacity and two (2) gravity filters each of 200 m3/hr capacity.

Each of the clarifier shall be provided with a stilling chamber cum aerator and provision

for dosing of alum, lime, coagulant aid and chlorine. There shall be one standby gravity

filter for each water pre-treatment system. Water from the clarifiers shall be led to

clarified water storage tank and to the filters as the case may be. Water from the

clarified water storage tank shall be pumped to the Ventilation system make up and CW

system make up by separate sets of pumps.

From the gravity filters, filtered water would flow by gravity to respective filtered water

reservoirs and filtered water would be pumped to DM plant and potable water system.

2.11.3 De-Mineralization Plant

Proposed DM plant shall be sized to meet the makeup water requirement of the steam

cycle and make up to closed circuit auxiliary system.

D.M. plant shall consist of Three (3) streams (2 working + 1stand by) of 100 m3/hr

capacity and each stream shall comprise of activated carbon filter, cation exchanger,




degasser system (comprising of degasser tower, degassed water tank, degassed water

pumps and degasser blowers etc), anion exchanger and mixed bed exchanger. The

cation resins shall be regenerated with hydrochloric acid and the anion resins with

sodium hydroxide. The regeneration facilities shall consist of the bulk acid & alkali

storage tanks, alkali solution preparation system, acid & alkali measuring tanks and

dosing ejectors etc.

Two (2) D.M. water storage tanks each of 2000 m3 capacity shall be provided to store

DM water. One neutralization pit shall be provided for neutralizing the pH and

discharging the effluent water from the DM plant.

2.11.4 Chlorination Plant

Chlorination plant shall be provided for chlorine dosing in the CW system to avoid the

growth of algae and bacteria. Separate chlorination plant shall be provided for water

pre-treatment plant and CW system. CW chlorination system would consist of three (3)

numbers of chlorinator-evaporator sets of 100 Kg/hr capacity and pre-treatment

chlorination system shall consist of three (3) numbers of chlorinator sets of 15 kg/hr

capacity with associated pumps etc.

Each chlorination system shall be provided with required chlorine tone containers,

instrumentation, panels, chlorine leak detectors etc. Complete chlorination plant shall be

located indoor. Chlorine leak absorption system as plant emergency measure shall be

provided for each of the chlorination plants to neutralize chlorine leakage from the plant.

2.11.5 Condensate Polishing Plant

For maintaining the feed water purity, condensate polishing plant shall be provided in

the feed water cycle at the downstream of condensate extraction pumps as per the

existing practice. The condensate polishing plant shall be of full flow, deep mixed resin

bed type consisting of 2 x 50% capacity service vessels for each unit. The resins to be

used would be strongly acidic cation and strongly basic anion type, appropriate for

condensate polishing system. A common external regeneration facility shall be

provided. The exhausted charge of resins from the service vessel shall be hydraulically

transferred to the resin separation/cation regeneration vessel for regeneration and

reuse. Spare charge of resin shall be kept in the mixed resin storage tank for immediate

exchange of resins with the exhausted ones. One additional charge of resin shall be

procured for use during startup of both the units. Acid, Alkali & DM Water Storage for

regeneration, and Wastewater neutralization facilities shall be provided separately for

the external regeneration facility.




2.11.6 CW Treatment System

It is proposed to provide suitable chemical treatment programme of acid dosing and

scale cum corrosion inhibitor dosing for the CW system for control of CW system water

chemistry. It is proposed to provide acid & chemical storage tanks and dosing pumps as

a part of CW treatment system.

2.11.7 Ash Water Re-circulation System

For re-circulation of ash water, modification in the natural ash dyke is to be done for

decanting pond. Decanted water from ash pond shall be fed to the plant area by using

3 x 50% capacity pumps and the same shall be conveyed from ash dyke to plant area.

This water will be used further in the ash handling system. Blow-down of ash water from

the system shall be carried out to maintain the system scale free. Normal make up to

the ash water system shall be from CW blow-down water. However provision shall also

be kept for operating ash water system on “Once Through” mode also. During “Once

Through” mode operation, additional makeup shall be met from the plant raw water

supply. Provision to supply treated plant effluent from central monitoring basin to ash

handling shall also be kept.

2.12. Pollution Generation and Management

2.12.1. Air Emission and Management

The main sources of the air pollution are:

Handling and storage of coal;

Combustion of coal in boilers;

Handling and disposal of fly ash; and

Operation of DG sets, in case of power break down.

The dust is the crucial parameter among the main pollutants like PM, SO2, NOx, CO, Hg

& O3. Installations of adequately sized pollution control equipment’s have been

considered for primary and secondary dust generating sources.




The details of air pollution generation and its management during operation are given in

Table 2.17 and described below:

Table 2.17

Details of Air Pollution Generation and Management

S.N Particulars Sources Parameter

Control/Treatment

1 Stack emission

Boilers

PM, SO2, NOX, CO, Hg & O3

ESP with designed outlet dust concentration of 50 mg/Nm3; A twin flue chimney with stack height of 275 m shall be provided (Stack height as per 14Q0.3, where Q is the SO2 generation in Kg/hr); Sulphur content in coal: 0.4% A well-designed burner system to limit the core flame temperature to keep the Nox concentration at minimum; Keeping a positive oxygen balance.

DG sets Stack height as prescribed by MoEF 2 Fugitive

Emission Crushers and ash storage in silo

PM

Bag filters with designed outlet dust concentration of 50 mg/Nm3

Transfer points during collection and transportation of coal and ash

Bag filters with designed outlet dust concentration of 50 mg/Nm3 Pneumatic conveying system for fly ash transportation Water sprinklers and spray system

Storage of Coal & Ash

Water sprinklers and spray system

3 Thermal Emission

Boilers and pipelines used for steam

Heat

Adequate thickness of insulating material with proper fastening shall be provided

4. Noise

Emission Turbine, Generator, Compressor, Pump, Fans, Boiler

Noise Silencer, Noise Control Jackets, Barriers, Adequate material shall be provided




2.12.2. Waste Water Management

2.12.3. Proposed Expansion

The details of wastewater generated during the operation of the proposed expansion

are as per given below Table 2.18 :

Table 2.18

Waste Water Generation

Source Quantity (m3/hr) Treatment & Disposal

With

recirculation

Without

recirculation

Blow down from

cooling tower

550

550

Shall be used for ash slurry

making and coal handling

plant

Blow down from

power cycle

45.0

45.0

Shall be sent to central

monitoring basin for use in

slurry making

DM plant

5.0

5.0



slurry making

Domestic waste

water from plant &

township

72.0 72.0 Shall be treated in STP for

usages in horticulture

purposes

Water treatment

plant

175.0

175.0

Shall be sent to ash slurry

sump for pumping to ash

dyke

Discharge from ash

dyke

-

1100.0



slurry making

Total 847.0 1947.0

Excess waste water, if any shall be discharged to Rihand river after conforming

to standard prescribed by MoEF

The details of waste water management system in existing plant are as per given

below, however, no quantification for waste water generated from existing operations

are available,

Blow down from cooling towers is sent back to Obra dam via off take canal as

cooling system is once through;




Blow down from boilers, rejects from DM plant after neutralization and others are

drained to Jharia nala which is merging with Rihand river at downstream of Obra

dam;

Ash Water Recirculation System is under construction and is likely to be

commissioned in Nov 2015. After it being operational, the overflow of decanted

water from the ash dyke shall be reused in making ash slurry.

Domestic wastewater from plant and township is sent to soak pits after passing

through septic tanks. UPRVUNL has planned to install Sewage Treatment Plant for

Power House and colony sewage in near future for which DPR has been got

prepared through IIT-Roorkee;

However, in compliance to conditions stipulated by MoEF/ UPSPCB, ETP of

capacity 500 m3/hr has been installed and Ash Water Recirculation System is under

commissioning stage and after commissioning, draining of waste water into nearby

water body from following, shall be stopped:

Blow down from boilers, rejects from DM plant and others; and Overflow from ash

dyke.

The details of treatment and disposal of waste water generated from expansion are

summarized and mentioned below:

2.12.4 Effluent from Process

The ash water from the ash dyke shall be re-circulated. The filter backwash water of

pre-treatment plant shall be collected and recycled back to the DM system clarifier.

The sludge from clarifiers of water pre-treatment plant shall be collected in a sump / pit

and shall be pumped to ash slurry sump for disposal to ash dyke. The waste effluents

from neutralization pits of DM plant and Condensate Polishing Plant shall be collected

in the respective neutralization pits and neutralized before pumping to ash slurry sump

or to the central monitoring basin before final disposal. CW system blow down would be

used as make up to Ash handling Plant. Excess CW blow down if any shall be led to

Central Monitoring Basin. Blow down (if required) from ash water re-circulation system

shall also be led to Central Monitoring Basin.

A coal settling pond shall be provided to remove coal particles from coal handling plant

waste. Decanted water shall be pumped back to the coal dust suppression system.

Service water effluent drains from various areas shall be separately routed to a sump.

From the sump the service water shall be pumped upto plate separators/tube settler for

treatment of suspended solids. Treated service water shall be sent back to service




water tank to the extent possible for re-use. All the plant liquid effluents shall be mixed

in CMB and finally disposed off from central monitoring basin up to the final disposal

point pumps using carbon steel pipe through 2 x 100% capacity.

2.12.5 Effluent from Domestic Activities

Sewage Treatment Plants (STP) for treatment of domestic waste water generated from

plant and township is envisaged with a capacity of 4 MLD. The DPR of STP has been

got prepared through IIT Roorkee. The STP will work on SBR Technology. The

technical specification of STP is being preapared by IIT Roorkee and after finalization of

Technical specification tender will be invited and work will be carried out through

contracting agency. The details of STP described below are tentative, based on similar

type of operation and shall be modified at the time of detailed engineering.

The scheme of treatment comprises of primary and secondary treatment and the

anticipated quality of effluent at inlet and outlet considered for design of STP is given

below in Table 2.19 :

Table 2.19

Inlet and outlet concentration for design of STP

S.N. Parameter Quality of Waste Water

At Inlet At Outlet

1 PH 6.5-9.0 6.5 - 9.0

2 TSS (mg/l) 400 <100

3 BOD5 at 200C (mg/l) 250-350 <30

4 COD 500-700 <150

5 Oil & Grease (mg/l) 50 <10

The flow scheme is almost similar to the conventional activated sludge process except the

primary and secondary settling is omitted. All processes including aeration, settling and

effluent decantation take place in a single reactor. The process can be operated in

continuous inflow and intermittent decantation mode. The process employs low organic

loading, long aeration time, high mixed liquor suspended solids (MLSS). The BOD removal

efficiency is significantly high and BOD in the effluent of less than 10 mg/L is easily

achievable. As there is a considerably long detention period for the microorganisms or high

SRT, the excess sludge is well stabilized and granulated. The stabilized sludge does not

require separate digestion and can be directly dried on sand bed or inside a centrifuge. The

oxygen supply in the process can be controlled and modulated using a programmed logic

controller and a dissolved oxygen (DO) meter in such a way that it becomes possible to




simultaneously remove nitrogen and phosphorus without any use of any extraneous

chemicals. SBR process is normally operated with full automation to maintain the sequence

of operation and is applied to small and medium size plants of capacity less than 20 MLD.

In the present case, the capacity is 4 MLD, therefore it is considered for further analysis

with respect to the target high effluent quality to be achieved.

The treated water shall be used for making Ash slurry in power house.

2.12.6. Existing Plant

At present about 10,880 m3/h effluents is generated from all existing operation. The

details of waste water management system in existing plant are as per given below:

Blow down from cooling towers is sent back to Obra dam via off take canal as

cooling system is once through; Blow down from boilers, rejects from DM plant

after neutralization and others are drained to Jharia nala which is merging with

Rihand river at downstream of Obra dam;

Ash Water Recirculation System is under construction and has almost been

completed. It is likely to be commissioned in November 2015. After its being

operational, the overflow of decanted ash water from the ash dyke shall be

reused in making ash slurry.




2.12.7. Blow down from boilers, rejects from DM plant and others; and Overflow from

ash dyke.

The projected effluent generation can be summarized in following Table 2.20 :

Table 2.20

Quantity of Effluent Generation

Drains Section Present

Flow(m3/h)

Predicted

Flow(m3/h)

Remarks

1 Coal Handling

Area

20 15 Adopting water conservation Practices

(10-20 % Reduction)

2 Oil Handling

Area

10 10 After Oil Separator

3 5x200 MW

BTPS units

3000 300 New ESP installation. 90 % Reduction

in wastewater generation.

4 DM Plant BTPS 50 40 Adopting new technologies and water

conservation Practices (20 %

Reduction).

5 1x100 MW

ATPS

(Wastewater &

Ash Slurry

1100 55 Adopting latest power generation

technologies, proper ash handling &

water conservation practices (95 %

Reduction).

6 5x50 MW ATPS 1600 80 Adopting latest power generation

technologies & water conservation

practices (95 % Reduction).

7 Unaccounted

Discharges

1100 00 Minimizing water losses (100 %

reduction).

8 Ash Slurry

Discharges

(BTPS)

4000 00 Refurbishment of Ash pipeline and

pumps (100 % reduction).

Total 10880 500

Based on the collected data, it is assumed that the effluent after the refurbishment of

power plant mainly consists of suspended solids, which varies from 200-400 mg/l at

inlet and less than 20 mg/l at outlet. The treated water shall be reused, such as floor

washing, ash handling, or coal sprinkling purposes.

Effluents from various units of plant area of discharging into Jhariya Nala where the

effluent are intercepted by a weir across the Nala and collected from there into the

sump and pumped from sump to equalization tank/central basin of ETP.




The Effluent Treatment Plant under commissioning is having a capacity of 12 MLD

(500 m3/h) comprised of the following units:

1. Equalization Tank

2. Distribution Tank

3. Rapid Mixing Tank

4. Flocculation Tank

5. Coagulant Dosing System

Metering Pump

Coagulant Dosing Tank

6. Settling Tank

Sludge Collector

Scum Skimmer

7. Sludge Tank

8. Treated Effluent Tank

2.13. Ash Generation and Handling System

Proposed Expansion

The details of ash production considering ash content of 32% from the proposed

expansion are as per given below in Table 2.21 :

Table 2.21

Details of ash production

S.N Particulars Value (MT/annum)

1 Total ash 1.769

2 Fly ash @ 80% of total ash 1.415

3 Bottom ash @ 20% of total ash 0.354

The bottom ash shall be extracted and disposed of in wet form. The fly ash shall be

extracted in dry form from the electrostatic precipitator hoppers. This dry ash shall be

taken to buffer hoppers for its onward transportation in dry form to storage silos for

utilization. In case of non-utilization, fly ash can be converted to slurry in wetting units

for its ultimate disposal in wet form to ash disposal area.

As per, Ministry of Environment & Forest‘s Gazette Notification on Ash Utilization dated

03-11-2009 all new power stations shall have to utilize ash to the extent of 50% in 1

year from the date of commissioning, 70% in 2 years from the date of commissioning,

90% in 3 years from the date of commissioning and 100% in 4 years from the date of

commissioning. In order to gainfully utilize the ash in various application areas and to




meet the requirement of gazette notification for ash utilization following actions are

proposed:

(a) 100% extraction of dry fly ash along with suitable storage facilities is envisaged.

Provision shall also be kept for loading this ash into closed trucks. This will ensure

availability of dry fly ash required for manufacture of Fly Ash based Portland Pozzolana

Cement (FAPPC), asbestos cement products, use in cement concrete works, ash based

building products and other uses of ash.

(b) The company shall make efforts to motivate and encourage entrepreneurs to set up

ash based building products such as fly ash bricks etc.

(c) Pilot cum demonstration fly ash brick manufacturing plant shall be set up and bricks

produced shall be utilized in the construction activities and also for demonstration to the

local entrepreneurs to encourage them for manufacturing ash bricks in the area.

(d) To promote use of ash in agriculture / wasteland development – show case project shall

be taken up in the vicinity of power stations.

(e) All government / private agencies responsible for construction/ design of buildings,

development of low lying areas, and construction of road embankments etc. within 100

kms of the plant area shall be persuaded to use ash and ash based products in

compliance of MoEF‘s gazette notification.

With all the efforts mentioned above - it is expected that fly ash generated at the

thermal power stations shall be utilized in the areas of cement, concrete and asbestos

cement products manufacturing, brick manufacturing, road construction etc.

2.13.1 Bottom Ash Handling System

Bottom ash shall be extracted either by using a continuously operating submerged

scraper chain conveyor system or by using intermittently operating jet pumps in

conjunction with a water impounded hopper. Dry type bottom ash hoppers shall be used

in case of the submerged scraper chain conveyor system. In case of continuous bottom

ash extraction system involving submerged scrapper conveyors, the bottom ash from all

the 2x660 MW units shall be fed to a common bottom ash slurry disposal pump house.

In case of the intermittently operating jet pump system, the jet pumps would convey the

bottom ash slurry from water impounded bottom ash hoppers to the slurry sump of the

common bottom ash slurry disposal pump house for 2x660MW. Economizer and air

preheater ash shall be handled in wet form. Coarse ash slurry from economizer and air

preheater hoppers shall also be fed to the slurry sump of the common bottom ash slurry

disposal pump house. From the bottom ash slurry disposal pump house, bottom ash

and coarse ash slurry shall be pumped to the ash dyke by bottom ash slurry duty

pumps. No pits will be permitted in the boiler area to accommodate the water impound

hoppers.




2.13.2 Fly Ash Handling System

Pneumatic conveying system (either vacuum system of pressurized system) shall be

employed for extraction of fly ash from the electrostatic precipitator hoppers in dry form.

This dry ash shall be taken to buffer hoppers of each unit or to the wetting

head/collector tank units. The dry ash buffer hoppers shall be located adjacent to the

ESP. Dry ash from buffer hoppers shall be transported to main storage silos. Silo area

shall be provided with fencing, office block, gate complex and passage for entry/exit

vehicles. There shall be three nos. of ash silos. The storage capacity of each silo shall

be about 12 hrs of production of fly ash (based on performance coal analysis) of each

unit. The user industries shall take the dry fly ash from these silos in closed tankers. For

wet disposal of dry ash extracted from various ESP hoppers, the same shall be diverted

to wetting head/collector tank units. The slurry from these wetting units shall be led to

the combined ash slurry disposal pump house. The transportation system shall be

provided for each unit for transportation of dry fly ash from buffer hoppers to the silos.

The user industries shall take the dry fly ash from these storage silos either in closed

tankers or in open tankers. The silos shall be designed for 12 hrs. storage capacity and

shall also have rail unloading facilities.

Space provision shall be kept near storage silos for installation of dry fly ash

classification system, in future, for users for classified fly ash.

2.13.3 Ash Slurry Disposal system

It is envisaged to have combined ash slurry disposal system. The bottom ash slurry and

fly ash slurry from units shall be fed to the common slurry sump of the combined ash

slurry disposal pump house. The combined ash slurry shall be pumped using heavy

duty centrifugal slurry pumps to existing ash dyke, approximately 4.5 km from the plant.

There shall be common ash slurry pump house with two (2) working streams, one

operation standby stream and one maintenance standby stream. The entire pumping

stream shall be provided with its individual disposal pipes. No crossover is being

envisaged in the disposal piping.

2.13.4 Ash Water System

Ash water system consisting of required water pump, piping and valve etc., to cater to

LP and HP water requirement shall be provided. It is also proposed to re-circulate the

ash water from the ash dyke area to plant area for its re-use in ash handling system.

The make to ash handling system during recirculation shall be provided from CW

blowdown/plant make-up system.




2.13.5 Ash Dyke/Pond

Existing ash dyke located in village Charkari (4.5 km from plant side) shall be modified

to take care of ash disposal for expansion. Total area covered by existing ash dyke is

72 hect with ash pond side slope is 1:2 (vertical:horizontal) and downstream side slope

of 1:3.5 (vertical:horizontal). Existing ash dyke RL is 186 m with a provision of raising

RL up to 201 m. In case HCSD ash disposal system is envisaged one storage lagoon

shall be constructed near the plant area.

2.13.6 Existing Plant

The details of ash generation from existing units after completion of renovation and

maintenance shall be as per given below in Table 2.22 :

Table 2.22

Details of ash generation from existing units

S.N Particulars Units

50 MW 94 MW 200 MW

1 Number of unit in operation 2 1 5

2 Coal consumption

TPA (in lacs) 8.4 7.0 57.0

TPD 2300.0 1900.0 15600.0

3 Ash content in coal (%) 40.0 40.0 40.0

4 Total ash (TPD) 920 760 6240.0

5 Fly ash 736.0 610.0 4992.0

6 Bottom ash 184.0 150.0 1248.0

Bottom ash collected in economizer hopper are conveyed in wet form through bottom

ash disposal pipes to ash slurry pump. Also for wet transportation, fly ash generated in

dry form is conveyed through vacuum to ash collecting tower where it is mixed with

water to form slurry which is collected in ash slurry pump from where it is pumped to

ash dyke located in village Chakari (4.5 km from plant site). The details of ash dykes are

as per given below:

Total Ash Pond Area – Approximately 72.00 ha

Existing ash dyke shall be used

Commissioned in Year -1984

Existing Ash Dyke RL- 186 m




MOU has been signed with M/s Jaiprakash Associates Limited for installation of

dry fly ash extraction system for utilizing fly ash to the tune of 7.0 MTPA from the

existing units of Obra TPS for their cement manufacturing plant at Dalla in Sonebhadra

district and Chunar in Mirzapur district.

M/s Jaiprakash Associates Limited have installed their own plant (DFAES) in unit no 9

and UPRVUNL have installed DFAES in unit No.1&2 (2x50 MW) from where ash is

transported through compressed air from beneath the ESP hopper to silo from where it

is transported via closed vehicles. As per agreement, M/s Jaiprakash Associates

Limited will install dry ash collection, storage and transportation system in unit no 10 to

13 for manufacturing PPC. Apart from above M/s Jaiprakash Associates Limited also

express their interest by Letter No-JAL/DCF/DFA-UPRVUNL dated 06.08.2012 to utilize

the dry Fly ash generated from the proposed 2x660 MW TPS as Annexure No-14.

Ash utilization plan for expanded plant is as per given in Annexure 8.0. Contract letters

with M/s Jaiprakash Associated Ltd for lifting fly ash from existing plant for cement

manufacturing is enclosed as Annexure 9.0

2.14. Fire Detection and Protection System

Obra thermal power plant has adequate fire-fighting facilities for existing operation.

However, a comprehensive fire detection and protection system is envisaged for the

complete power station. This system shall generally conform to the recommendations of

TAC (INDIA)/ IS: 3034 & NFPA- 850. The following fire detection and protection

systems are envisaged:

Hydrant system for complete power plant covering the entire power station

including all the auxiliaries and buildings in the plant area. The system shall be

complete with piping, hydrants, valves, instrumentation, hoses, nozzles, hose

boxes/stations etc.;

Automatic high velocity water spray system for all transformers located in

transformer yard and those of rating 10MVA and above located within the

boundary limits of plant, main and unit turbine oil tanks and purifier, lube oil

piping (zoned) in turbine area, generator seal oil system, lube oil system for

turbine driven boiler feed pumps, consisting of detectors, deluge valves,

projectors, valves, piping, instrumentation etc.;

Automatic sprinkler system for selected coal conveyers;

Automatic medium velocity water spray system for cable vaults and cable




galleries of main plant, switchyard control room, CHP control room and ESP

control room consisting of smoke detectors, linear heat sensing cable detectors,

deluge valves, isolation valves, piping, instrumentation, etc.;

Automatic medium velocity water spray system for coal conveyors, coal

galleries, transfer points and crusher house consisting of QB detectors, linear

heat sensing cables, deluge valves, nozzles, piping, instrumentation, etc.;

Automatic medium velocity water spray system for un-insulated fuel oil tanks

storing fuel oil having flash point 65 0C and below consisting of QB detectors,

deluge valves, nozzles, piping, instrumentation, etc.;

Foam injection system for fuel oil / storage tanks consisting of foam concentrate

tanks, foam pumps, in-line inductors, valves, piping & instrumentation etc.;

For protection of central control room, control equipment room, computer room

and other electronic equipment rooms of main plant, Inert Gas extinguishing

system as per NFPA-2001 would be opted;

Fire Detection and Alarm System - A computerized analogue, addressable type

early warning system shall be provided to cover the complete power plant.

Following types of fire detection shall be employed.

Multisensor type smoke detection system

Photo electric type smoke detection system.

Combination of both Multisensor type and photo electric type smoke detection

systems.

Linear heat sensing cable detector.

Quartzoid bulb heat detection system.

Infra red type heat detectors.

Spot type heat detectors.

Portable and mobile extinguishers, such as pressurized water type, carbon-dioxide

type, foam type, dry chemical powder type, will be located at strategic locations

throughout the plant. Required fire tenders/engines of water type, DCP type/foam type,

trailer pump with fire jeep etc. shall be provided in the fire station.

It is proposed to provide two numbers of Steel tanks for storage of fire water system.

Fire water pumps shall be located in the fire water pump house and horizontal

centrifugal pumps shall be installed in the pump house for hydrant and spray system

and the same shall be driven by electric motor and diesel engines as per the regulations

of approving (TAC) authority. The water for foam system shall be tapped off from the

hydrant system pumps.




For the above fire water pumping station, automatic pressurization system consisting of

jockey pumps and air compressors shall be provided. Complete instrumentation and

control system for the entire fire detection and protection system shall be provided for

safe operation of the complete system.

2.15. Project Cost

The estimated cost of the proposed expansion is in Rs. 8777.709 crores.

Chapter‐3

Baseline Study




3.0 BASELINE STUDY

3.1. Introduction

Ambient air monitoring was carried out to assess the air quality in and around the proposed

power plant site. Ambient air quality monitoring helps in generating data with respect to

various pollutants present in the environment. This data is used to assess the present air

quality in the region and to assess the effect of sources of pollution on the environment.

The data is also used as back ground concentration of pollutants in determining the effect of

proposed thermal power plant on the environment.

Thermal Power plants are major sources of air pollution. They emit pollutants like PM 10,

PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), and Nitrogen Oxides (NOX,). The amount of pollutants

emitted from any power plant depends upon the type of fuel used, burning method and type

of control equipment installed. The ambient air monitoring was carried out in and around the

proposed power plant site as per the Environmental Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants.

Water is the elixir of life for both animals and plants. Both the quality and quantity of water

are important for the quality of life. Various economical and industrial activities are using this

vital resource as though it will be available for eternity. It is, therefore, important to manage

water resources judiciously.

Water is also an important input for the operation of a Thermal Power Station. Considerable

amount of water is required for the purpose of steam generation, cooling and other uses.

Therefore, it is necessary to assess the following:

Nature of water body present around the plant

Details of processes which will consume water

Effluent Treatment System

Quality of existing water sources

Impact of the power plant effluent on the environment

The term soil refers to the loose material composed of weathered rocks, other minerals and

also partly decayed organic matter that covers large parts of the earth's surface. Soil is an

essential component of the terrestrial ecosystem. Soil also acts as a medium of transport of

various dissolved materials to the underlying ground water. Hence, the impact of the

proposed project on soil needs to be understood to properly plan the mitigating measures

wherever required.




Thermal Power Station generates Fly ash, Suspended Particulate Matter, Sulphur Dioxide

and Oxides of Nitrogen. The particles coming out of Electro Static Precipitator through tall

stacks do not affect the quality of soil in a significant manner as their Ground Level

Concentrations (GLCs) are very low. There is not much deposition of dust particle on the

surrounding soil. However the gaseous emission consisting of Sulphur dioxide and Nitrogen

oxides may cause environmental problem of air, water and soil pollution. The gaseous

pollutants distribution is subjected to meteorological influences. It is also distributed by the

influence of gravitational forces, particularly in the form of acid rain.

The baseline environmental status around the proposed project site is determined by

studying in detail the major environmental aspects like Air, Water, Land, Noise, Biolological

and Socio-economic environment in a 10 km radius. The ambient air, water, and soil quality

status within the area forms the baseline information over which the predicted impacts due

to the proposed project can be superimposed in order to obtain the net impact of the

proposed project on the environment.

3.2. Baseline Study

Baseline Study has been done in a 10 km radius of the proposed expansion project site.

Figure 3.1 shows the study area.

Baseline environmental study is carried out by PCRI and observations are based on the

field studies carried out for three months during 8 March, 2013 to 8 June, 2013 at and

around the proposed site and through secondary data collected from published sources.

3.3. Air Environment

The Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) monitoring was carried out at site as per the Environmental

Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants. The ambient air quality monitoring data for Post-

Monsoon season was collected during 8 March, 2013 to 8 June, 2013. The following

parameters were monitored for Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) study:

Respirable Suspended particulate matter (PM10)

PM2.5

Sulphur dioxide

Nitrogen oxides

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Ozone

Mercury




Preliminary air sampling and monitoring was carried out to establish the air quality of the

study area i.e. of 10 km. The sampling location map of area for air quality studies is shown

in Figure 3.1 and description of sampling locations is given below in Table: 3.1.

3.3.1. Selection of Sampling Locations

The Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) monitoring was carried out at 08 sites within a radius of

10 km around the proposed power plant site.

These stations were selected so as to provide ambient air quality data on:

Background Air Pollution Level

Ambient air quality in and around of proposed power plant site.

Air Pollution due to fugitive emissions

Air Pollution due to existing industries and local sources

Presence of sensitive receptors such as settlements.

Representative locations of regional air quality

The design data for the proposed units of the power plant i.e. coal consumption, stack

height; stack top diameter, flue gas temperature, flue gas volume and analysis of fuel to be

used for power generation were collected.

Table 3.1

Description of Sampling Location

S.No. Site Name Distance

(Km)

Direction from

site

Description of site

1 VIP Guest

House

2.2 North Residential and rural area

2 Billi 5.0 North - East Village and rural area .The site

is located 1 km from Varanasi -

Shaktinagar Highway

3 Dalla 5.8 East Dalla cement plant is closely

located to the monitoring site

4 Ninga 4.3 South - East Village and rural area

5 Garbani 7.5 South - East Village and rural area

6 Karamsar 4.5 South Village and rural area

7 Kaspani 5.7 North-West Village and rural area

8 Parsoi 6.9 West Village and rural area

The selection of sites for Obra TPS from Topographical survey map.




Figure: 3.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

3.3.2 Description of Ambient Air Monitoring Stations

A1 –VIP Guest House

The site was located at a distance of 2.2 Km in the North direction with respect to Obra

TPS. The residential, Colony area surrounds VIP Guest House. The main livelihood of the

people of Obra is TPS and business which are dependent on the Obra TPS.

A2 – Billi

The site was located at a distance of around 5.0 Km in the North-East direction with respect

to Obra TPS. The site is in downwind direction and located near the stone crushers.The

Heavy truck load of stones is transported from this near by area.The site was located at the

roof of a school. The site is located 1 km from Varanasi -Shaktinagar Highway




A3 – Dalla

The monitoring site was located around 5.8 Kms in the East direction with respect to Obra

TPS. Dalla cement plant is located close to the monitoring site. Varanasi -Shaktinagar

Highway is also passing close to the site. The area is an industrial pocket where lot of Truck

& Vehicular movement occurs.

A4 – Ninga

The site was located in the South-East direction with respect to proposed power plant,

around 4.3 Km from proposed extension units of Obra TPS. There were no sources of

pollution in the village and main source of livelihood in the area is mainly marginal labour.

This location is situated in downwind direction of OTPS.

A5 – Garbani

The site was located around 7.5 Kms in the South-East direction with respect to Obra TPS.

The site was selected in an open area. Main source of pollution is domestic activities. Main

livelihood of the area is marginal labour and agricultural activity. This location is also

considered in downwind direction.

A6 – Karamsar

The monitoring site was located around 4.5 Kms approximately in the South direction with

respect to Obra TPS. The population of village is around 200 persons. The sampler was

located at the roof of a house. Main livelihood of the village is agricultural activity.

A7 –Kaspani

The monitoring site was located at a distance of around 5.7 Km in North-West direction with

respect to Obra TPS. The population of village is about 250 persons. Main livelihood of the

area is agriculture and marginal labour. The area is rural. The Location was upwind

direction of Obra TPS.

A8 – Parsoi

The site was located around 6.9 Kms in the West direction with respect to proposed power

plant. The site was selected in an open area and free from sources of pollution. The

population of village is around 200 persons. Main livelihood of the area is marginal labour

and agricultural activity. This location is situated in the upwind direction of OTPS.




3.3.3 Methodology for Sampling and Analysis

Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10)

Respirable Dust Sampler was used for drawing the ambient air through a cyclone and then

through a glass micro-fiber filter paper. The Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter

(PM10) monitoring was carried out as per IS: 5182, Part 4. Gravimetric detection method

was used for the analysis of SPM. The larger particles of (> 10 m) were separated out in

the cyclone separator. Particles less than 10 m diameter were collected on the glass

micro-fiber filter paper. 24-hour RSPM concentration was determined by taking the

difference of initial and final weights of the filter paper and dividing it by the total volume of

air sampled. The volume of air sampled was determined from airflow rate and sampling

duration. The airflow rate measured by means of a calibrated orifice meter was maintained

in the range of 1.2 to 1.5 m3/min. The initial weight of the filter paper was determined by

weighing it on a precision balance after drying and desiccating for 24 hours. The final weight

was determined under the same conditions at the end of sampling period after the dust had

collected on filter paper.

The Total Suspended Particulate Matter was determined by adding weight of dust collected

in the cyclone cup to the difference of the initial and final weights of the filter paper and then

dividing it by the volume of air sampled.




Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

For the monitoring of SO2, IS: 5182, Part 2 Method 2 was followed. The ambient air was

sucked through a tapping in the exhaust side of the High Volume sampler. The frequency of

monitoring was twice a week per location. The average flow rate was kept approximately

0.5 litre/min. The analysis of the samples was done at site itself to avoid the errors because

of time delay and loss of sensitivity. The SO2 was absorbed in a solution of Sodium

Tetrachloro Mercurate thus forming a stable Dichloro Sulphito Mercurate. The concentration

of SO2 was then estimated by the colour produced when p-Rosaniline Hydrochloride was

added to the solution. The colour was estimated by using a Spectrophotometer, set at 560

nm wavelength for which a calibration curve was prepared.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

For the monitoring of NOx, IS: 5182 Part 6 and Emission Regulation Part 3 were followed.

The ambient air was sucked through a tapping in the exhaust side of the High Volume

sampler. The frequency of monitoring was twice a week per location. The average flow rate

was kept approximately 0.5 litre/min. The analysis of the samples was done at site itself to

avoid the errors because of time delay and loss of sensitivity.

For oxides of nitrogen, Sodium hydroxide was used as an absorbing solution. Sodium

Arsenite was also added into the absorbing solution to increase the absorbing efficiency.

The nitrite ion produced during sampling was determined colorimetrically by reacting the

exposed absorbing reagent with Phosphoric Acid, Sulphanilamide & NEDA (Jacobs &

Hochheiser method).

Carbon Mono Oxide

Carbon Monoxide was collected in the Aspirator Bulbs (Made in Germany), specially

designed for this purpose and subsequently analysed with the help of Gas Chromatograph.

Ozone:

Micro amounts of ozone and other ozone are collected by absorption in a solution of

potassium iodide buffered to a pH of 6.8. The released iodine equivalent of the

concentration of ozone present in the air is determined spectra hot metrically by measuring

the absorption of trioxide ion at 352 mm.

The total volume of the air sample collected should be corrected to standard condition of

250C and 760 mm Hg if temperature and pressure deviate appreciable from these

conditions. Do not expose the absorbing solution to sunlight.




If significant evaporation of solution occurs, add double distilled water to bring to bring the

liquid volume to 10 ml. Read the absorbance at 352 nm against double distilled wather

within 30 to 60-minutes period after collection in a 1-cm cuvette or tube. Ozone liberates

iodine through both a fast and a slow set of reactions. Some of the organic ozone also have

been shown to cause slow formation of iodine. Some indication of the presence of such

ozone and of gradual fading due to reductions may be obtained by taking several readings

during an extended period of time. Determine the blank correction (to be subtracted from

sample absorbance) every few day by reading the absorbance of unexposed reagent.

Beer’s Law is followed.

Conc. Of O3 in the air sample ppm O3 = µ moles O3 × 24.45

Vs

Vs = Volume of air sampled in liter at 25 0C and 760torr.

24.45 = molar volume of O3 (µl/ µ ml) at 25 0C and 760torr.

O3 = µ moles O3 determined from cal. Curve including dilution factor, if any.

Mercury

This test method covers the analysis covers the analysis of total mercury on Glass

microfibre Filter Paper in ambient air. Total mercury is determined in this method by a

weighed sample in an oxygen bomb with dilute nitric acid absorbing the mercury vapours.

The bomb is rinsed a reduction vessel with dilute nitric acid, and the where it is determined

by the flameless cold vapour atomic absorption technique.

The apparatus required are combustion bomb, water bath, combustion crucibles, firing wire,

firing circuit and analytical balance.

Cold Vapor Mercury Hydride System (MHS) : The MHS is manually operated system with

high sensitivity for determination of mercury and metallic hydride forming elements by

atomic absorption spectroscopy. The MHS used comprises of an Analyser Assembly and a

Quartz Cell Assembly. The cell assembly consists of a quartz cell and a mount. The mount

installs on AAS standard burner head, thus permitting the quartz cell to be heated in the

flame of the spectrophotometer.




3.3.4 Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Statistical analysis of ambient air quality data is given in Table 3.2 to 3.8.

Table - 3.2

Average, Cumulative Percentile, Maxima & Minima

Sulphur-Dioxide (SO2)

All values in µg/m3

Site Code

Location Mean S.D Min Max Percentile 10th 25th 50th 80th 98th

A1 VIP GH 7 1.0 6 9 6 6 7 8 9

A2 Billi 13 1.6 10 16 11 11 13 14 16

A3 Dalla 16 1.6 14 19 14 15 16 17 19

A4 Ninga 12 1.3 10 14 10 11 12 13 14

A5 Garbani 12 1.6 9 14 10 11 12 13 14

A6 Karamsar 7 1.0 6 9 6 7 7 8 9

A7 Kaspani 7 0.9 6 9 6 6 7 7 9

A8 Parsoi 7 0.9 6 9 6 6 7 8 9

Table - 3.3


Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM) PM10


Site Code


A1 VIP GH 144 19.2 111 172 115 133 148 158 171

A2 Billi 217 42.7 158 285 163 184 213 262 283

A3 Dalla 249 49.9 149 301 161 225 267 290 300

A4 Ninga 141 18.9 115 178 123 126 139 156 177

A5 Garbani 138 19.1 109 171 118 121 135 157 169

A6 Karamsar 142 18.0 119 175 122 126 139 162 172

A7 Kaspani 131 17.1 95 158 116 120 130 146 158

A8 Parsoi 125 14.0 93 145 105 120 126 137 143




Table- 3.4


Particulate Matter PM2.5 (PM2.5)


Site Code


A1 VIP GH 55 4.9 47 63 49 51 57 59 63

A2 Billi 79 7.5 66 89 69 74 80 87 89 A3 Dalla 83 9.4 65 96 73 77 84 92 96 A4 Ninga 69 5.5 61 83 63 66 68 72 81

A5 Garbani 67 6.0 56 76 59 62 66 72 76

A6 Karamsar 66 5.1 57 78 59 63 66 69 76 A7 Kaspani 64 3.8 58 71 60 61 65 67 71A8 Parsoi 64 3.7 58 70 60 61 65 68 70

Table-3.5


Oxide of Nitrogen (NOx)


Site Code


A1 VIP GH 21 1.3 20 24 20 20 21 23 24 A2 Billi 28 1.5 24 30 27 27 28 29 30 A3 Dalla 28 1.7 24 31 27 28 29 31 31 A4 Ninga 27 1.4 24 30 26 26 27 28 30 A5 Garbani 27 1.3 24 29 26 27 28 29 29 A6 Karamsar 21 1.4 20 24 20 20 22 23 24 A7 Kaspani 21 1.1 20 23 20 20 21 22 23A8 Parsoi 21 1.1 20 23 20 20 21 22 23




Table-3.6


Carbon Monoxide (CO)

All values in mg/m3

Site

Code

Location Mean S.D Min Max Percentile

10th 25th 50th 80th 98th

A1 VIP GH 0.808 0.096 0.681 0.998 0.688 0.713 0.798 0.875 0.985

A2 Billi 0.957 0.141 0.723 1.330 0.801 0.877 0.951 1.025 1.256

A3 Dalla 0.985 0.111 0.789 1.210 0.847 0.895 1.004 1.044 1.183

A4 Ninga 0.793 0.086 0.668 0.950 0.678 0.718 0.789 0.871 0.927

A5 Garbani 0.779 0.091 0.667 0.934 0.668 0.693 0.775 0.871 0.930

A6 Karamsar 0.828 0.098 0.663 0.981 0.672 0.768 0.869 0.889 0.966

A7 Kaspani 0.809 0.111 0.601 1.001 0.663 0.756 0.814 0.889 0.988

A8 Parsoi 0.819 0.110 0.664 1.003 0.682 0.739 0.818 0.894 0.998

Table-3.7


Ozone (O3)


Site Code


A1 VIP GH 44 2.3 40 49 42 43 44 46 48 A2 Billi 45 2.4 41 49 42 43 46 47 49 A3 Dalla 50 2.0 46 54 48 49 49 51 54 A4 Ninga 45 2.5 39 49 42 43 46 47 48 A5 Garbani 41 1.8 38 45 39 40 41 43 44 A6 Karamsar 41 1.6 38 43 39 40 41 42 43 A7 Kaspani 42 1.7 40 46 40 40 41 43 45

A8 Parsoi 40 1.4 37 42 38 39 40 41 42




Table-3.8


Mercury (Hg)

All values in (μg/m3)

Site Code


A1 VIP GH <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

A2 Billi <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

A3 Dalla <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

A4 Ninga <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

A5 Garbani <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

A6 Karamsar <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

A7 Kaspani <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

A8 Parsoi <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005

3.3.4.1 Air Quality:

The main sources of the air pollution in Obra thermal power plant are:

Flue Gas Emissions from Stacks

Fugitive Emissions from handling and storage of coal;

Combustion of coal in boilers; Handling and disposal of fly ash; and

Operation of DG sets, in case of power break down.

The dust is the crucial parameter among the main pollutants like PM10 & PM2.5, SO2, NOx,

CO, Hg & O3. Installations of adequately sized pollution control equipments have been

considered for primary and secondary dust generating sources.

Fine Particulate Sampler NPM-FDS-2.5A Netel (India) Limited, Thane, are being used for

monitoring of Particulate matter less than 2.5 micron size (PM2.5), Particulate Matter less

than 10 micron size (PM10), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx). Samples

were collected and analyzed for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, O3 and Hg.

The average of the analytical results of air quality monitoring in the selected locations are

compared against the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) given in Table 3.9.

The maximum, minimum and average values at each location are given in Table 3.2 to 3.8.




Table 3.9

NAAQ Standards (18th Nov 2009-MOEF)

S.N Pollutants Time weighted

average

Concentration in Ambient

Air

Method of

Measurement

Industrial

Area

Residential

Rural &

Other areas

Ecologically

Sensitive

Areas(notified

by CPCB

1 Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2) µg/m3

Annual

Average*

50 20 1. Improved West and

Geake method

2.Ultraviolet fluorescence 24 hours** 80 80

2 Oxides of

Nitrogen (NO2)

µg/m3

Annual

Average*

40 30 1. Jacob & Hochheiser

modified (Na - Arsenite)

Method

2.Gas Phase

Chemiluminescence’s

24 hours* 80 80

3 Particulate

Matter (Size<10

morPM10) µg/m3

Annual

Average*

60 60 High Volume sampling,

(Average flow rate not

less than 1.1 m3 /minute 24 hours** 100 100

4 Particulate

Matter (size<2.5

morPM2.5)µg/m3

Annual

Average*

40 40 Gravimetric TOEM

Beta attenuation

24 hours** 60 60

5 Ozone µg/m3

8 hour* 100 100 UV Photoelectric

Chemiluminescence

Chemical Method 1hour** 180 180

6 Carbon

Monoxide (CO)

mg/m3

8 hour** 02 02 Non dispersive infrared

spectroscopy 1hour 04 04

Ambient air quality was compared with the National Ambient Air Quality Standards as given

in Table 3.9.

It can be concluded that the SO2, NO2, CO, O3 and Mercury monitored at 8 locations in the

study area are found well within the permissible standards for Industrial, Residential, Rural

& other areas. The 24 hourly concentrations of PM10 and PM 2.5 are found higher than

NAAQS at all the monitoring locations.




The 24 hourly averages mean concentration of Particulate matter 2.5 and PM 10 exceeded

the limits at montoring locations, Dalla, Kaspani, Parsoi, VIP Guest House, Ninga, Garbani,

Bari and Karamsar.

3.3.5 Micro-Meteorology

Meteorological Data

Hourly Wind speed, Wind direction, Temperature, Relative humidity, and Solar radiation

were measured at Obra TPS site during the study period by installing automatic weather

monitoring station at the Roof of VIP Guest House. Wind-rose diagram of the Obra TPS site

is shown in Figure – 3.2 and Climatological Data is given in Table-3.10

Table- 3.10 Climatological Data

(Source: Wind-rose monitoring station installed at VIP Guest House, Obra)

Month

Temperature Relative Humidity

(%)

Monthly

Total

Rain Fall

(mm)

Cloud Amount

(OKTAS)

Watts/mtr²

Mean

Wind

Speed

Mean

Daily

Max.

Mean

Daily

Min.

Morning Evening Morning

(8:00 AM)

Evening

(5:00PM)

Mar 2013 36.7 14.1 89.1 22.2 12.4 439 57 1.8

Apr 2013 43.5 18.3 73.0 19 30.8 518 119 2.2

May 2013 44.9 23.1 61 17 1.5 559 122 2.5

Jun 2013 41.5 24.9 79 36 49.9 597 130 2.6

Secondary Meteorological Data is Collected from IMD Varanasi

1. Temperature

2. Relative humidity

3. Rainfall

4. Cloud cover

5. Wind Speed and Wind Direction

Secondary data is collected from IMD Varanasi

Secondary data from IMD Varanasi has been collected for Atmospheric Pressure,

Temperature, Relative humidity, Rainfall, Wind Speed and Direction. The data at IMD is

usually measured twice a day viz., at 0830 and 1730 hr. The IMD station at BHU Varanasi

is about 125 km from the project site in the north direction.




The monthly maximum, minimum and average values are collected for all the parameters

except wind sped and direction. The collected data is tabulated in Table-3.11.

Table- 3.11 Climatological Data

(Source: India Meteorological Department, Varanasi observatory) Month Temperature Relative Humidity

(%)

Monthly

Total

Rain Fall

(mm)

Cloud Amount

(OKTAS)

Mean

Wind

Speed Mean

Daily Max.

Mean

Daily Min.

Morning Evening Morning Evening

Jan 23.1 9.6 75 51 20.3 2.0 2.0 4.3

Feb 26.6 12.0 64 39 12.5 1.7 1.7 5.7

Mar 33.1 17.1 49 28 10.4 1.7 1.8 6.3

Apr 38.7 22.8 40 24 4.3 1.4 1.6 6.9

May 41.1 26.4 47 27 11.5 1.5 1.3 7.3

June 38.7 27.8 62 47 85.6 4.1 4.8 6.8

July 33.7 26.2 82 72 303.8 6.4 6.5 6.9

Aug 32.7 25.8 85 78 281.3 6.5 6.5 5.7

Sep 32.8 24.9 82 73 214.9 4.7 5.2 5.3

Oct 32.8 21.1 71 57 39.8 2.0 2.4 3.6

Nov 29.1 14.3 65 50 15.5 1.2 1.4 3.0

Dec 24.5 10.2 73 53 3.4 1.4 1.5 3.7

Meteorological data was collected for Summer Season (8 March, 2013 to 8 June, 2013). A

meteorological station was installed in the project site at about 10 m above the ground level.

3.3.6. Climate

Sonbhadra has a relatively subtropical climate with high variation between summer and

winter temperatures. The average temperature is 24°C to 45°C in the summer and 2°C to

15°C in the winter. The weather is pleasant in rainy season from July to October.

3.3.7. Wind Speed and Wind Direction

Meteorological study exerts a critical influence on air quality as it is an important factor in

governing the ambient air quality. The meteorological data recorded during the study period

is used for interpretation of the baseline information as well as input for air quality

simulation models.




A meteorological station was installed in the project site at about 10 m above the ground

level. All care was taken to see that the station is free from obstructions to free flow of

winds. Wind speed, wind direction, temperature and relative humidity data was collected

daily on hourly basis during the study period.

Weather Monitoring station at OTPS

The wind rose diagram of the study period for the study area is shown in Figure 3.2 below:




Figure 3.2: Windrose diagram of Obra TPS during monitoring

The analysis of the average wind pattern shows predominant winds from NW. The calm

conditions were prevailed for 50.98% of the total time.




3.3.8 Air Quality Impact Assessment by means of Modeling (ISCST3 Model)

The impact due to operation of proposed power plant on ambient air quality in the

surrounding region has been predicted through mathematical modelling. The change in the

incremental concentrations in Particulate Matter, SO2 and NOx were computed through

computer dispersion model as described below:

Air Pollution Model Formulation

The ground level concentration has been computed using the multiple source Gaussian

plume model for pollutants Particulate Matter, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx

as NO2). This model is a computer program, based on the Gaussian Plume Modelling

approach, designed to simulate atmospheric dispersion process, in order to estimate

ambient air concentration levels of air pollutants resulting from any set of gas emission or

suspended particulate matter emission sources. The model program used for air quality

prediction is US-EPA ISCST3. The details of the air pollution model used are given below:

The Gaussian Plume Model

The ground level concentration of pollutants has been computed from the sources of

emission with the help of EPA ISCST3 model. The model uses radial receptors. The

locations of receptors are defined with respect to 16 radial wind directions (N to NNW) and

the radial distance from the absolute reference point. The receptor location in each of the

radial directions is the following multiple of physical stack height 2.5, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 27.5,

30, 32.5, 35, 40, 45, 55, 70, 90, 110 and 140. The computations were performed using the

Gaussian Plume Dispersion Equation stated below :

The ground level concentration at the receptor (x,y) due to a source strength Q is given

by :

2

2

2exp

2),(

yzx

y

u

KQVDyx

……......... (1)

where

Q emission rate (g/s)

K scaling factor (K = 106 gives in µg/m3 for Q in g/s)

u mean wind speed at source height (m/s)

y , z dispersion coefficients (m)

V Vertical Term

D Decay Term

x down wind distance (m)

y cross wind distance (m)




The Dispersion Coefficients

The dispersion coefficients used in Equation 1 are those given by Pasquill-Gifford curves

(Turner class) for open country area. These are applicable for elevated releases.

Stability classification

The stability classification based on Pasquill's method as a function of net radiation under

(NR) and wind speed : (1 knot = 0.515 m/sec ) is given in Table 3.12.

Table 3.12

Relation between Stability Classes to Weather Conditions

Wind Speed (Knot)

Net Radiation Index (NR)

4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2

0-1 1 1 2 3 4 6 7

2-3 1 2 2 3 4 6 7

4-5 1 2 3 4 4 5 6

6 2 2 3 4 4 5 6

7 2 2 3 4 4 5 6

8-9 2 3 3 4 4 4 5

10 3 3 4 4 4 4 5

11 3 3 4 4 4 4 4

12 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

The stability categories 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6 correspond to stability classes A, B, C, D, E & F and

a seventh class, extremely stable, G has been added. Net Radiation Index (NR) is based on

Insolation Class and Cloud Cover.

Table 3.13

Insolation as a function of Solar Altitude

Solar Altitude Insolation Insolation Class number

600 < Strong 4

350 < < 600 Moderate 3

150 < < 350 Slight 2

< 150 Weak 1

A Extremely Stable D Neutral

B Moderately Unstable E Slightly Unstable

C Slightly Unstable F Moderately Stable




Vertical Term for Gases and Small Particulates

The effects on ambient concentrations of gravitational settling and dry deposition can be

neglected for gaseous pollutants and small particulates (Diameters less than about

20 micrometers). The vertical term is then given by:

V= exp [-0.5{(Zr – he)/ z}2] + exp [-0.5{(Zr + he)/ z}

2] + i=1-{ exp [-0.5(H1/ z}2]

+ exp [-0.5(H2/ z}2] + exp [-0.5(H3/ z}

2] + exp [-0.5(H4/ z}2]}

The infinite series term in equation accounts for the effects of restriction on vertical plume

growth at the top of mixing layer. The method of image sources is used to account for the

multiple reflections of the plume from the ground surfaces and at the top of the mixed layer.

If the effective stack height, he, exceeds the mixing height, ZI, the plume is assumed to fully

penetrate the elevated inversion and the ground level concentration is set equal to zero.

Equation assumes that the mixing height in rural and urban areas is known for all stability

categories. The vertical term defined by the equation changes the form of the vertical

concentration distribution from Gaussian to rectangular (uniform concentration with in the

surface mixing layer) at long downwind distances.

Variation of wind speed with height

The computation of ground level concentration and plume rise requires wind speed at stack

height. As per the standard practice, the wind speed is measured at a height of 10 m. from

ground level. However, the wind speed used to calculate the dispersion of air pollutants

emitted by an industrial stack is that measured at the same level as the chimney top. When

such measurements are not possible, extrapolations are made based on wind speed at 10

m height from ground level. Thus, the available wind is measured near ground level and an

adjustment is required to take account of the increase in wind speed at altitude i.e. chimney

top. The wind speed at various heights is determined with the help of power law given

below:

u u z uz

z

p

( ) 1

1 ..……..……………………………..(2)

where

u(z) Wind Speed at height z (m) from ground level in m/s

u1 Wind Speed at reference height z1 (m) from ground level in m/s

p Power Law exponent of wind profile

Usually the wind speed profile exponent is a function of stability. The value of wind profile

exponent p used for various stability classes is given in Table 3.14 below:




Table 3.14

Power Law Exponents of Wind Profile

Stability Class Rural Urban

A 0.07 0.15

B 0.07 0.15

C 0.10 0.20

D 0.15 0.25

E 0.35 0.30

F 0.55 0.30

Plume Rise

The gases leaving the stack rise up to a certain height depending on gas velocity,

temperature and ambient meteorological factors. This gain in height of the plume before it

bends over by ambient wind is termed as plume rise. The guidelines for conducting air

quality modelling, published by CPCB, recommend the use of Briggs formulae for plume

rise computation. These formulae are mostly empirical or semi-empirical. The Briggs Plume

Rise Equations are discussed below:

Stack-tip Downwash

The stack tip downwash is taken into account by modification of the physical stack height.

The modified stack height h’ is calculated as follows :

5.12

u

vDhh s for uvs 5.1 ………………....……(3)

hh for uvs 5.1 ..….…………………………......……(4)

where

h physical stack height (m)

h’ modified stack height (m)

D stack exit diameter (m)

vs stack exit velocity (m/s)

u wind speed at stack height (m/s)

Buoyancy and Momentum Rise

For most plume rise situations the Briggs buoyancy flux parameter, Fb (m4/s3) is needed.

The buoyancy flux parameter is calculated as follows:

s

assb T

TTDgvF

42 .....……………..…………………..(5)




where

Fb buoyancy flux parameter (m4/s3)

Ts stack gas temperature (K)

Ta ambient temperature (K)

g acceleration due to gravity (m/s2)

For determining the plume rise due to momentum of the plume, the momentum flux

parameter, Fm (m4/s2) is calculated based on the following formula :

s

asm T

TDvF

422 ........………………………………………(6)

where

Fm momentum flux parameter (m4/s2)

vs stack exit velocity (m/s)

D stack exit diameter (m)

Crossover between Momentum and Buoyancy Rise

In most cases the stack gas temperature is higher than the ambient temperature. Hence, it

must be determined whether Momentum or Buoyancy dominates the Plume rise. The cross

over temperature difference, )( cT , is determined as follows :

For Unstable to Neutral Conditions:

3/2

3/1

0297.0)(D

vTT s

sc For Fb < 55 ......…………………(7)

3/1

3/2

00575.0)(D

vTT s

sc For Fb > 55 ..………………...…(8)

For Stable Conditions:

svTT ssc 00575.0)( .....…………………………………(9)

where s is the stability parameter given by:

aT

zgs

/.......…………………………………….……(10)

where z / is the gradient of potential temperature. As a default approximation, for

stability classes E and F, the value of z / is taken to be 0.020 K/m and 0.035 K/m,

respectively.

In calculation of plume rise if the difference between stack gas and ambient temperature

exceeds or equals the value of )( cT , plume rise is assumed to be buoyancy dominated; or

else it is assumed to be momentum dominated. This check has been built into the computer

program.




Unstable to Neutral – Buoyancy Rise

The buoyancy dependent final plume rise (in meters), ,h for unstable to neutral conditions

is given by:

u

Fh b

4/3

425.21 For Fb < 55 .....……………...………(11)

u

Fh b

5/3

71.38 For Fb > 55 ......………………………12)

Unstable to Neutral – Momentum Rise

The momentum dependent final plume rise for unstable to neutral conditions is given by :

u

vDh s3 ......…………………………………...………(13)

Stable – Buoyancy Rise

The buoyancy dependent final plume rise for stable conditions is given by:

3/1

6.2

us

Fh b .....………………………...………………(14)

Stable – Momentum Rise

The momentum dependent final plume rise for stable conditions is given by:

3/1

5.1

su

Fh m .....………………..………………………(15)

3.3.9 Input Data and Model Application

Input data for the model consists of meteorology and emission inventory. The details of

input data for air pollution dispersion modelling are as follows:

PCRI Meteorological Station at Obra

The meteorological data recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper

interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input prediction models for air quality

dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in

identifying the general meteorological regime of the region.

The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms

laid by Bureau of Indian Standards (IS: 8829) and Indian Meteorological Department (IMD).

Automatic meteorological station has been installed at Obra.

The monitoring station equipped with monitoring equipment to record hourly wind speed,

direction, relative humidity and temperature was set up at the project site. The data logger




attached with the station records the observations and the data was down loaded from it

from time to time.

The data recorded in the weather station were used for computer modeling of pollutants

concentration prediction.

Mixing height has been fixed for various stability classes A,B,C and D as 1300 m, 1000 m,

1000 m and 800m respectively. Unlimited mixing has been assumed for stability class E

and F.

3.3.10 Emission inventory

Proposed extension units at Obra Thermal Power Plant will consist of two units of 660 MW.

The flue gases from these units will be ejected to the atmosphere through a common stack.

The emission inventory includes stack dimensions, pollutant emission rates, exit gas

temperatures and stack exit velocities. The methodology for calculation of emission

inventory is stated below:

Coal consumption at full load is 5.528 MTPA.

Emission rate of Particulates was calculated based on the limit of 50 mg per cubic

meter.

Emission rate of SO2 was calculated based on 0.4 % Sulphur in Coal.

Emission rate of NOx were calculated based on 9 kg NOx generation per ton of coal

burnt.

Diameter of each flue at exit has been taken as 8.5 m.

Stack exit gas temperature is 1400 C.

Stack exit gas velocity is 25 m/sec.

Based on the above assumptions the emission inventory for the proposed extension units

has been calculated and given in Table - 3.15

Table - 3.15

Emission Inventory for proposed extension units (2 x 660 MW)

Parameter

Stack Height (m) 275

No. of Stacks 1

No. of Flues 2

Flues exit Diameter (m) 8.5

Flue gas exit velocity (m/s) 25

Flue gas exit temperature (K) 413

Particulate emission rate (g/s) 94

SO2 emission rate (g/s) 1776

NOx emission rate (g/s) 1998




3.3.11 Model Application

24-hour, second highest concentration has been computed from the meteorological data

recorded through PCRI Meteorological Station installed at OTPS Obra for the period

08.03.2013 to 08.06.2013 using the EPA-ISCST3 model.

Model Output

The output of model provides ground level concentration of pollutants due to the proposed

2x660 MW coal fired power plant. The results are tabulated in Table 3.16 and the isopleths

are shown in Figure – 3.3 to Figure – 3.5. The isopleths indicate the 24-hour maximum

ground level concentrations of pollutants due to emissions from the proposed stacks of

power plant.




Figure–3.3 SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY GLCs OF SPM




Figure – 3.4 SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY GLCs OF SO2




Figure–3.5 SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY GLCs OF NOx




Table 3.16

24-hour maximum Ground Level Concentrations

Pollutant Maximum Ground Level Concentration

(excluding background)

GLC

(µg/m3)

Distance (Km) & Direction

w.r.t. Source

Nitrogen Oxides 17.8 3.0 (SE)

Sulphur Dioxide 15.1 3.0 (SE)

Suspended Particulate Matter 0.84 3.0 (SE)

3.3.12 Assessment of Impact on Ambient Air Quality

Impact on ambient air quality due to the proposed thermal power project has been

assessed by superimposing predicted concentrations on background air pollution level.

Baseline ambient air quality data indicated that the 98th percentile concentration at Dalla for

SPM, NOx, and SO2 was observed 300, 31 and 19 g/m3 respectively and these

concentrations have been considered as background level of pollutants. The air quality

Impact of proposed power plant is summarized in Table 3.17 below:

Table 3.17

Ambient Air Quality Impact Assessment

(24-hr maximum concentrations)

Pollutant Background

concentration

(µg/m3)

Incremental

change in GLC

(24-hr. Max.

Concentration)

excluding

background

(µg/m3)

Maximum GLC

(24-hr. Max.

Concentration)

After

superimposition

on background)

(µg/m3)

Distance

from

source

(Km)

Particulate Matter 300 0.84 300.84 3.0

Sulphur Dioxide 19 15.1 34.1 3.0

Nitrogen Oxides 31 17.8 48.8 3.0

The maximum incremental concentrations of SPM, SO2 and NOx are expected to be 0.84

g/m3, 15.1 g/m3 and 17.8 g/m3, respectively due to thermal power project operation.

These concentrations are expected to occur at a distance of 3.0 Km South East with

respect to source. Maximum total concentrations of SPM, SO2 and NOx, after




superimposition of background level would be 300.84 g/m3, 34.1 g/ m3 and 48.8

g/m3 respectively.

The total concentrations are compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards

prescribed for residential areas as specified under National Ambient Air Quality Standards

as notified by Central Pollution Control Board. It is concluded that total concentrations of

gaseous pollutants would be well below the allowable limits for residential areas. In

case of particulate matter the incremental change will be insignificant.

3.3.13. Noise Environment

Unwanted sound results in noise pollution. Environmental noise may be divided into outdoor

noise and community noise. Environmental noise monitoring was carried out to assess the

noise environment in and around the proposed site for power plant. The noise levels were

compared with the standards. The objectives of these measurements are as follows :

Identification of noise sources for machine noise control

Assessment of noise levels for worker protection

Study the far field radiation.

Excessive noise has been blamed for hearing damage, speech masking and community

annoyance. It may also be responsible for Hypertension, Fatigue and Heart trouble etc. The

study of noise levels was carried out by using standard equipment.

Instrument used for sampling:

The sound pressure level was measured by using a Precision Integrating Sound Level

Meter Type 2230 of B & K and Cygnet. Since loudness of sound is important by its effects

on people, the dependence of loudness upon frequency must be taken into account in

Environment Noise Assessment. This has been achieved by the use of an A-weighting filter

in the Noise Level Meter.

Method of Monitoring:

Sound pressure Levels (SPL) measurements were recorded at seven Locations. The

readings were taken for every hour for 24 hrs. The day noise levels have been monitored

during 6 AM to 10 PM and night Noise levels during 10 PM to 6 AM at all the locations

covered in the study area.




The results of the monitoring are provided in Table 3.19. Monitored levels were compared

against Ambient Noise Standards prescribed under Gazette Notification 643 of Ministry of

Environment and Forests, Government of India. The noise levels at all the locations were

found within the ambient noise standards and the Noise level monitoring stations are given

below in Table 3.18. and Ambient noise quality Standard are given in Table 3.20.

Table: 3.18

Noise sampling location

S.No. Site Name Distance (Km) Direction from site

1. VIP Guest House 2.2 North

2. Billi 5.0 North- East

3. Dalla 5.8 East

4. Ninga 4.3 South - East

5. Garbani 7.5 South - East

6. Karamsar 4.5 South

7. Kaspani 5.7 North - West

Ambient Noise monitoring was carried out in the 10 Kms radius of proposed power project

site. Seven sampling locations at and around proposed power project site were monitored in

the study period. The main sources of the noise are existing power plant, vehicles,

agricultural and domestic activities.

Table 3.19

Ambient noise quality Results

S.No. Sampling

point

Sources of

Noise

Noise levels dB(A)

Day time Night time

Leq Leq

1. VIP Guest House Vehicles & Industrial 59.6 52.1

2. Billi Agricultural & Domestic 51.9 44.1

3. Dalla Commercial & Domestic 59.6 52.1

4. Ninga Vehicles, Commercial &

Domestic

49.8 43.7

5. Garbani Agricultural & Domestic 47.4 40.8

6. Karamsar Vehicles & Domestic 48.9 42.3

7. Kaspani Domestic & Agricultural 49.7 43.2




Noise Regulations

Indian guidelines with respect to noise laid down by Environmental (Protection) Third

Amendment Rules, 1989 are given below Table 3.20:

Table 3.20

Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise

Area Code

Category of Area

Day Time Night Time

Limits in dB (A) Leq

A. Industrial area 75 70

B. Commercial area 65 55

C. Residential area 55 45

D. Silence zone 50 40

Day time is reckoned between 6 AM and 10 PM.

Night time is reckoned between 10 PM and 6 AM.

Silence zone is defined as area up to 100 meters around such premises as hospitals,

educational institutions and courts. Use of vehicular horns, loudspeakers and bursting of

crackers shall be banned in these zones.

The Noise level at the Project site compared to the Ambient Air Quality Standards in

Respect of Noise and the Noise level at the Project site are within the ambient noise

standard level for Industrial area Leq 75 dB (A) and 70 dB (A) for day and night time and

residence area Leq 55 dB (A) and 45 dB (A) for day and night time. The all values are under

the limit.

3.4.0 Water Environment

3.4.1. Drainage and Hydrology:

The Son River flows through the district from east to west and its tributary the Rihand River,

which rises to the south in the highlands of Surguja district of Chhattisgarh, flows north to

join the Son in the center of the district. The study area represents hilly and rolling

topography and is drained by large number of Streams which are seasonal. The study area

represents hilly and rolling topography and is drained by large number of streams which are

seasonal. All the streams drain out the storm water during monsoon season.

The samples groundwater and surface water quality of the study area were collected. The

ground water samples were collected from hand pumps in 10 km radius of the proposed

project. The surface water was collected from Son river & its tributary Rihand river.




3.4.2. Ground Water Assessment:

Ground water samples were collected from 7 locations during the study period as shown in

given below Table 3.21

Table 3.21:

Water Sampling Locations

S.No. Water Sampling

Locations

Distance from the

project site ( Km)

Direction Source of

samples

SW1 Rihand River 3.5 Km S River

SW2 Son River 9.6 Km NE River

Ground water

W1 Billi 5.0 Km NE Hand Pump

W2 Bari 7.6 Km NE Hand Pump

W3 Dalla Village 7.3 Km E Hand Pump

W4 Malviya Nagar 1.7 Km N Hand Pump

W5 VIP Guest House 1.2 Km NW Tube well

W6 Kariya Village 3.2 Km SW Hand Pump

W7 Arangi Village 5.7 Km SW Hand Pump




Figure 3.6 Location of Water Quality Monitoring Stations




Table 3.22

Ground Water (Hand Pump) Sample from Bari

PARAMETER UNIT OBTAINED

VALUE

STANDARD LIMITS

(IS 10500:1991)

Desirable Permissible

Alkalinity mg/L 380 200 600 Aluminium (as Al) mg/L 0.05 0.03 0.2 Arsenic (as As) mg/L 0.01 0.01 NR Boron (as B) mg/L ND 1.0 5.0 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 92.9 75 200 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 52 250 1000 Chromium Hexavalent (as Cr+6) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Colour Hazen <5.0 5 25 Copper (as Cu) mg/L 0.02 0.05 1.5 Cyanide (as CN) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Fecal Coliform MPN/1 Absent Absent NR Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.38 1.0 1.5 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 348 300 600 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.12 0.3 1.0 Lead (as Pb) mg/L 0.02 0.05 NR Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 28.1 30 100 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L 0.02 0.1 0.3 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L ND 0.001 NR Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 5.0 45 NR Oil & Grease mg/L ND 0.01 0.03 pH - 7.5 6.5-8.5 NR Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/L ND 0.001 0.002

Selenium (as Se) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 54.8 200 400 Total Coliform MPN/1 3 10.0 NR Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 486 500 2000 Total Residual Chlorine mg/L ND 0.2 - Turbidity NTU 0.74 5 10 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.03 5 15




Table 3.23

Ground Water (Hand Pump) Sample from Dalla Village


VALUE

STANDARD LIMITS

(IS 10500:1991)


Alkalinity mg/L 320 200 600 Aluminium (as Al) mg/L 0.03 0.03 0.2 Arsenic (as As) mg/L 0.01 0.01 NR Boron (as B) mg/L ND 1.0 5.0 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 64.1 75 200 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 40 250 1000 Chromium Hexavalent (as Cr+6) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Colour Hazen 5.0 5 25 Copper (as Cu) mg/L 0.02 0.05 1.5 Cyanide (as CN) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Fecal Coliform MPN/100 Absent Absent NR Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.42 1.0 1.5 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 292 300 600 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.11 0.3 1.0 Lead (as Pb) mg/L 0.02 0.05 NR Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 32.0 30 100 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L 0.03 0.1 0.3 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L ND 0.001 NR Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 3.0 45 NR Oil & Grease mg/L ND 0.01 0.03 pH - 7.6 6.5-8.5 NR Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/L ND 0.001 0.002 Selenium (as Se) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 44.2 200 400 Total Coliform MPN/100 2 10.0 NR Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 400 500 2000 Total Residual Chlorine mg/L ND 0.2 - Turbidity NTU 0.02 5 10 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.04 5 15




Table 3.24

Ground Water (Hand Pump) Sample from Malviya Nagar


VALUE

STANDARD LIMITS

(IS 10500:1991)


Alkalinity mg/L 224 200 600 Aluminium (as Al) mg/L 0.04 0.03 0.2 Arsenic (as As) mg/L 0.01 0.01 NR Boron (as B) mg/L ND 1.0 5.0 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 64.1 75 200 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 20 250 1000 Chromium Hexavalent (as Cr+6) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Colour Hazen 5.0 5 25 Copper (as Cu) mg/L 0.03 0.05 1.5 Cyanide (as CN) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Fecal Coliform MPN/100mL Absent Absent NR Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.58 1.0 1.5 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 248 300 600 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.09 0.3 1.0 Lead (as Pb) mg/L 0.01 0.05 NR Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 21.4 30 100 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L 0.02 0.1 0.3 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L ND 0.001 NR Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 1.0 45 NR Oil & Grease mg/L ND 0.01 0.03 pH - 7.8 6.5-8.5 NR Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/L ND 0.001 0.002 Selenium (as Se) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 11.6 200 400 Total Coliform MPN/100mL Absent 10.0 NR Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 350 500 2000 Total Residual Chlorine mg/L ND 0.2 - Turbidity NTU 3.4 5 10 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.03 5 15




Table 3.25

Ground Water (Hand Pump) Sample from Arangi


VALUE

STANDARD LIMITS

(IS 10500:1991)


Alkalinity mg/L 336 200 600 Aluminium (as Al) mg/L 0.03 0.03 0.2 Arsenic (as As) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Boron (as B) mg/L ND 1.0 5.0 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 67.3 75 200 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 22 250 1000 Chromium Hexavalent (as Cr+6) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Colour Hazen <5.0 5 25 Copper (as Cu) mg/L 0.01 0.05 1.5 Cyanide (as CN) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Fecal Coliform MPN/100mL Absent Absent NR Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.52 1.0 1.5 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 356 300 600 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.07 0.3 1.0 Lead (as Pb) mg/L 0.02 0.05 NR Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 45.6 30 100 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L 0.01 0.1 0.3 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L ND 0.001 NR Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 5.0 45 NR Oil & Grease mg/L ND 0.01 0.03 pH - 7.5 6.5-8.5 NR Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/L ND 0.001 0.002 Selenium (as Se) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 98.7 200 400 Total Coliform MPN/100mL Absent 10.0 NR Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 466 500 2000 Total Residual Chlorine mg/L ND 0.2 - Turbidity NTU 0.28 5 10 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.06 5 15




Table 3.26

Drinking Water Sample from VIP Guest House


VALUE

STANDARD LIMITS

(IS 10500:1991)


Alkalinity mg/L 80 200 600 Aluminium (as Al) mg/L 0.02 0.03 0.2 Arsenic (as As) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Boron (as B) mg/L ND 1.0 5.0 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 24.0 75 200 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 20 250 1000 Chromium Hexavalent (as Cr+6) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Colour Hazen 5.0 5 25 Copper (as Cu) mg/L 0.02 0.05 1.5 Cyanide (as CN) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Fecal Coliform MPN/100mL Absent Absent NR Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.68 1.0 1.5 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 80 300 600 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.10 0.3 1.0 Lead (as Pb) mg/L 0.03 0.05 NR Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 4.9 30 100 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L 0.03 0.1 0.3 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L ND 0.001 NR Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 1.0 45 NR Oil & Grease mg/L ND 0.01 0.03 pH - 7.5 6.5-8.5 NR Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/L ND 0.001 0.002 Selenium (as Se) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 12.0 200 400 Total Coliform MPN/100mL Absent 10.0 NR Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 198 500 2000 Total Residual Chlorine mg/L ND 0.2 - Turbidity NTU 0.36 5 10 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.05 5 15




Table 3.27

Ground Water (Hand Pump) Sample from Kariya


VALUE

STANDARD LIMITS

(IS 10500:1991)


Alkalinity mg/L 420 200 600 Aluminium (as Al) mg/L 0.04 0.03 0.2 Arsenic (as As) mg/L 0.01 0.01 NR Boron (as B) mg/L ND 1.0 5.0 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 109 75 200 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 22 250 1000 Chromium Hexavalent (as Cr+6) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Colour Hazen <5.0 5 25 Copper (as Cu) mg/L 0.02 0.05 1.5 Cyanide (as CN) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Fecal Coliform MPN/100mL Absent Absent NR Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.49 1.0 1.5 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 364 300 600 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.07 0.3 1.0 Lead (as Pb) mg/L 0.02 0.05 NR Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 22.2 30 100 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L 0.02 0.1 0.3 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L ND 0.001 NR Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 2.0 45 NR Oil & Grease mg/L ND 0.01 0.03 pH - 7.6 6.5-8.5 NR Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/L ND 0.001 0.002 Selenium (as Se) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 6.5 200 400 Total Coliform MPN/100mL 4 10.0 NR Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 474 500 2000 Total Residual Chlorine mg/L ND 0.2 - Turbidity NTU 0.02 5 10 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.04 5 15




Table 3.28

Ground Water Sample from Billi


VALUE

STANDARD LIMITS

(IS 10500:1991)


Alkalinity mg/L 428 200 600 Aluminium (as Al) mg/L 0.03 0.03 0.2 Arsenic (as As) mg/L 0.01 0.01 NR Boron (as B) mg/L ND 1.0 5.0 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 104 75 200 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 64 250 1000 Chromium Hexavalent (as Cr+6) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Colour Hazen 5.0 5 25 Copper (as Cu) mg/L 0.01 0.05 1.5 Cyanide (as CN) mg/L ND 0.05 NR Fecal Coliform MPN/100mL Absent Absent NR Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.34 1.0 1.5 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 500 300 600 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.09 0.3 1.0 Lead (as Pb) mg/L 0.03 0.05 NR Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 58.3 30 100 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L 0.03 0.1 0.3 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L ND 0.001 NR Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 10.0 45 NR Oil & Grease mg/L ND 0.01 0.03 pH - 7.4 6.5-8.5 NR Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/L ND 0.001 0.002 Selenium (as Se) mg/L ND 0.01 NR Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 35.3 200 400 Total Coliform MPN/100mL Absent 10.0 NR Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 668 500 2000 Total Residual Chlorine mg/L ND 0.2 - Turbidity NTU 0.09 5 10 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.04 5 15

It was observed that the values of different parameters of water exceed the ‘standard

desirable limits’ of Ground water quality for some parameters when campared with the

drinking water norms (IS 10500: 1991;). Alkainity values from Bari Village, Dalla Village,

Malviya Nagar, Arangi village, Kariya village and Billi village exceeded the standard

desirable limits, which is 200 mg/l but are under permissible limit i.e.600 mg/lit. Aluminium

has been found in Bari, Malviya Nagar and Kariya villages more than the standard desirable

limit but is under the permissible limit. Calcium has been found in Bari, Kariya and Billi

village more than the standard desirable limit but is under the permissible limit. Hardness




has been found more than the desired limit in water samples from Bari, Arangi, Kariya and

Billi village. It may be concluded after comparing the obtained values with Standard values

that the water is safe for drinking

3.4.3. Surface Water quality:

Surface water samples were collected from 2 locations during the study period and

analyzed for a number of physico-chemical parameters. The results of the physico-chemical

analysis of Surface water are given below in Table 3.29 and Table 3.30

Table 3.29

Surface Water Sample from Rihand River

PARAMETER UNIT OBTAINED VALUE

Alkalinity mg/L 80 Aluminium (as Al) mg/L 0.03 Arsenic (as As) mg/L ND BOD3 at 27°C mg/L 0.5 Boron (as B) mg/L ND Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L ND Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 16 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 14 Chromium Hexavalent (as Cr+6) mg/L ND COD mg/L 10 Colour Hazen 5.0 Copper (as Cu) mg/L 0.01 Cyanide (as CN) mg/L ND Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 7.5 Fecal Coliform MPN/100mL 40 Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.39 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 96 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.21 Lead (as Pb) mg/L 0.01 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 9.7 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L 0.04 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L ND Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 2.0 Oil & Grease mg/L ND pH - 7.8 Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/L ND Selenium (as Se) mg/L ND Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 11.0 Total Coliform MPN/100mL 110 Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 196 Total Residual Chlorine mg/L ND Total Suspended Solids mg/L 44 Turbidity NTU 75 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.03




Table 3.30

Water Sample from Son River

PARAMETER UNIT OBTAINED VALUE Alkalinity mg/L 72 Aluminium (as Al) mg/L 0.03 Arsenic (as As) mg/L ND BOD3 at 27°C mg/L 6 Boron (as B) mg/L ND Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L ND Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 12.8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 10 Chromium Hexavalent (as Cr+6) mg/L ND COD mg/L 20 Colour Hazen <5.0 Copper (as Cu) mg/L ND Cyanide (as CN) mg/L ND Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 6.3 Fecal Coliform MPN/100mL 60 Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.33 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 52 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.04 Lead (as Pb) mg/L 0.01 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 5.0 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L 0.03 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L ND Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 1.6 Oil & Grease mg/L ND pH - 8.0 Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/L ND Selenium (as Se) mg/L ND Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L ND Total Coliform MPN/100mL 160 Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 158 Total Residual Chlorine mg/L ND Total Suspended Solids mg/L 38 Turbidity NTU 0.86 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.05

(Source: Field monitoring during study period)

3.4.4. Standards for Surface Water

The values of various water quality parameters in comparison with standard values are

found to be well within the limits. The values of certain parameters are found increasing at

downstream but these values are well within the limit values. Therefore, the overall surface

water quality of Rihand River at Obra region is considered to be Class “B” based on the

analysis results of surface water quality. It could be infer that, there is no significant impact




due to Thermal Power Station on quality of Surface water. There will be no discharge from

the proposed extension units; hence no significant impact is envisaged on the surface water

quality due to the proposed extension units at Obra TPS.

Surface water quality classification is given in Table 3.31 below:

Table 3.31

Designated Best Use of Water Classification

Characteristics CLASS

A B C D E

DO (mg/L) 6 5 4 4 -

BOD (mg/L) 2 3 3 - -

pH 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.0-9.0 6.5-8.5 6.0-8.5

Total Coliform (MPN/100 mL) 50 500 5000 - -

Fecal Coliform (MPN/100 mL) - 500 - - -

Conductivity (mhos/cm) - - - 2250 -

Fecal Streptococci (MPN/100 mL) - 100 - - -

The surface water fall in the B & C class water which can be used for bathing purposes.

3.5. Land Environment

3.5.1. Land Use

Studies on land use aspect of eco-system play an important role in identifying sensitive

issues and to take appropriate action to maintain ecological balance in the region. The main

objective of this section is to provide a base line status of the District covering 10 Km radius

around the plant so that temporal changes due to the industrial activities on the

surroundings can be assessed in future.

Objectives

The objectives of land use studies are:

To determine the present land use pattern

To determine the temporal changes in land use pattern due to construction and

operation phase

To analyze the impact on land use due to proposed expansion activities in the District

and

To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern Vis avis growth of

proposed power plant activities in the District and its associated impacts.




The land use of the 10 kms radius study area is studied by analyzing the Satellite Imagery

data and from available secondary data like SOI Toposheet, field visits etc. of core zone &

buffer zone upto 10 kms from the proposed thermal power expansion project and is shown

in Table 3.32 and predicted in Figure 3.7.

Figure 3.7.Land use pattern




Figure 3.8.Pie chart of land use pattern

Table 3.32

Land Use Pattern as per Satellite Imagery data

Class Area (Sq. km) Percentage

Agricultural land 25.92 8.23

Vegetation 204.23 64.82

Water body 23.32 7.40

Settlement 13.33 4.23

Barren land 48.25 15.32

Total 315.05 100.00

The study area comprises of agricultural practices, scrub vegetation, forest land, barren

land, water bodies etc. About 8.23 % land of the surrounding area is used for agricultural

purposes, which are within a radius of 10 kms from the proposed project site & are being

cultivated with variety of crops. The settlements in the area are located on 4.23 % part of

the land only. About 64.82 % land is forest land of unclassified forests and remaining falls

under different categories as barren land (15.32%) and water body (7.40%) etc.

The land use pattern of little part of Gurma Forest of Kaimur Wildlife Sanctuary , near village

Kanach on the left bank of river Son, shows that most of the area is predominated with

agriculture practice followed by shrubs and deciduous vegetation. The site is also located at




the margin of study area i.e. about 9.0km (left bank of river Son). Therefore, the proposed

expansion project of thermal power generation does not entail any impact on the Gurma

Forest of Kaimur Wildlife Sanctuary.

3.5.2. Seismic consideration:

According to GSHAP data, the state of Uttar Pradesh falls in a region of moderate to high

seismic hazard as shown in Figure 3.10. As per the 2002 Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)

map, Uttaranchal also fall in Zones III, IV & V. Historically, parts of this region have

experienced seismic activity in the M 5.0-6.0 range.Approximate locations of selected towns

and basic political state boundaries are displayed. Below given figure-3.9 reveals that the

project site lies in low to moderate hazard zone.

Fig-3.9 Seismic Consideration map

3.5.3. Soil Quality:

The term soil refers to the loose material composed of weathered rock and other minerals

and also partly decayed organic matter that covers large parts of the earth's surface. Soil is

an essential component of the terrestrial ecosystem. Soil also acts as a medium of transport

of various dissolved materials to the underlying ground water. Hence, the impact of the




proposed activity on soil needs to be understood to properly plan the mitigating measures

wherever required.

Thermal Power Station generates fly ash, Suspended Particulate Matter, Sulphur Dioxide

and Oxides of Nitrogen. The particles coming out of ESP through tall stacks do not affect

the quality of soil in a significant manner as their Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) are

very low. There is not much deposition of dust particle on the surrounding soil. However the

gaseous emission consisting of Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen oxides, Carbon monoxide and

Carbon dioxide, may cause significant environmental problem of air, water and soil

pollution. The gaseous pollutants distribution is subjected to meteorological influences. It is

also distributed by the influence of gravitation forces, particularly in the form of acid rain.

The effects of pollution particularly acidity may have detrimental consequences for crops

through disruption of hydrogen ion balance within cells, through enhanced loss of important

nutrients or by other means. However, acidity can be neutralized on leaf surfaces through

natural dilution or through buffering effects of the plant tissues and physiological processes

which tend to resist changes in Hydrogen Ion Concentration. The study is intended to

specify the agricultural potentials of the soil and the possible impact on soil quality due to

the emission from proposed power plant.

Data Generation

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the

existing soil conditions in and around the project area representing various land use

conditions. The physical, chemical parameters and heavy metal concentrations were

determined.

The samples were collected by ramming a core-cutter into the soil up to a depth of 100 cm.

Samples were collected during study period i.e. March 2013 and June 2013, which

represents Summer season. The present study on the soil profile establishes the baseline

characteristics and identifies the incremental concentrations if any, due to the proposed

project during one season (summer). The sampling locations have been identified with the

following objectives:

To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the District;

To determine the impact of proposed activity on soil characteristics; and

To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural productivity point of

view.

Seven locations within 10 km radius of the proposed project site were selected for soil

sampling. At each location, soil samples were collected from three different depths viz. 50

cm, 100 cm and 150 cm below the surface. The samples were then packed in a polythene




plastic bag and sealed. The samples from three different depths were homogenized and the

sealed samples were analyzed.

Soil samples were collected from the project site as well as from nearby areas to access the

soil characteristics in the study area as shown in Figure 3.10. The analysis results are

given in Table 3.33 to 3.40.

Table 3.33

Description of Soil Sampling Locations

S.No. Location Distance from the

project site

Direction w.r.t. project

site

S1 VIP Guest House 1.2 Km NW

S2 Kariya Village 3.2 Km SW

S3 Billi 5.0 Km NE

S4 Bari 7.6 Km NE

S5 Dalla Village 7.3 Km E

S6 Karamsar 6.1 Km SSW

S7 Arangi Village 5.7 Km SW




Figure 3.10: Location of Soil Sampling site

Table 3.34:

Soil Sample from VIP Guest House

PARAMETER UNIT OBTAINED VALUE Cadmium (as Cd) g/gm ND Calcium as (Ca) g/gm 17623 Chromium Total (as Cr) g/gm 23.85 Conductivity mhos/cm 115.3 Lead (as Pb) g/gm 2.86 Magnesium (as Mg) g/gm 7684 Nickel (as Ni) g/gm 31.42 pH - 7.6 Phosphorus (as P) g/gm 186 Potassium (as K) g/gm 1468.94 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as N) % 0.09 Zinc (as Zn) g/gm 74.68




Table 3.35:

Soil Sample from Kariya Village

PARAMETER UNIT OBTAINED VALUE Cadmium (as Cd) g/gm ND Calcium as (Ca) g/gm 14863 Chromium Total (as Cr) g/gm 121.76 Conductivity mhos/cm 183.2 Lead (as Pb) g/gm 7.46 Magnesium (as Mg) g/gm 6984 Nickel (as Ni) g/gm 78.58 pH - 8.0 Phosphorus (as P) g/gm 247 Potassium (as K) g/gm 2146.79 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as N) % ND Zinc (as Zn) g/gm 56.42

Table 3.36:

Soil Sample from Billi Village


Table 3.37:

Soil Sample from Bari





Table 3.38 : Soil Sample from Dalla Village

PARAMETER UNIT OBTAINED VALUE Cadmium (as Cd) g/gm ND Calcium as (Ca) g/gm 18231 Chromium Total (as Cr) g/gm 154.78 Conductivity mhos/cm 798 Lead (as Pb) g/gm 7.34 Magnesium (as Mg) g/gm 8974 Nickel (as Ni) g/gm 56.92 pH - 8.1 Phosphorus (as P) g/gm 186 Potassium (as K) g/gm 2546.57 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as N) % 0.08 Zinc (as Zn) g/gm 64.61

Table 3.39: Soil Sample from Karamsar


Table 3.40: Soil Sample from Arangi Village

PARAMETER UNIT OBTAINED VALUE Cadmium (as Cd) g/gm ND Calcium as (Ca) g/gm 16784 Chromium Total (as Cr) g/gm 126.78 Conductivity mhos/cm 214 Lead (as Pb) g/gm 6.94 Magnesium (as Mg) g/gm 7982 Nickel (as Ni) g/gm 89.45 pH - 7.9 Phosphorus (as P) g/gm 206 Potassium (as K) g/gm 2347.96 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as N) % 0.11 Zinc (as Zn) g/gm 67.84




The analysis results indicate that soil in the region is neutral to moderate alkaline in

nature.There is a variation of pH range from 7.6 to 8.1 at these locations. The values of

Calcium present in soil samples at Obra region varies from 1.26 to 1.82 %. It can be

concluded that the amount of Calcium present at these locations is sufficient for plant

growth. The level of magnesium in soil samples collected from the site and its

surroundings indicate that Mg is sufficient in soil and supports plant growth. The values

obtained indicate that Phosphorus in the soil varies from 0.015 to 0.024 %. The overall

values of Phosphorus at different sites show that it is sufficient for plant growth. The level of

Nitrogen for the soil sample indicates that in most of the areas it is in deficient quantity in

the soil. However, the total content of Nitrogen is normally improved by externally adding

Nitrogen compounds through application of fertilizers in the soil along with organic matter

that will mineralize the added nitrogen which will then be available to the plants growing

on them.

The soil analysis results in the region indicate that in all the samples conductivity is low

indicating that the salinity effects on the soil are negligible.

3.6.0 Biological Environment

3.6.1. Introduction

Biological environment is represented by flora and fauna. Flora is categorized in to three

groups as herbs, shrubs and trees. Fauna is divided into two group’s i.e. terrestrial fauna

including insects (butterflies), reptiles, birds and mammals, whereas aquatic fauna consists

of plankton, benthos and fishes. Biological environment is an intricate part of the

environment. Hence, any change in the surrounding environment could cause loss of

species or decrease in biodiversity of the area. Therefore, the present study is proposed to

assess the impact on biological environment of proposed expansion upto 10 km radius of

the surrounding area. Accordingly mitigation measures are evolved to sustain the biological

diversity.

Biological resources of an area are an indicator of quality/health of the environment of that

area. Therefore, the study of the same is an important aspect to minimize the disturbance

due to the intervention of the proposed project to accept in a sustainable approach. To

achieve the goal, an ecological survey was conducted covering all the biological

parameters.




The proposed project site is located near Rihand river /Obra dam, which confluences with

Son river near village Sinduria, Chopan. Other small tributary namely Bijul river, also

confluences with Son river near village Sinduriya, district Sonebhadra, U.P. The nature and

type of vegetation occurring in an area depends upon a combination of various factors

including prevailing climatic conditions, altitude, topography, slope & biotic factors.

The topography of 10 km radius of the proposed project site is a part of Vindhyan plateau.

The project site is bounded by forests of, Obra range and Dala range of Obra forest

division, Jugal range (approx 9.0km) and Gurma range (9.3 km), Kaimur wildlife Division,

Mirzapur Division Forest Office. A forest of the area has dry deciduous vegetation cover.

3.6.2. Baseline Status

The baseline study for existing ecological environment was carried out in the summer

season (June 2013). A field visit was undertaken for survey of Flora and Fauna in the study

area. Six sites CZ1 to BZ1-BZ6 were selected to have an overview of ecological

environment in surrounding area of the project site upto 10 km radius. The secondary data

was also collected for reference purpose. The description of the sampling sites is given in

Table 3.41 and Figure 3.11.

Table 3.41:

Study sites for ecological environment in surrounding area of the proposed project

(10 km radius)

Station

Code

Station Name Location w.r.t. Site Description

Distance (km) Direction

CZ 1 Project Site

(Core Zone)

0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site

BZ 1 Malviya nagar 1.43 km W Village & surrounding area

BZ 2 Chopan 6.85 km NNE Village & surrounding area

BZ 3 Paraspani 8.28 km SE Village & surrounding area

BZ 4 Kanach village 9.08 km NE Village & surrounding area

BZ 5 Gurur Village 3.55 km NW Village & surrounding area

BZ 6 Karmasar Village 6.55 km SW Village & surrounding area




Figure 3.11 Study sites for ecological environment

3.6.3. Methodology for Biological Environment

For the purpose of surveying the vegetation quadrates were laid to record phyto-

sociological features of the vegetation. The vegetation data collected for phytosociological

information were analyzed. Besides measuring these parameters, other biodiversity aspects

in the terms of endemic status, conservation status and life form have been enumerated.

For all the plant species found in the area during ecological survey, Red Data Books of the

Botanical survey of India have been screened to verify their conservation status. The

information was also collected from secondary sources for reference purposes.

The sampling sites were selected based on the Landuse pattern of the study area and after

preliminary survey of the study area within 10km radius from the periphery of proposed

project. Project area has been defined as core zone (CZ) and surrounding area has been

defined as Buffer Zone (BZ).




3.6.4. Terrestrial Ecology

Floral resources

A detail investigation was made to understand overall vegetation profile and floral resource

characteristics within 10 km radius of the proposed project area. Secondary data from the

forest working plan was also collected from the forest department, Obra Forest Division,

Obra and also from the Gurma forest Range Office, Chopan.

The present study on the floral assessment is based on the field survey of the project

influenced area. The study has been conducted for the month of May 2013. The plant

species were identified with the help of taxonomists of related fields and nearby Scientific

Institutions. Besides the collection of plant species, information was also collected with

vernacular names of plant species made by local inhabitants.

Faunal Resources

Faunal species was observed through conducting field survey in the project site (core zone)

and surrounding areas (buffer zone) for identification of important animal groups such as

butterflies (insects), birds, mammals, reptiles, and some fishes inhabiting the area, along

the riverbanks, adjoining forest on the slopes, nallahs, hill top and agricultural fields etc.

For authentication of field data, secondary data was also collected from various published

and unpublished reports. The Forest Working Plans of the concerned Forest Divisions is

also used as the secondary information source on the wildlife of the area. In addition to this,

interaction with local people for extracting information on the presence and relative

abundance of various animal species.

3.6.5. Aquatic Ecology

Fish Fauna:

Field survey was conducted in the area adjoining river Rihand, Obra dam site and

confluence site of Rihand with Son river. Secondary information‘s were also collected from

different published literature and cross checked in the field study. Cast net, a common

fishing method is used to catch fish. Identification of fishes is done with the help of the

document by Talwar and Jhingran (1991).

Plankton & Periphyton:

The phytoplankton and zooplankton are sampled using plankton. The filtrate collected for

phytoplankton and Zooplankton is preserved in the 4% formalin solution respectively.

Periphyton are obtained by scrapping & agitating the surface of submerged & dislodged

macrophytes, debris etc into container and transferred in polyethylene bottles and




preserved with 4% formaline solution for further analyses. The qualitative and quantitative

analysis of phytoplankton, periphyton and zooplankton is estimated by methods adopted in

APHA (1995). The phytoplankton and periphyton is identified upto genera and species level

with the help of Edmondson (1992, 2nd edition), Hustedt and Jensen (1985), Sarod and

Kamat (1984). The zooplankton is identified by using literatures of Edmondson (1992, 2nd

edition), Battish (1992) and Kundo 1986).

Amphibians and Macro invertebrates:

Benthic samples are collected with the use of Van-veen grab. The sediment samples

collected are sieved through 0.5 mm aperture size sieve. The materials retained in the 0.5

mm sieve are then preserved in 5% formalin. Sorting is done to get the clean samples of the

benthic organisms. The sorted macro benthic fauna are identified after Edmunds (1978),

Yankson and Kendall (2001), Olaniyan (1968) and Schreider (1990).

3.6.6 Terrestrial Environment

Floral resources

Agro- Forestry & Horticulture

The agro- Forestry practices are highly lacking in the area though it has good potential

under existing dispositions and may play a vital role particularly with respect to minimization

of cropping risk, built up soil fertility and productivity soil conservation, partly meeting out the

firewood demand of rural community and moreover, optimizing the watershed the other

agro-forestry systems like agri-silvi, silvi-pastoral band and boundry plantations also have

good potential to cater the firewood and fodder demands of rural community in the

watershed The existing area under agro forestry is almost negligible.

Some places Prosopis juliflora also planted as block or sole plantation especially on

marginal and degraded lands in the area, waste land, and abandoned ash dyke site. This is

also widely occurring in the area.

The agro-forestry interventions comprising of ber, bel, amla, guava, teak, sheesham, khair

etc. has also been applied for benefit of locals as well as the forest land area under rainfed

to irrigated production systems on leveled to slopy and marginal agricultural using proper

planting techniques and termite control measures. The multipurpose trees also help in

supplementing fire wood and fodder demands of rural community in the area and may be

planted as hedge rows on rain-fed, marginal and degraded lands.

The study area does not have organized orchards, however, the locals have fruit plants

(mango, ber, bel, amla, guava, mahua etc.) near the homesteads and kitchen gardens. The

climate and soil of the area is favorable for fruit growing for sub tropical fruits in the lower




reaches. Organized orchards, commercial vegetable cultivation, agro horticulture, and other

system of agro forestry etc. are lacking but have good potential in the area.

Presently the crops are shown in Kharif seasons are Paddy, Maize, Arher, Groundnut,

Bajra, and Rabi seasons are Wheat, Barley, Mustard, Gram, Masoor, Alsi etc.

Forest and Forest types within 10 km radius of proposed project Forest type within 10

km radius of the study area is ―Tropical dry deciduous type. The forest except those

situated along rivers and streams are Northern dry mixed deciduous type. According to

Champion and Seth‘s classification, these forests belong to broadly sub group 5-B.

Total 4 forest blocks are located in the study area except agricultural land, which are shown

in the Table below indicating vegetation type and location /direction with respect to the

project site. Three sites falls in the upstream region and 2 in the down stream region. The

detail list of trees, shrubs, herbs and grasses occurring in the study area are illustrated in

Table 3.42.

Table 3.42:

Forest Blocks present in the Area

S.No. Forest Blocks Direction Vegetation Type

1 Jugal range NE Dense mixed jungle, open mixed jungle

mainly with Salai

2 Obra range SW/SE Fairly dense mixed jungle mainly with

Salai

3 Dala range W Open scrub, open mixed jungle mainly

with Salai

4 Gurma range, (Kaimur

Wildlife Division)

NW Fairly dense mixed jungle, open mixed

jungle mainly bamboos

Depending on forest for fuel wood and fodder:-

Fuel Wood: - The main source of fuel is from cow dung cake, woody stem of Arhar crop

and Mustard, Most of the domestic fuel requirement is met from Agro By-product and cow

dung cake. Rest is met out from the forest out side the village boundary.

Fodder: - Villages under the project surrounding area do not have any significant

dependency on forest based fodder as these sources are not available in the forests. Some

locals preferred Gular, Peepal, Pakad, Sahjan etc.

Crop Calander: - The Present crop calendar in the area comprises of fallow-gram, fallow-

lentil, fallow-wheat, Arhar-Jowar mixed cropping, Paddy-wheat, Paddy-Massor, Maze/Bajra-




Fallow etc. Fallow-wheat, fallow-gram, fallow-Massor, Arhar + Jowar are the most prevailing

crop rotation on the agricultural lands.

Fruit Trees: Preference for fruit trees are solicited in terms of attributes like production,

market availability and timber wood value. Overall Mango, Amla, Guava, Ber, Lemmon,

Papaya is found most preferred fruit trees amongst the farmers of surrounding area.

Timber/Commercial Plants: Farmers Preference for timber plants are Sheesham, Teak,

Khair etc., which are grown by the forest department as well as by the locals.

House/Decorative Trees: Farmers Preference for House/Decorative Trees are Asok,

Gulmohar, Kadam, Amaltash etc. These are common in the colony area of existing Obra

thermal power project site.

Agriculture: Paddy-Arhar, Wheat+Mustard, Gram, Massor, Jowar+Arhar, Bajra, are most

preferred agriculture crop in the area followed by Wheat and Paddy.

Vegetation Profile of the Study Area

During floral survey, it was observed that the area consists of three types of vegetation. i.e.

dry forest type mainly scrub vegetation followed by dry deciduous forests on hill slopes/tops,

agriculture land and agro forestry land. The topography of the area is undulating and

consists hill peaks upto approx 140m, MSL height to 440

Most of the vegetation present in the buffer zone is dry deciduous and scrubby vegetation.

Grass is conspicuous, herbs are scattered and climbers are not reported. The common

trees found in this region are Anogeissus latifolia, Terminalia tomentosa, Chloroxylon

sweitenia, Santalum album, Melia composita, Acacia catechu, Hardwickia binata, Cassia

fistula, Diospyros montana and Diospyros melanoxylon.

The dry deciduous forest is the most extensive forest type of India and exhibits a wide

range in structural and functional attributes in response to marked spatial variation in soil

and climatic conditions. Two subgroups, southern and northern, are clearly distinguished.

The climax types under the southern subgroup are teak (Tectona grandis) forests, red

sander (Pterocarpus santalinus) forests, and mixed forests without teak, and those in the

northern subgroup are sal (Shorea robusta)-bearing forests, and mixed forests without sal.

The most common species in the southern types are Tectona grandis, Anogeissus latifolia,

Diospyros melanoxylon, Boswellia serrata, Emblica officinalis, Acacia leucophloea, Bridelia

retusa, Wrightia tinctoria, Pterocarpus marsupium, etc. In the northern subgroup, main

associates of sal are Anogeissus latifolia, Buchanania lanzan, Terminalia tomentosa,

Emblica officinalis, and Lannea coromandelica. These forests are under-stocked and lack

natural regeneration on account of excessive grazing, trampling, firewood removals and




recurrent fire. (J. S. Singh, & K. D. Singh 2011. Silviculture in the Tropics, Silviculture of Dry

Deciduous Forests, India .Tropical Forestry Volume 8, 2011, pp 273-283, and Working Plan

of Obra Forest Division).

A floral enlistment of trees, shrubs and herbs, grasses, farm vegetation & orchards with

their scientific names, common names and the family to which they belong is presented in a

tabular format as Table 3.43 & Table 3.44 The core zone area includes expansion project

site, existing power plant site and colony area of the project site whereas Buffer zone is

surrounding area up to 10 km radius from the periphery of project site. The presence of

plant species in the core zone is part of avenue plantation which are planted different

duration of the colony area of existing power plant. The clearance of vegetation will take

place in the colony area as some sectors will be converted in to the project area. No rare or

endangered species is present in the project site.List of trees species is given in Table 3.43

and List of Shrub & Herb in Table 3.44.

Table 3.43

List of tree species of observed & recorded in the study area

S.No. Local name Scientific name Core Zone Buffer

Zone

1 Babool Acacia Arabica + +

2 Khair Acacia catchu + +

3 Babool Acacia nilotica + +

4 Haldu Adina cordifolia - +

5 Bel Aegle marmelos - +

6 Anjan Ailanthus excels + +

7 Siris Albzzia spp. + +

8 kargai Anogeissus pendula - +

9 Daun Anopeetsus latifolia - +

10 Parasidh Bardwidkia binata - +

11 Kharpur Baruga pinnata - +

12 Mahua Basia latifolia + +

13 kachnar Bauhinia roxburrghiana + +

14 Salai Boswelia serrata - +

15 Plas Butea monosperma + +

16 Amalta Cassia fistula + +

17 Amlta Cassia tora + +

18 Bharuhi Chloroxylon swietenia - +




19 Shisam Dalbergia sissoo + +

20 Kala shisham Delbergia latifolia - +

21 Karanj Derris indica - +

22 Tendu Dyosphyros tomentosa + +

23 Anal Emblica officnalis + +

24 Safeda Eucalyptus hybrid (tereticernis) + +

25 Bargad Ficus bengalensis + +

26 Pipal Ficus religiosa + +

27 Khamur Gemelina arborea - +

28 Dhiman Grewia spp + +

29 Haldu Haldina cordifolia - +

30 Koraya Holarrhena antidysentica - +

31 Kanju Holoptelea intregrifolia - +

32 Bhurkul Hymenddictyon oxcalsum - +

33 Sidha Lagerstromea parviflora - +

34 Jhingan Lannea coromondelica - +

35 Mahua Madhuca longifolia + +

36 Aam Mangniefera india + +

37 Neem Melia azaderach + +

38 Phaldu Metragvena parviflora - +

39 Sahina Moringa oleifera - +

40 Sandan Ougonia oojenensis - +

41 Khajur Phoneix humilis - +

42 Bajai sal Pterocarpus marsupium - +

43 Semal Salmalia malaberica - +

44 Kusum Schiechera cleosa - +

45 Bhela Semecarpus anacardium - +

46 Sakhu Shorea robusta - +

47 Jamun Syzygium cumini + +

48 Sagon Tectona grandis - +

49 Imli Temarindus indica - +

50 Arjun Terminalia arjuna - +

51 Bahera Terminalia belerica + +

52 Har Terminalia chebula - +

53 Asna Terminilia tomentosa - +

54 Ber Z. zuzuba - +




55 Kakar Zixyphus xylophyrus - +

56 Ber Ziziphus mauritiana - +

57 Tendu Diospiorose melanoxylon - +

(Source: District Forest Office & Field Investigation)

Table 3.44

List of Shrub & Herb & grass species of observed & recorded in the study

S.No. Common Name Scientific Name Core Zone Buffer Zone

Shrubs /Herbs

1 Vasuka Adhatoda vasica + +

2 Rambara Agave Americana - +

3 - Agave cantula - +

4 Satawar Asperagus raecemosus + +

5 Boganbelia Bougainvillea sp + +

6 Madar Calotropis procera + +

7 Vehaya Ipomia sp - +

8 Lantana Lantana camara + +

9 Harsingar Nyctanths arbortristis - +

10 Kantkarica Solenum indicum - +

11 Whiteweed Ageratum sp + +

12 - Rumex sp + +

13 Castor oil plant Ricinus communis - +

14 Sleeping Beauty Oxalis corniculata - +

15 - Euphorbia acaulis - +

16 - Euphorbia hirta + +

17 Sarpakshi Xanthium strumerium - +

18 Ber Zizipus zylopyra - +

19 Ber Z.numularia - +

20 Indian caper Capparis zeylanica - +

21 Flowering plant-

shrub

Indigofera cassiodes - +

22 Marijuana Virginea indica /Canabis

indica

+ +

23 Common

wasteland weed

Tephrosa purpurea - +




Creepers

24 - Ventilago denticulata - +

25 Caperbushes Caparis sepiara - +

26 - Jasminum pubescens - +

27 - Butea auperba - +

28 Laghu patha Cissamplelos pareria - +

29 Nirgunthika Combretum albidum - +

30 Indian Licorice Abrus precaterius - +

31 Gulancha Tinospora sinensis - +

Grasses

32 Kans Sacchrum spontaneum - +

33 Kuru- Chrysopogon gryllus - +

34 Churab-tussock

grass--

Heteropogon contortus - +

35 Sheda grass Dichanthium annulatum - +

36 Doob grass Cynodon dactylon + +

37 - Cenchrus ciliaris - +

38 Coco-grass Cyprus rotendus + +

39 Bhulbhusia Ergrostis tenella - +

40 Munj Sacchrum munja - +

41 - Vetiveria zizanioides - +

42 White grass-- Sehima nervosum - +

43 Pila Baans-

common

Bambusa valgaris - +

44 Dehati Baans Bambusa balcooa - +

45 Bans Dendrocalamus strictus - +

46 Dehati Baans dendrocalamus longispathus - +

Parasite plants

47 Chandan Cuscuta filiformis Lam. - +

48 Giant dodder Cuscuta reflexa - +

49 Tree host Dendrophthoe falcata - +

(Source : District Forest Office & Field Investigation)




Table 3.45

List of Plant for Low, Moderate & Highly Dust Capturing Herbs, Shrubs & Trees for

Green Belt Development

Dust

Capture

Level

Plant Species of

Herbs Shrubs Trees

Low

<10%

Amaranthus

hypchondriceus (Chaulai)

Thuja species

(Moyur Pankhi)

Nyctanthese arbortritis

(Harsingar)

Gardenia jasminoides

(Crape Jasmine)

Ravuvoifia serpentine

(Serpgandha

Abis pindrow (Silver fire)

Cestrum nocturmum

(Rat Ki Rani)

Withania somnifera

(Ashawagandha)

Accacia nelotica (Babool)

Chrysanthamum species

(Crown Daisy)

Acanthus species

(Acanthus)

Holarrhena antidysentrica

(Kurchi)

Clerodenrum inerme

(Glorry bower)

Ficus bengalensis

(Banyan )

Miliusa tomentosa

(Kari Leaves)

Thespesia populania

(Ran Bhindi)

Dust

Capture

Level

Herbs Shrubs Trees

Medium

11 to 20%

Lilium species (Lily) Bambusa species

(Bamboo)

Luecena leucophloea

(Shoe Babool)

Draceana species Lagerstomia indica

(Crape Myrtle)

Pinus gerardiana

(Chilgoja)

Halianthus annuus

(Sunflower)

Nerium indicum

(Kaner Pink)

Ficus elastica

(Indian Rubber)

Tegetes patula (Genda) Codium varigatus

(Croton)

Annona squamosa

(Suger Apple)

Pothus aureus

(Money Plant)

Thevetia peruviana

(Kaner Yellow)

Mangifera indica (Mango)




Wrightia arborea

(Dudhi)

Argyreia roxburghira

(Wooly Morning Glorry

Rosa indica (Rose) Ficus religiosa (Peepal)

Ipomea nil (Beshrum) Acacia famesiana

(Vilayati Kikkar)

Tabermaemontana

divaricata (Chandani)

Psidium guyava (Amrood)

Acalypha hispida

(Copper leaf)

Prunus comminis (Plums)

Plumeria acuminate

(Temple Tree)

Syzygium cuminii (Jamun)

Tectona grandis(Teak)

Citrus lamina (Lamon)

Morus alba (Mulberry)

.Archis sapota (Chikoo)

Anthosephalus cadamba

(Kadam)

Shorea robusta (Sal)

Delbergia sisso (Sheasm)

Delonix regiosa

(Gulmohar)

Albizzia lebbek (Siris)

Artocarpus integrifolia

(Jack Fruit)

Ixora parviflora

(Torch Tree)

Bauhinia varigata

(Kanchnar)

Moringa olieifera

(Drum Stick)

Aegle famesiana (Beal)

.Pithocolobium dule

(Jangali jalabi)




Dust

Capture

Level

Herbs Shrubs Trees

High

>21%

Colocasia antiquorum

(Elephants Ear)

Hibiscus rosa sinensis

(Gurhal)

Cassia fistula (Amaltas)

Celosia argentea

(Cock’scomb)

Bougainvillea glavra

(Bougainvillea

Pinus contora (Pine)

Bombax ceiba (Samal)

Butea monosperma

( Palas)

Alstonia scholaris (Satani)

Azardirachta indica

(Neem)

Polyalthia longifolia

(Ashoka)

Callistemon citrinus

(Bottle Brush)

Termanilia catappal

(Jangal Badam)

Terminalia arjuna (Arjun)

Melia azedarch (Melia)

Phoenix dactylifera

(Khjoor)

Ficus infectorja (Pilkan)

Holiptelia integrifolia

(Papadi)

Eucalyptus globules

(Blue Gum)

Madhuca indica (Mahua)

Citrus maxima (Chaktora)

Populus tremuloides

(Quaking aspen)




Vegetable, pulses & crops of the area

S.No. Scientific Name Common name Core Zone Buffer Zone

1 Spinacia oleracea Palak Spinach - +

2 Allium sp Onion pyas - +

3 Coriandrum sativum Coriander - +

4 Brassica oleracea Cabbage - +

5 Brassica oleracea Cauliflower - +

6 Ricinus communis Castor Oil plant - +

7 Cajanus cajan Tuver-Arhar - +

8 Arachis hypogaea Pea nut-ground nut - +

9 Pisum sativum Matar pea - +

10 Phaseolus vulgaris Beans - +

11 Sorghum vulgare Fodder /grains - +

12 Zea mays Corn (macca) - +

13 Pennisetum sp Bajra - +

14 Lycopersicon esculentum tomato - +

15 Capsicum spp Chilly - +

16 Triticum spp Wheat - +

17 Oryza sativa Rice - +

18 Brassica juncea Mustard-sarson - +

19 Cicer arietinum Chick pea-gram - +

20 Lens culinaris Masoor dal - +

Fruit Orcharad .

S.No. Scientific Name Common

name

Core Zone Buffer Zone

1 Mangifera indica Mango + +

2 Pterocarpus marsupium Kinu - +

3 Artocarpus spp Jack fruit - +

4 Morus indica Mulberry + +

5 Syzygium cuminii Jamun + +

6 Psidium sp Guava - +

No threatened, rare endangered or endemic species were observed during the survey in

this buffer zone.




Faunal resources

For enumeration of faunal resources, ground surveys were carried out by trekking the

impact zone for identification of important animal groups such as birds, mammals, and

reptiles, inhabiting the area, along the riverbanks, adjoining forest on the slopes, hill top and

agricultural fields.

The information of important animal group such as butterflies, birds, reptiles and mammals

were collected by trekking inhabiting area, and in the project site along the boundary i.e.

agricultural fields etc present in the impact zone. The lists of animals recorded during this

study are given below:

The list of various faunal group with species wise are given in Table 3.46 to Table 3.50

Butterflies

Eleven species of butterflies were sited in the area (Table 3.46). Among them cabbage fly

was found occurring commonly. The fauna listed consists of mostly common and generalist

species as none of the animal species is threatened globally as per the IUCN Red list 2007

Table 3.46

Butterflies spotted in the area

S.No. Butterflies Common Name

1 Zizeeria karsandra Dark grass blue

2 Precis lemonias ( Linnaeus ) Lemon pansy

3 Danaus genutia Common tiger

4 Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger

5 Euploea core Common Indian Crow

6 Elymnias hypermnestra Common Palmfly

7 Atrophaneura (Pachliopta) hector Crimsone rose

8 Pieris canidia Linnaeus, 1768 Indian Cabbage White

9 Genopteryx rhamni Common brimstone

10 Eurema hecabe Lemmon grass yellow

11 Eurema brigitta Small Grass Yellow

Reptiles:

Out of 16 species of reptiles recorded, four species of lizards, two species of turtle and 10

species of snakes are recorded in common in occurrence. Among snake bronzebacked

snake and a gecko are visualized in the field and shown in Plate6Out of these snakes,

cobra is protected under schedule II of Indian wild life protection act (1972). None of the

reptile species is present in the IUCN Red List of threatened animals (2007).




Table 3.47

List of Reptiles reported in the study area

S.No. Common Name Scientific Name

Snakes

1 Karait* Bungarus caeruleus

2 Cobra* Naja naja

3 Russell‘s viper* Vipera russelli

4 Indian Python* Python molurus

5 Common Sand Boa or Domuhi* Eryx johni

6 Rat snake * Ptyas mucosus

7 King cobra * Ophiophagus hannah

8 Saw-scaled viper* Echis carinatus

9 Indian tree viper, bamboo viper* Trimeresurus gramineus

10 Bronzeback tree snake Dendrelaphis tristis

Lizards, Monitor

11 Rock lizard Calotis versicolor

12 Yellow-bellied house gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis

13 Indian Monitor-Goh Varanus bengalensis

14 Girgit* Chamaeleo zeylanicus

Turtles

15 India Pond terrapin / turtle* Melanochelys trijuga

16 Indian shell turtle* Lissemys punetata

*Secondary data based

Common Bronzeback Indian Snake Dendrelaphis tristis at Obra dam CISF Gate Birds: As

many as 49 species of birds was sited from the study area. All these species are of

common occurrence in India. The lists of birds sited are given in Table 3.48.




Table 3.48

List of Avis fauna reported in the study area

S. No. Common name Scientific Name

1. Ashy Drongo Dicrurus leucophacus

2. Baya , weaver birds Ploceus philippinus

3. Black kite Milvus migrans migrans

4. Black partridges Francol inus

5. Black drongo Dicrurus adsinulis

6. Black headed bulbul Pycnonotus sp

7. Black ibis Pseudible papilios

8. Blue rock pegion Columba livia

9. Brown crowned wood packer Denarocopos nanus

10. Cattle egret Bubulcus- ibis

11. Common Kingfisher Alcedo atthis

12. Common myna Acridotheres tristis

13. Common peafowl Pavo cristatus

14. Common red shank Tringa tolanus

15. Common Sandpiper Tringa hypolencos

16. Common sparrow Passer domesticus

17. Cotton teal Nettapus Coromandelianus

18. Darter Anhinga rufa

19. Forest eagle owls Bubo sp

20 Green Bee Eater Merops orientalis

21 Green Sandpiper Tringa ochropus

22 Grey partridges Francol inus Jpondicerianus

23 Grey quail Coturnix coturnix

24 House crow Corvus spelenaeus

25 Indian Cuckoo Cuculus micropternus

26 Indian long billed Vulture Gyps indicus

27 Indian Night-jar Caprinudgus asiaticus

28 Indian ring dove Streptopelia decaocto

29 Indian white backed vulture Gyps bengalensis

30 Jungle crow Corvus macrorhynchos

31 Jungle owlet Glaucidium radiatum

32 Koel Cuculus canorus

33 Large cormorant Phaiacrocorax carbo




34 Large egret Ardea alba

35 Little cormorant Phalacrocorax niger

36 Little egret Egretta garzetta

37 Pallas‘s fishing eagle Haliacetus leucoryplus

38 Pond heron or paddy bird Ardeola grayit

39 Red jungle fowl Gallus gallus

40 Red wattled lapwing Venalius indicus

41 Scavenger vulture Neophron percnopterus

42 Shikra Accipiter gentiles

43 Smaller egret Egretta intermedia

44 Sparrow hawk Accipiter nisus melaschistas

45 Spotted dove S. chinensis

46 Spotted or Dusky Redshank Tinga erythropus

47 Surus crane Grus antigone

48 White necked stork Ciconia episcopus

49 White stork Ciconia ciconia

Mammals

Three reserve forest ranges are falling in the study area where about 90% of the area falls

under Obra Range Forest. Other Forest are touching the boundary of 10 km radius are from

Jugul range and little part of left bank of Son river for Guruma range. The proposed project

area is in the Obra Forest Division, which is inhabited by two small town as Chopan and

Obra followed by many small villages and known for commercial activity such as thermal

powers, hydropower‘s, sand mine/stone quarry and various cement Industries etc.

Therefore wildlife has not been observed in the study area. The land has crop land, grass

land and mixed deciduous forest- unclassified type vegetation in the area. The grassland

provides a pasture land for domestic animals. The domestic animals are mainly mammals.

The list of animals sited in the area is given in Table 3.49.

Livestock is an important component of an agro ecosystem. For instance, livestock provide

the critical energy input to the croplands required for plugging, threshing and other farm

operations. Animal dung provides essential nutrients required for soil fertility and crop yields

in the form of organic manure. Livestock data was compiled from State Veterinary

Department, Government of U.P. and population density of cattle, buffalo, goat and sheep

are found village wise. Data such as livestock (Cattle and Buffalo) population, animal




residue and energy demand for domestic purpose data were considered for evaluating

biogas potential in a village.

Table 3.49

List of mammals present in the study area

S.No. Common name Scientific Name

1. Indian gray wolf Bheria Canis lupus pallipes

2. Chhachhunder—Shrew Suncus murinus

3. Chhoha Common house Rat Ratus ratus

4. Chooha Indian mole Rat Bandicota bangalensis

5. Common langur Presbytis entellus

6. Flying fox bat Pterospus giganteus

7. Short nose Fruit bat Cynopterus sphinix

8. Gilahari – Indian Palm Squirrel Funambulus palmarum

9. Indian fox Vulpes bengalensis

10. Indian pango-lin or bajrakit Manis crassicaudata

11. Jackal Canis aureus

12. Jangali Suar Sus scrofa

13. Khargosh -Indian hare Lepus nigricollis

14. Lakarbhaga Hyaena hyaena

15. Machh billi Or fishing cat Felis caracal

16. Monkey Macaca mulatta

17. Moos House mouse Mus musculus

18. Neel gai Boselaphus tragocamelus

19 Nevela-mangoose Herpestes edwardsii

20. Sahi -Indian porcupine Hystrix indica

21. Wild cat Felis chaus

22. Wild dog--Indian dhole Cuon alpinus (Pallas, 1811

Apart from the above mentioned species, other species which are enlisted in the forest

working plan are Panthera pardus , Panthera tigris, Molursus ursinus, Gazella gazelle,

Antilope cervicapra, Cervus unicolor, however, all these species have not spotted during

field survey as well as information retrieved from the locals in the area of Obra Forest

Division.




Table 3.50

Domestic animals present in the study area


Domesticated Mammals

1 Cow Bos indicus

2 Buffalo Bubalus indicus

3 Dog Cains familieris

4 Goat Capra hircus

5 Horse Equus cabilus

6 Ass Equus hermionus

7 Cat Felis domesticus

8 Sheep Ovius polic

3.6.7. Rare and Endangered Species

During the study no endangered species of flora and fauna was observed in the study area

and same has also been confirmed from the record of State Forest Department as per Red

data book of Botanical Survey of India and Wild Life (Protection) Act 1972.

3.6.8. Fisheries and Aquatic Life

The Son River in the study area is in the matured stage of development running in wide

open course forming large meanders. The river in its course impinges on convex side. The

concave side abounds with sand grain.

The Son River flows through the district from east to west and its tributary the Rihand River,

which rises to the south in the highlands of Surguja district of Chhattisgarh, flows north to

join the Son in the center of the district. Sonbhadra is located in the south-eastern ranges of

the Vindhyachal mountain.

The Govind Ballabh Pant Sagar, a reservoir on the Rihand, lies partly in the district (UP)

and partly in Madhya Pradesh. The district has historic, cultural and ecological affinities with

the Bagelkhand region. Obra dam project and NTPC Rihand are the power projects located

in this city.

The Palamu division generally lies at a lower height than the surrounding areas of Chota

Nagpur Plateau. On the east the Ranchi plateau intrudes into the division and the southern

part of the division merges with the Pat region. On the west are the Surguja highlands of




Chhattishgarh and Sonbhadra district of Uttar Pradesh. The Son River touches the north-

western corner of the division and then forms the state boundary for about 45 miles (72 km).

There are some perennial tributaries as Rihand river and Bijul nadi, which are joining Sone

river about 1.5-2.0 km upstream close to the village Sindhuria as surface watercourses.

As the proposed activity is a process involving water intake from Obra dam at Rihnad river

and outfall into the Rihand. Therefore, it is imperative to study the possible impacts of

existing aquatic life forms i.e. planktons, benthoses and fisheries present in the area.

3.6.9. Aquatic Environment

Aquatic flora and fauna: In order to study the aquatic flora and fauna of River, water

samples were collected from the selected locations of the river course and were analyzed.

The river harbors a variety of fishes from carps to chela, zoo planktons and phytoplanktons

of various varieties. It is observed that there no fauna dependant on the river bed or area

nearest for its nesting. The river also cradles various species of aquatic flora and riparian

moist vegetation. The details observed of floral and faunal species of aquatic environment

and from consultation of secondary data have been illustrated in the Tables 3.51 to 3.53.

Table 3.51

Planktons observed in the study area

PH

YT

OP

LA

NK

TO

NS

Group / Family Species Name

Cyano phyceae Anabena sp

Arthro spira sp

Lyngby sp

Microcytis sp

Ocillatoria sp

Phormidium sp

Bacillariophaycae (Diatoms) Asterionella sp

Cyclotella sp

Cymbella sp

Naviculla sp

Nitzshina sp

Synedra sp

Cholorophyceae (Green Algae) Ankistordesmus Facatus

Chara sp

Chlorella sp




Hydrodictyon sp

Nitella sp

Pediastrum simplex

Scenedesmus acuminatus

Spirogyra sp

Zygnema sp

Table 3.52

Fish species and Amphibian present in the water bodies of study area


Fish Species

1 Sidhari Puntius ticto

2 - Puntius sarana

3 Karaunchh Labeo calbasu

4 Rohu Labeo rohita

5 Mahasir Tor tor

6 Chelwa Chela bacaila

7 Nain Cirhinus mrigala

8 Katala Catla catla

9 Pahina Wallago attu

10 Saur Channa punctatus

11 Mangur Clarius batrachus

12 Singhi Heteropneustes fossilis

13 Tengra Mystus seenghala

14 Patara Notopterus chitela

ZO

OP

LA

NK

TO

NS

Protozoa Colpidius sp

Euglina sp

Paramecium sp

Vorticella sp

Rotifers Anuraea sp

Filinia sp

Rotifer neptunis

Crustaceans Cyclops sp

Cypris sp

Daphnia sp




15 Bam Mastacembelus armatus

16 Silond catfish Silonia silondia

17 snakehead fish Chana punctatus

Amphibian

1 Toad Bufo melanostictus

2 Frog- Rana tigerina

3 - Rana cyanophlyctis

4 Common tree frog Rhacophorus maculatus

Table 3.53

Riparian vegetation observed along water bodies

Family Species

Marsileaeae Marsilia quadrifoliata

Azonlla Pinnata

Alismataceae Limnophyton obtusifolium

Convolvulaceae Ipomea acquatica

Ipomea fistula

Sagittaria sp

Cyperaceae -Grasses Cyperus corymbosvs Motha

Cyperus Nivcus

Cyperus platysty lis

Cyperus Proceras

Scirpus Artenlcnlatus

Jentianaceae Nymphoides Indicum

Gramineae Eragrostes Japonica

Hygroryza Aristata

Docty loctenium sp

Psendovrophis Spinosus

Leguminoceae Neptunia olderaceae

Lemneaceae Lemna pavcicostata

Spirodella polyrhiza

Liliaceae Asphodeles tenmueifolius

Nymphacceae Nelumbo Nucifera

Nymppheae stellata

Typhaceae Typle angustala




3.6.10. Ecological Sensitive Areas

The project site is surrounded mainly by Obra forest range followed by Jugal range, Dala

range and part of Gurma range. Gurma range consists some area of Kaimur wildlife

Sanctuary, which falls under the Mirzapur Division. The Gurma range forest is located about

9.0 km from the proposed project site in north east direction.

3.6.11 Kaimur Wildlife Sanctuary:

Kaimur WildLife Sanctuary is situated within 10 km of the proposed project in district

Mirzapur/Sonebhadra of Uttar Pradesh. The sanctuary lies between 24o33” & 24o73” North

Latitude and between 82o 12” & 82o21” East Latitude.

The sanctuary was constituted vide U.P. Govt. Notification No.908/14-3-44/78 dated 10-08-

82. The area was further reorganized vide G.O.No. 263/14-1-97-30(2)/97 dated 26-02-97 as

the territorial control of the sanctuary was transferred to wildlife preservation organization.

The location of the sanctuary has been marked on the authenticated map (enclosed) of the

Kaimur Wilflife sanctuary.




Figure 3.12: Authenticated map of Kaimur Wildlife Sanctuary from the Forest Range

Office, Chopan.




Figure 3.13: Kaimur wildlife Sanctuary, a part falling within 10 km radius from of the

Project Site (Area under slant red line falls under the 10 km radius zone of the

project)

Area of the Kaimur wildlife Sanctuary is 50073.8 ha or 501.00 sq km followed by 145.78 sq

km Reserve Forest and 1.07 sq km of Protected Forests.

Kargara block of Gurma range including left bank of Son River forms the southern boundary

of KWS. The total area of Kargara Block of Gurma Range of Kaimur wildlife Sanctuary falls

under the study area (10km radius zone) of the project site and is about 7.12 sq.km (712

hactare), whereas 22.76 sq km part of Jugul Range and remaining area is of Obra Range

forests (285.12 sq km). One of the village named Kanach located on the left bank of Son

river, falls under the sanctuary area where most part of the land is under agriculture

practice, however, in the village boundary and adjoining area, some dry deciduous trees

and scrubs exists as mention in the Table-3.48 (Flora of the Study Area).




The village list also confirms the present village Kanach falls under the Sanctuary Area of

Kargara block. Application for seeking clearance/approval from Standing Committee of

National Board of Wild Life has been submitted on 15.12.2012 to Prabhageeya Vanadhikari,

Kaimur Wild Life Century, Mirzapur; Copy of which is annexed at Annexure-10. The

application has subsequently been forwarded/ routed through Principal Forest Conservator

(Wildlife) UP/ Principal Secretary, Forest Deptt. Govt. of UP vide letter no-3653/16-11 dated

08.05.2013 (Annexure-10a) for seeking NOC from Standing Committee National Board of

Wild life.

Figure 3.14: Village List falling under KWS area and outside Sanctuary Area




The detailed information about flora and fauna has been collected from the forest working

plan, of Kaimur Wildlife Division. The forest exists along the rivers and streams are northern

dry mixed deciduous type, which belongs to sub –group 5B as per classification given by

Champion & Seth (1967).

The sanctuary area is represented by numerous floral and faunal species. Flora of the

represented by 113 species of trees, 38 species of shrubs, 21 species of climbers, 6

species of bamboos, 3 species of epiphytes, and about 74 species of medicinal plants

respectively.

Wildlife among fauna represented by mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians and fishes

which consists of 35, 221, 25, 6, and 21 species respectively. Numerous species among

lower invertebrate groups are also present in the area.

Wildlife animals mainly consists of species like tiger, panther, bear, wolf, hyena, fox, black

buck, chinkara, cheetal, sambhar, blue bull, monkeys, langur, wild boar etc. Reptiles are

represented by poisonous snake (5), Non-poisonous snake (10), crocodile (1), gharyal (1),

lizards (4), and turtle/tripens (4), respectively. Similarly fishes consists predominate carps,

cat fishes, snake heads and barbus etc. Avi fauna has wide range of species occurrence

that varies upto 221 species of resident or migratory in nature.

3.7. R&R Plan

No R&R Plan is required as no land shall be acquired for the extension project.

3.8. Socio-Economic Environment

The Area and population of block Chopan is given in Table 3.54 below:

Table 3.54

Area and Population

Year/

Tehsil/Block

Area Total Population Male Female

2001 / Chopan Rural 229183 120184 108999




There is no urban population in the study area. The SC & ST population in the Chopan

block is given below in Table 3.55.

Table 3.55:

SC /ST POPULATION

Year Tehsil/Block SC/ST Percentage (%)

2001 / Chopan 128644 56.2

The state of education is one of the most significant criteria for the development of a region.

The Educational Institutions in the study area as per block Chopan, district Sonebhadra are

given in Table: 3.56

Table 3.56

EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS

(As per District Statistical Book 2011)

School Numbers

Jr. Basic School 277

Sr. Basic school 139

Higher Secondary School 10

Mahavidyalaya 2

Total 428

Health Centres like Hospitals & Primary Health Centre in the Chopan area as given below in

Table: 3.57

Table 3.57

HEALTH CENTRES

Chopan Hospitals Ayurvedic Centres

1 4

The Gram Panchayat Centres and Family Welfare Centres in the Chopan Block area as

given below in Table: 3.58 & Table 3.59 respectively.

Table 3.58

GRAM PANCHAYAT CENTRES

CHOPAN No. of Centres

Nyay Panchayat Nos. 9

Gram Panchayat Nos. 51

Panchayat Ghar Nos. 51




Table 3.59

FAMILY WELFARE CENTRES IN CHOPAN

CHOPAN No. of Centres

Aganbari 208

Yuwa Sangthan 51

Mahila Mandal 33

Table 3.60

Population Details Of Chopan

(Source : District Statistical Books 2011)

Chopan Male Female Total

Rural 120184 108999 229183

From the above table it is observed that the male population is 120184 and Female

is 108999.

The literacy level of male and female population in Chopan is shown in Table 3.61.

Table 3.61

Percentage Literacy In Chopan


Block Male Female

Chopan 45.57 17.29

The overall literacy of the region is 32.26% and out of which 45.57 males are literate

however only 17.29% females are literate. The overall literacy of Sonebhadra is 49.34%.

Table 3.62

Details of Bank In Chopan


Area National

Bank

Regional

Rural Bank

Other National

Bank

Chopan 4 1 1




The occupational pattern based on the type of work in Chopan Block is given in Table 3.63.

As we can be seen from the Table, the majority of populations are classified as Farmers

and agricultural labour.

Table – 3.63

Occupational Pattern Of Working Population In Chopan Block


Area

Chopan

Farmer Agricultural

Labour

Family Job Other Job Total Main

Job

Simant

Job

Total

Job

25807 11513 1175 10596 49091 34658 83749

The total population is 229183; out of this 83749 people are having jobs.

Some photographs of the study area are given below from Fig 3.15 to Fig 3.19

Fig- 3.15 Cattles in Obra Area




Fig 3.16 Monkey in Obra Area

Fig 3.17 Babool tree (Acacia Arabica)




Fig 3.18 Sheesham Tree

Fig 3.19 Mango tree

Chapter‐4

Anticipated Environment Impacts and Mitigation Measures



Pollution Control Research Institute, BHEL Haridwar

139

4.0 Anticipated Environment Impacts and Mitigation Measures

During the construction and operation of thermal power project, certain

environmental impacts may be noticed. These impacts are different in its

characteristics and quantum during construction and operation phase. The

environmental impact during construction will be localized and short term with no

changes in use of the surrounding land as compared to the current conditions. These

impacts will primarily relate to the civil works period and less intensive impact is

expected during erection of the equipment and trial operation. However, the impacts

during operation phase are considered as long-term effects. But these impacts may

be controlled through selection of appropriate pollution control systems,

environmental management plan. The impacts during construction and operation

phase of proposed coal based power plant have been assessed and are as given

below :

4.1 Impacts during Construction Phase

The construction of a new power plant usually involves significant changes in

land use, which may be accompanied by direct social and ecological impacts.

The proposed 2 x 660 MW Coal based Thermal Power Project at Obra is to be

located at about 35 Km of Robertsganj. The existing road will be utilised for

movement of construction material, construction machineries and transportation of

power plant equipments. There is no requirement of additional land for development

of infrastructural facilities since the site is connected by roads and Highway. Nearest

railway station is Chopan. All these existing infrastructure will significantly reduce the

impacts during construction phase of these units for the proposed plant.

The time schedule for the main civil works (foundations for steam generators and

turbine units, transformers and condensers) is about 36 months.

The impact during construction phase has been shown in the impact matrix. This

impact matrix is based on methodology suggested by Clarketal. (1976) and indicates




140

interaction between project activities and environmental parameters. The

construction phase activities are discussed as follows:

4.1.1 Land of OTPS

The required 550 acres land for 2x660MW Units is already available within premises

of OTPS. After reclamation of land, preparation of site grading, levelling will be

carried out. Presently the land is barren (waste) hence will experience marginal

adverse impact on the land use pattern which would be minimized through the

mitigation measure of development of Green Belt in the region.

4.1.2 Site Development

The development includes all the activities needed to make the site ready for

construction work. The area acquired for the plant is fairly undulated terrain. The

area will be cleared of all vegetation depending on the site uses. The process of site

clearing will not change the existing land use pattern. As a mitigation measure, Land

clearing for construction site will be kept at the absolute minimum practicable;

4.1.3 Civil Construction Work

Around 550 Acre of land from Obra existing plant colony will be reclaimed for the

proposed units including main plant area, auxiliaries of the power plant etc. The civil

construction work includes foundation and super structural work. The foundation

work involves digging and concrete work. Dust and noise pollution will be problems

during the civil construction work. The structural work will involve concrete, steel

work and masonry work etc. This will need use of equipments like mixers, welding

machines, cranes and hoisting devices etc. The structural work will also have

impact on water resources as water will be required during this phase of

construction.

Mitigation measure

Water sprinkling will be done periodically to suppress Dust and providing noise

barriers for noise pollution. Water pollution during construction work would be

controlled by using State of art construction tools and methods.




141

4.1.4 Construction Materials

Construction materials like sand, mettle etc. will be available from nearby areas.

Sand from stone quarries around Robertsganj will be obtained. Cement and steel will

be purchased through Government agencies from Robertsganj. There will be

marginal impact on local ambient air quality due to transportation, handling and

storage of these construction materials.

4.1.5 Mechanical & Electrical Erection

The mechanical and electrical erection work of machines will involve use of

fabrication equipment, cranes etc. This will cause air and noise pollution at site.

Mitigation measure

Water sprinkling will be done during movement of heavy vehicles.

4.1.6 Immigration

A large number of labour force will be required during the construction phase of the

proposed power plant. As most of the population in the region is non-worker, most of

the labour will be coming from neighbouring villages and populated settlements.

Mitigation Measures

Since majority of the construction workers will be local people, no separate

infrastructure will be required to meet their requirements of housing, schools,

transport, health and cultural centres, shopping complex and civil facilities etc.

However, if any, required, same will be taken care under project facilities.

4.1.7 Staff Quarters and Other Requirements

The construction is planned to be done by contractors. Workers engaged in

construction work will be employees of the contractors, however, it will be ensured

that the workers coming from neighbouring villages be provided with necessary

facilities.




142

Mitigation Measures

The resident contractual workers will be provided with Toilets at place of stay

and work to avoid environmental degradation.

It is envisaged that OTPS employees would be provided residential

accommodation at OTPS Colony.

The proposed project will generate employment opportunities during

construction as well as operation phase and this will provide direct and

indirect jobs to the local population.

The project will not disturb the existing social pattern of the area and due to

direct as well as indirect employment opportunities generated by temporary

injection of capital it will have a beneficial impact on the local economy.

4.1.8 Sanitation, Rest Room Facilities to Labour Force

The manpower required during construction phase will be employed on temporary

basis from the nearby villages in order to avoid the need to construct temporary

houses. However, the sites will also be provided with adequate and suitable sanitary

facilities to allow proper standard of hygiene. These facilities will include water

supply, sanitary toilets and some temporary housing etc.

Mitigation measures

For semi-skilled and skilled labours suitable temporary accommodation shall

be constructed/provided by the working agency including the facilities of

water, light and sanitary facilities in the Power house area.

Construction workers will be residing temporarily at the work site during the

construction phase. For them, the following infrastructural facilities would be

provided by the contractor as per conditions of contract :

A. Security B. Safety of facilities




143

C. Gate control D. Soak Pit based sanitation scheme would be provided for construction

worker. E. Proper dispensary will be developed in the Plant premises. F. Adequate arrangements will be made for Kerosene/wood etc. G. Educational support for the workers will be provided by nearby

schools, OTPS will take up the appropriate steps and measures for their welfare.

H. Fire prevention I. Drinking water J. Crèche facilities

These are mandatory facilities to be provided by the contractor.

However, OTPS shall ensure that the contractor constructs Toilet compartments with

sufficient capacity septic tank and soak pits and also bathroom compartments at the

residential site (temporary hutments) and Toilet compartments and a hall for rest at

work site.

4.1.9 Water Resources

During the construction phase of proposed expansion, estimated total water

requirement is 50-100 m3/day, depending upon the type of construction activities.

This requirement of water will be drawn from dedicated intake canal originating from

Obra dam on Rihand river as per granted permission. As per geotechnical study

conducted on project site, Water table was encountered in borehole no. 01, 02, 03 at

8.0 m, 8.0 m and 6.5 m depth respectively. Water table was not encountered in

borehole no. 04 & 05 up to 10.0 m depth. Hence, interference of the construction

activities to the ground water will not be significant. It is recommended to carry out

foundation work during pre monsoon season. Hence, overall impact is rated as per

given below:

Impact Rating Water Resources Nature of impact Adverse Duration of impact Short term Impacted Area Localized Likelihood of occurrence Low Severity of impact Low Significance of impact Negligible




144

Mitigation Measures:

Adequate water supply arrangement will be made at the construction site;

Continuous attempt will be made to optimize/reduce the use of water;

Continuous attempt will be made to avoid wastage and leakage of water;

Regular record of water consumption on daily basis will be maintained;

It is recommended to carry out the foundation work during pre monsoon season; and

Toilets and bathrooms on temporary basis will be provided at site,

4.1.10 Air Quality

The sources of air emission during construction phase will include site clearing,

removal and stockpiling of excavated soil, storage and handling of the construction

materials, civil & mechanical works, movement of vehicles to be used for

transportation of men and materials to the site and operation of construction

equipment/machinery and camp site. Emissions from them are expected to result in

degradation of air quality, primarily in the working environment affecting employees

involved in the construction activities. However, Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM)

in the ambient air will be coarse and would settle within a short distance close to the

construction site so measures will need to be taken to protect workers. Hence, dust

and other emissions are unlikely to spread sufficiently to affect the surroundings of

the construction site. Traffic to the different sites during construction will be more

intensive and much heavier than at present in normal operating conditions. In turn, it

will subject existing roads to more stress. The present road conditions are

reasonably good for proposed movement of traffic. Gaseous emissions like SO2,

NOx, CO, HC are also anticipated as a result of burning of fuel to accomplish

construction phase due to operation of machinery /equipment. As construction

activities will be mainly confined to project site only and for short duration, hence the

impact on the ambient air quality during construction and development phase is rated

as per given below:




145

Impact Rating Ambient Air Quality

Nature of impact Adverse

Duration of impact Short term

Impacted Area Localized

Likelihood of occurrence High

Severity of impact Low

Mitigation Measures

Land clearing for construction site will be kept at the absolute

minimum practicable;

Construction site would be designed to minimize the removal of soil

and vegetation;

Debris from of dismantling the present structures shall be stored

properly, if to be used or removed from the site at the earliest;

Topsoil removed will be preserved for later reinstatement purposes by

piling it along a boundary of the site;

Dust suppression systems (water spray) will be used as per

requirement at the construction site;

Construction materials will be fully covered during transportation to

the project site by road; and

Earth moving equipment, typically a bulldozer with a grader blade and

ripper will be used for excavation work and regular monitoring of

ambient air quality.

4.1.11 Noise Level

The general noise level due to construction activities such as working of heavy earth

moving equipment and machinery installation may sometimes go upto 90 dB(A) at

the work sites during day time. The workers in general are likely to be exposed to an

equivalent noise level of 80-90 dB(A) in 8 hour shift for which all statutory




146

precautions as per the law will be implemented. Use of proper Personal Protective

Equipment (PPE) will further mitigate adverse impact of noise on the workers, if any.

The impacts can be further minimized and made insignificant by using standard

practice of construction. The present noise level, monitored in the study area is well

within the prescribed standard by CPCB/UPSPCB Hence the impact on the noise

level during construction and development phase is rated as per given below:

Impact Rating Noise Level






Significance of impact Minor

Mitigation Measures

Provision of rubber padding/noise isolators;

Preventive maintenance of the machine/equipments will be

carried out;

Provision of silencers to modulate the noise generated by

machines; and

Provision of protective devices like ear muff/plugs to the

workers and.

Regular monitoring of noise level.

4.1.12 Water Quality

The wastewater generated during construction phase will be mainly from domestic

activities. The strength of total skilled, semiskilled and labour required for

construction shall be 1000 (peak) and 500 (average). Wastewater generated from

domestic purposes will be minimal as most of the workers will be from local area. As




147

per geotechnical study conducted on project site, Water table was encountered in

borehole no. 01, 02, 03 at 8.0 m, 8.0 m and 6.5 m depth respectively. Water table

was not encountered in borehole no. 04 & 05 up to 10.0 m depth. Dewatering may

not be carried out. During monsoon period, the wastewater may be generated from

soil erosion. Soil erosion at project site would be increased as a result of excavation

of topsoil. This may result in suspended solids and turbidity in runoff water during the

monsoon period. However, this impact will be temporary in nature. Hence, overall

impact is summarized as given below:

Impact Rating Water Quality







Mitigation Measures

Major site clearing and excavation work will not be planned during

monsoon season;

Major site clearing and excavation work will not be planned during

monsoon season;

Separate drains will be provided for draining storm water to the

possible extent;

All the debris resulting from the site will be isolated from the waste

water and disposed off separately;

A sediment trap will be provided to prevent the discharge of excessive

suspended solids;

An oil trap will be provided in the drainage line to prevent

contamination by accidental spillage;




148

To prevent contamination from accidental spillage of oil, the storage

areas will be bonded and will be inspected and cleaned at regular

intervals;

It is recommended to carry out the foundation work during pre

monsoon season. Adequate treatment plan will be prepared before

discharging of water, if foundation work is to be carried out during post

monsoon season;

Wash down area for cleaning of vehicles wheels will be provided and

wheel wash waste will be drained properly and routed through oil trap;

Waste water to be generated from the domestic activities at site shall

be sent to existing ETP under construction for existing plant; and

Regular monitoring of waste water quality to be drained.

4.1.13 Soil Quality

During construction phase, solid waste such as excavated soil, debris, metal waste

and oil & grease from construction machinery/equipment will be generated. This

waste may contaminate soil at construction sites temporarily and would be restricted

to a small area. Excavated topsoil will be used for backfilling and on completion of

construction; all waste will be cleared as soon as possible. During the construction

phase, hydraulic oil, fuels and lubricating oils would be used. There is potential for

accidental spills while re-fuelling or servicing vehicles and through breakage due to

wear and tear. Procedures for maintenance of equipment would ensure that this risk

is minimized and cleanup response is rapid if any spill occurs. During construction

phase, waste oil shall be generated as and when lubricating oil is changed. Waste oil

shall be collected through the drain ports and stored in leak proof steel drums and

sent to the Spent Oil Storage Site. The waste oil drums shall be properly identified

with label of what is contained in Hindi and English. Waste lubricant generated shall

be given to outside party for treatment, which shall be again used in the plant. The

solid waste generated by workers as municipal waste will be minimal as most of

them belong to local area. The solid waste so generated shall be collected and




149

disposed off as municipal waste to the site allocated by local administrative

authorities. Other solid waste like debris, metal pieces, cotton waste etc so

generated will be collected and segregated and will be disposed off as per standard

practice. The overall impact is summarized as given below:

Impact Rating Soil Quality







Mitigation Measures

Land clearing for construction site will be kept at the absolute

minimum practicable;

Construction site would be designed to minimize the removal of soil

and vegetation;

Debris so generated from dismantling of structure shall be removed at

the earliest;

Adequate debris disposal plan shall be prepared after assessment of

quantity of same and before start of construction;

Topsoil will be cleared and stored for later reinstatement purposes by

piling it along a boundary of the site;

Every care will be taken to prevent soil erosion. Compaction and

stabilization will be resorted during backfilling to ensure that no top

soil is washed away;

Ensure restoration of land surface and landform consistent with the

condition and contours prior to commencement of construction;




150

Litter, fuel, oil drums, used grease cartridges would be collected and

removed properly;

Dust bins will be placed at requisite locations; and

Lubricating waste oil will be collected separately in drums and will be

handed over to the authorized outside agency by UPSPCB as per CPCB

guidelines.

4.1.14 Components Creating Impacts to Socio-Economic Environment

The components of the construction phase that could result in effects on the socio-

economic environment include the following:

Property Management Proposed expansion is envisaged within the premises of

existing plant hence no additional land is proposed to be acquired. Hence, overall

impact is rated as:

Impact Rating Property Management

Nature of impact Beneficial



Likelihood of occurrence Low

Severity of impact Slight

Significance of impact Negligible

Employment

In addition to UPRUVNL staff, the strength of total skilled, semiskilled and labour

required for construction shall be 1000 (peak) and 500 (average). The labour

strength engaged in the construction will depend upon construction activities, since

many items of construction are labour intensive. Most of the unskilled and semi-

skilled labour will be by and large available from the nearby villages and towns.

Thus, impact on the physical and aesthetic resources will be minimal. Further local




151

skilled, semi skilled and unskilled laboures will get indirect employment during the

construction phase. This might also result in a steep rise in agricultural wages in the

surrounding villages, especially at the time of harvesting for short duration. In

addition to direct employment, several opportunities for locals will be available in

terms of supply of construction materials & machinery, vehicles and other essential

commodities. Hence, overall impact is rated as:

Impact Rating Employment







Mitigation Measures

Preference will be given to locals for temporary direct and indirect

employment;

Local suppliers for machineries and construction materials will be

given preference; and

Local transporters will be preferred for transportation of machinery/

materials.

Disturbance to Community Resources and Safety

The disturbance to the community resources and safety will be mainly due to

transportation of machinery and materials through public roads due to increase in the

local traffic. There is a requirement for warning signs to minimize damage to the

third-party vehicles. In addition, risk to public need to be managed by making

mandatory for placing warning sign on vehicles and keeping vigilance during




152

transportation by proper training and adequate manpower on board. Hence overall

impact is rated as:

Impact Rating Disturbance to Community Resources

and Safety







Mitigation Measures

Proper planning and communication with traffic police;

Advance notice to local administration about the activities;

Proper cordon off the site with sign boards;

Diversion of traffic, if required;

Placing the warning sign board on the vehicles during transportation

of machinery and materials; and

Proper training to the drivers about public safety.

4.2 Environmental Impact Matrix – Construction Phase

The possible causes of effect relationship between the different project activities on

each of the major environmental attributes has been represented on Environmental

Impact Matrix and can be summarised in Table 4.1 below :




153

Table 4.1

Environmental Impact Matrix – Construction Phase

Project

Activity

Affected

Attribute

Nature Degree of

Impact

a.

Civil Works

Water quality Depletion and Degradation Marginal

Hydrology Depletion Marginal

Air quality Degradation Marginal

Noise &

odour

Increase and may cause

some discomfort to local

people

Negligible

Employment Improvement; Deployment of

skilled and unskilled

construction workers.

Appreciable

Services Improvement; increase in

their activities

Appreciable

Land use Degradation Marginal

b.

Construction

material

storage and

handling

Air quality Degradation through use of

earth moving equipment.

Negligible

Noise level Degradation in noise level Negligible

Services Improvement Marginal

Employment Improvement Appreciable

c. Water

Requirement

Hydrology Depletion Marginal

d.

Mechanical

and

Electrical

erection

Air quality Degradation Negligible

Noise Degradation in noise Quality Marginal

Employment Beneficial, local people may

also get some direct

employment

Appreciable

Services Improvement, increase in

their activities

Marginal




154

e.

Transport

Air quality Degradation;dust

contamination

Marginal

Noise level Increase (Degradation) Negligible

Employment Beneficial; local people may

get direct/indirect

employment

Marginal

Services Improvement, commercial

activity would increase

Marginal

Health Some effect due to

movement of vehicles

Negligible

f.

Immigration

Water quality Strain on resources Negligible

Services Improvement Marginal

g.

Staff

Housing

Water

Quality

Degradation Negligible

Housing Increase through staff

quarters PPGCL colony.

Appreciable

Services Improvement Appreciable

Health &

education

Improvement

Appreciable

Land use Alteration Negligible

Impact Matrix

Based on various activities in construction phase as described earlier in this section,

it is evident that the construction activities are likely to affect the environment in

varying degree. The environmental parameters are classified in three major groups

as given in Table 4.2 below:




155

Table 4.2

Classification of Environmental Parameters

1. Physical Environment - Topography

- Hydrology

- Air Quality

- Noise and Odour

- Water Quality

2. Ecological Environment - Forest and vegetation

3. Human Environment - Employment

- Rehabilitation

- Housing

- Services

- Health

- Education

The environmental matrix points out each activity and its impact on specific

environmental parameters. The final assessment of Environmental quality is done

after taking into account for the operational phase of the project and all pollution

control measures to be implemented during the project work. Environmental Impact

matrix for the construction phase is shown in Table 4.3 below :




156

Table 4.3

Environnemental Impact Matrix - Construction Phase

ENVIRONMENTAL

PARAMETERS

T

O

P

O

G

R

A

P

H

Y

L

A

N

D

U

S

E

W

A

T

E

R

Q

U

A

L

I

T

Y

H

Y

D

R

O

L

O

G

Y

A

I

R

Q

U

A

L

I

T

Y

N

O

I

S

E

&

O

D

O

U

R

F

O

R

E

S

T

&

V

E

G

E

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

Q

U

A

T

I

C

L

I

F

E

E

M

P

L

O

Y

M

E

N

T

H

O

U

S

I

N

G

S

E

R

V

I

C

E

S

H

E

A

L

T

H

&

E

D

U

C

A

T

I

O

N

R

E

H

A

B

I

L

I

T

A

T

I

O

N

A

G

R

I

C

U

L

T

U

R

E

ACTIVITIES

Civil Construction

Work

* * * * * * * * * *

Construction Material

Storage & Handling

* * * * *

Water Requirement *

Mechanical &

Electrical Erection

* * * *

Transport * * * * *

Immigration * * * *

Staff Housing * * * * *

``*" indicates some environmental impact either beneficial or detrimental




157

4.3 Environmental Control Measures during Construction Phase

The construction phase of the project will have some impacts on the environment.

These impacts can be minimised/neutralized, if some environmental control

measures are undertaken. Some of the environmental control measures to be taken

during this phase are proposed as follows :

Dust

Suppression

Dust will be a major pollutant during this phase. Dust pollution

will not only affect environmental air quality but also affect

health of the workers and local population as well. Sprinkling of

water during digging works, material handling in dust prone

areas should be taken up.

Workers/Staff

Colony

The workers will be mostly from the local population and

neighbouring villages. There will be few temporary housing

arrangements for the work force during this phase. Most of the

casual workers employed by contractors will be employed from

the local population and they will be coming from the

neighbouring villages. The departmental staff during

construction phase will be provided accommodation at OTPS

Colony.

Sanitation/other

Services

Since there will be housing colony foreseen for workers as well

as departmental staff during construction phase, sanitation

problem will not exist. However, Toilets at place of work and

few hutments will be provided for contact workers.

Water Supply /

Fuel

Requirements

Water will be required for human activities as well as

construction work. Adequate supply of water and fuel required

by workers will be arranged so that workers do not strain

existing resources further.




158

4.4 Impacts During Operation Phase

The impacts during operation phase of the project have to be taken as long-term

effects.

Operation phase of the proposed expansion mainly comprises of the following

activities:

Transportation of coal to the plant site;

Storage, handling and crushing of coal;

Transportation of coal & rejects;

Water treatment;

Steam generation and transportation;

Electricity Generation and transmission;

Cooling & heat recovery;

Storage, handling and transportation of fly & bottom ash; and

Vehicular movement.

Details of wastes anticipated during operation phase are as follows:

Air emissions from operations as defined above, shall be Particulate

matter, NOx, SO2 and CO; Fugitive dust from coal and ash handling;

Waste water generation shall be mainly anticipated from

Blow down from boilers and cooling tower;

Rejects and back washes from DM plant;

Waste water from ash pond; and

Domestic usages from plant and Township.

Solid waste shall be mainly generated from coal mill, ash from coal

burning in boilers, water treatment plant, wastewater treatment plant,

waste lubricating oil from machinery/equipments and municipal waste

from domestic usages.

Accidental spillage of oil, if any. The control measures for mitigation of

negative impacts have been discussed in the previous chapters.




159

However, the final impacts during operation phase of proposed coal

based power plant have been assessed and are as given below :

Air Quality

Current baseline air quality study indicated that background concentration of PM 10

and PM 2.5 in Ambient Air is not in permissible limit but SO2, NOx, CO, Hg & Ozone

are within limits of National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Residential & Rural

areas as prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board for residential areas.

The emission from the proposed power project will mainly consist of Suspended

Particulate Matters (PM10 & PM2.5), NOx and SO2. In order to control SPM from the

power plant, High efficiency (99.99 %) Electrostatic precipitators (ESP) would be

installed.

Current baseline air quality study indicated that background concentrations of

Particulate Matters (PM10 & PM2.5) are not within limit but SO2 and NOx are within

limits for residential areas. The air dispersion prediction model shows that during

normal operation with the two stacks of 275 meter height, maximum ground level

concentration of SPM, SO2 and NOx will not exceed the permissible norms of

National Ambient Air Quality for residential & mix use areas.

ISCST-3 model indicates that the maximum ground level concentration after

commissioning of the proposed plant will be within specified limits. The incremental

change in concentration in all other parameters will be negligible. The maximum

impact would be at a distance of 3.0 kms SE from source under normal operation.

There will be marginal impact on ambient air quality in and around the proposed

project site due to construction activities, transportation, handling and storage of

construction materials. However, the impact on air quality will not have long term

effect in the region.




160

The air quality impact of operation of proposed power project would be within

allowable limits for Residential and Rural areas. Thus, there will not be significant

impact on air quality due to emission of Suspended Particulate Matters, Suplhur Di-

oxides and Oxides of Nitrogen to operation of coal based thermal power project at

Obra.

Mitigation measures

High efficiency (99.80 %) Electrostatic precipitators (ESP) would be installed.

The ESP would be designed to limit the particulate emission to 50 mg/Nm3.

To facilitate wider dispersion of pollutants and in accordance with the

regulatory requirement, chimneys of 275 m height above plant grade level are

envisaged for this project. Emissions through these tall stacks will help in

effective dispersion of gaseous pollutants in the atmosphere and thereby

minimising effect on ground level concentration of pollutants.

The chimney shall be provided with sampling points for continuous online

monitoring system for stack emissions.

Space will be provided for retrofitting the Flue Gas De-sulphurisation (FGD)

system. The design and layout of steam generator and its auxiliaries would

be such that a wet/dry FGD system can be installed in future, if required.

Fugitive dust emission at coal handling, other vulnerable areas of the plant

will be controlled by regular sprinkling of water and Green Belt development.

Green House Gases

Annual targets will be set up for coal, power and water consumption;

Using latest available technology for monitoring of process parameters;

Energy audit & water audit will be carried out on regular basis for keeping

check on power and water consumption and exploring the possibilities for

further reduction




161

Transportation & Traffic Density

Road traffic to and from the proposed expansion during operation phase would not

be so intensive and heavier than at present as envisaged main mode of

transportation of the materials will be via railways. Hence, Traffic density will be

increased marginally as result of proposed expansion due to domestic movement. In

turn, it will contribute to noise as well as ambient air quality in terms of dust and other

gaseous pollutants. The regular maintenance of vehicles will limit the pollutants

within prescribed standards. The present road conditions are reasonably good for

proposed movement of traffic. Hence, overall impact is rated as:

Impact Rating Traffic Density


Duration of impact Long term



Severity of impact Slight


Mitigation Measures

All vehicles and their exhausts would be well maintained and regularly

tested for emission concentration;

Truck/trailers shall be parked made in designated parking area only;

Minimize use of roads at any particular time by planning vehicles

movements;

Advise traffic police about the activities; and

Road crossings to be used will be well marked.




162

Noise Levels

With the Mitigation measures, the noise levels will be further restricted within very

short distance from the sources. The operators/personnel working near the noise

sources in the plant will be provided with earmuffs and earplugs. Hence, overall

impact is given below:

Impact Rating Noise Level







Mitigation Measures

All rotating items will be well lubricated and provided with enclosures

as far as possible to reduce noise transmission. Extensive vibration

monitoring system will be provided to check and reduce vibrations.

Vibration isolators will be provided to reduce vibration and noise

wherever possible;

In general, noise generating items such as fans, blowers,

compressors, pumps, motors etc. will be so specified as to limit their

speeds to generate minimum noise levels. Static and dynamic

balancing of equipment will be insisted upon and will be verified

during inspection and installation. All the blower house buildings will

be made sound proof

Provision of silencers will be made wherever possible;

The insulation provided for prevention of loss of heat and personnel

safety will also act as noise reducers;




163

Layouts of equipment‘s foundations and structures will be designed

considering the requirement of noise abatement;

Central control room(s) provided for operation and supervision of plant

and equipment will be air-conditioned, insulated and free from plant

noise. Necessary enclosures will also be provided on the working

platforms/areas to provide local protection in high noise level areas;

Proper housekeeping to avoid excessive noise generation;

In case where the operation of the equipment warrants the presence

of operators in close proximity to equipment, the operators will be

provided with necessary safety and protection equipment such as ear

plugs, ear muffs etc.;

By provision of green belt /plantation in and around the plant

premises; and

By these measures, it is anticipated that noise levels at the boundary

of the plant premises will be maintained below 75 dB (A). Earth

mounds and plantations in the zone within the plant premises would

further attenuate noise.

Water Pollution

Water is one of the important requirements for power generation. Total water

requirement for the proposed power plant (54 cusec) would be drawn from Obra

dam, Rihand river and stored in a water reservoir. Irrigation Department, U.P. has

confirmed the allocation of 54 cusecs (5505 m3/hr) of water for the proposed project.

Mitigation Measures

The surface water through reservoir will be sent to water treatment plant. The

clarified water from the clarifier will then be sent to cooling towers as make up

water. The main requirement of water in Power Plant would be make-up

water for cooling tower. Total make up water requirement for the proposed




164

project would be 5505 m3/hr with clarified water after passing through

pressure filter will be sent to De-Mineralisation (DM) plant.

During the operation of the thermal power plant, waste water would also be

generated from various sources viz. cooling tower blow down, blow down from raw

water treatment plant, waste from DM plant during regeneration of columns and ash

pond overflow etc.

Mitigation Measures

It is proposed to provide ash water re-circulation system to meet the

requirements of environmental authority. Decanted water from ash pond shall be

led to the plant area through pumps. This water will be used further in the ash

handling system. Normal make up to the ash water system shall be from CW

blow down water. Provision to supply treated plant effluent from central

monitoring basin to ash handling shall also be kept.

The effluent management scheme would essentially involve collection, treatment

and recirculation/disposal of various effluents. Adequate treatment facilities

would be provided to all the waste streams emanating from the power plant to

control water pollution. This would include physico-chemical treatment for plant

effluent and biological treatment for sanitary effluents.

Efficient operation of treatment plants would be ensured so that the quality of

effluents conforms to the relevant standards prescribed by the Regulatory

Agencies. All the treated effluents would be discharged through a single point

outlet from Central Monitoring Basin (CMB) and will be used for Green Belt

Development within the plant premises.

The discharged effluent quality will meet the norms laid down by U.P. Pollution

Control Board for discharge on land. Hence, there will be no significant impact due to

discharge of waste water on the environment.




165

Domestic (Sanitary) Effluents

Mitigation Measure

The sewage from plant and township shall be led to an activated sludge process

based sewage treatment plant proposed to be provided at township to control BOD

and suspended solids. The treated effluent conforming to prescribed standards shall

be used for Green Belt Development inside the premises.

Land

UPRVUNL has identified about 550 acres of land, at the existing Obra TPS for

installation of this expansion project after demolishing the existing old and

dilapidated quarters in sectors 5, 6 & 7 of their colony and adjoining land towards

north of sector 6. Out of this 78 acre is covered by hill in sector-6 and 115 acres land

of sector-10 is on the other side (eastern) of the railway line. To accommodate the

main power block of 2x660 MW super critical units some portion of hillock

area(approximately 180 m wide) may be required to be cut and cleared to suit the

site requirement. In addition to this some more land (50 acres) shall be extended in

the eastern side by dismantling some residential quarters. Total site land identified

for the Expansion project is approximately 450 Acres after demolition of quarters,

cutting of hillock area and boundary extension in eastern side.

Mitigation Measures

Green belt shall be provided along the boundary wall as much as possible.

For additional requirement of green belt 346 acres of abandoned ash dyke

area shall be used.

The land required for storage of construction material and site office/labour

colony same abandoned ash dyke shall be used during construction phase.




166

Housing

The construction is planned to be done by contractors. Contract workers engaged in

construction work will be employees of the contractors, however, it will be ensured

that the workers coming from neighbouring villages be provided with other necessary

facilities.

Mitigation Measures

The resident contractual workers will be provided with Toilets at place of stay

and work to avoid environmental degradation.

The infrastructure support facilities in the township would include different

types of accommodation alongwith armoury for Security staff, 25 bedded

General Hospital with support facilities, Estate office, Union/Association

offices, Nursery, Senior Secondary School, Shopping centre, Bank, Post

office, Telephone exchange, Petrol pump, Parks, Welfare Association Club,

Bal Bhawan, Ladies Club, Community centre, Swimming pool, Sports

complex with play fields, Auditorium, Guest house, Field hostel facilities and

space for religious places etc.

The installation of proposed coal based thermal power project and operation of the

plant will have marginal adverse impact on local housing.

Impact of the Project on Infrastructure Facilities

The proposed 2 x 660 MW Coal based Thermal Power Project at Obra is to be

located at about 35 Km from Robertsganj city. The project site is adjacent to state-

Highway connecting Varanasi-Shaktinagar, all the infrastructure will be readily

available. The existing road will be utilised for movement of construction material,

construction machineries and transportation of power plant equipments. There is no

requirement of additional land for development of infrastructural facilities since the

site is connected by roads. The site is also adjacent to Varanasi–Shaktinagar main




167

line. Nearest railway station Chopan is about 12 kms from the proposed project site.

This entire existing infrastructure will significantly reduce the impacts during

construction phase of these units for the proposed plant.

Mitigation Measure

The strengthening of existing road network would be made for the project by State

Public Works Deptt. of U.P. Govt. as per requirements.

Employment

The installation of proposed power project will generate employment opportunities

during construction as well as operation phase and thus will provide direct and

indirect jobs to the local population.

Mitigation Measure

The project will not disturb the existing social pattern of the area and due to the

employment opportunities generated; it will have beneficial economic impact on the

area.

Aesthetics

The effective pollution control equipment help to maintain the visual quality of air and

water environment. Natural vegetation and its diversity will increase due to green belt

development. The aesthetics of the area is expected to improve after installation of

proposed 2 x 660 MW thermal power project.

Socio-Economic Environment

The impacts on socio-economic status of the project area are predominantly positive

and no adverse changes are expected.

The proposed project at Obra will generate employment opportunities during

construction as well as operation phase and thus will provide direct and indirect jobs




168

to the local population. The project will not disturb the existing social pattern of the

area and due to the employment opportunities generated in the society where

majority of population has no regular job, it will have beneficial economic impact on

the area.

The additional power generated would lead to availability of power to the area and

state. This would result in increased power supply to rural areas. An increase in

sanitation, education and transportation facilities is expected due to proposed power

project. The economic output due to proposed power project would be positive

besides enhancement of community services. The proposed power project will lead

to development of the area. Hence, it will have beneficial effect on the society.

Ecology

There may be some negative impacts on terrestrial ecosystem namely crops and

vegetation due to dispersion of fly ash. However, with efficient control systems for

particulate and tall stacks for gases, no significant adverse impacts are foreseen

which can disturb the ecological balance of the area.

The aquatic life will not be affected because of low water requirement,

Mitigation Measure

No effluent discharge from proposed thermal power project and closed cycle system

for cooling water. Hence, the proposed plant will not have any significant detrimental

impacts on plants, animals, soil and other ecological targets around the proposed

site as a whole.

Education & Health

The infrastructure support facilities would be developed in the proposed township

would also include General Hospital with support facilities and Senior Secondary

School. Hence there will be positive impact on education & health services in the

area due to the proposed power plant.




169

Socio-Economic Environment

Employment and Economic Growth

Establishment or expansion of any industrial activities, results in industrial growth,

which in turn would generate direct and indirect opportunities of employment and

business in the region. In addition to direct employment opportunities, significant

number of casual labour will be required. Number of indirect employment will also be

generated on local and regional basis.

There will be an increase (directly and indirectly) in the payment of royalty, excise

duty and sales tax to Government due to the proposed expansion. Additional

population due to proposed expansion will also contribute in terms of employment

and business opportunities for locals. Hence, overall impact is given below:

Impact Rating Employment & Economic Growth





Severity of impact Medium

Significance of impact Moderate

Mitigation Measures

Preference will be given to locals for direct and indirect employment;

Local suppliers for machinery and materials will be given preference;

and

Local transporters will be preferred for transportation of

man/machinery/materials.




170

Socio-Economic UPRUVNL is committed to contribute to improve the socio-

economic conditions of the area but being a government organization, UP

Government is mainly taking care of welfare schemes. UPRVUNL is only providing

direct and indirect employment.

4.5 Operation Phase Impact Matrix

The various possible cause effect relationships between the different project

activities on each of the major environmental attributes has been represented on

Environmental Impact Matrix and can be summarized as follows:




171

Table 4.4

Cause effect relationship

Project Activity Affected attribute Nature

a. Plant

Commissioning

- Noise level - Increase (Degradation)

- Water quality - Degraded

- Hydrology - Depletion

- Employment Increase in direct /indirect

potential

- Air quality - Degraded

- Services - Improvement

- Housing - Stressed

- Health - Degrade

b. Water

Requirement

- Hydrology - Depletion

- Aquatic life - Degraded

- Agriculture - Depletion

c. Effluent

Discharge


- Agriculture - No effect

d. Solid Waste

Disposal

- Water quality/Soil - Not affected

e. Gaseous

Emissions


- Health - Adversely affected

f. Material

Handling

- Air quality - Degraded due to

transportation/unloading

- Employment - Increase

- Services - Degraded

g. Equipment

Breakdown



- Noise quality - Degraded

- Services - Stressed




172

Project Activity Affected attribute Nature

h. Thermal

Dispersion

- Water quality - No effect as closed cycle

cooling system will be

used

i. Transport

- Air quality - Adverse effect; lot of dust

and smoke is put into air

- Noise - Degradation; vehicles

cause lot of noise

- Employment - Increase in potential

- Health - Adverse effect

j. Staff Colony


- Housing - Stressed

- Services - Degraded

- Health &

education

- Stressed

k. Schools and

Hospitals

- Services - Stressed

- Health and

education

- Stressed

l. Effluent

Management

- Water quality - Improved

- Services - Improved

Based on the activities of operational phase of the power plant the operation phase

impact matrix has been prepared and is given in Table 4.5. This matrix is based on

Leopold method. The vertical side of this matrix gives project activities and

horizontal axis gives the environmental factors for physical, ecological and

human environment.




173

Table 4.5

Environmental Impact Matrix - Operation Phase

ENVIRON MENTAL

PARAMETERS

T L W H A N F A E H S H R A

O A A Y I O O Q M O E E E G

P N T D R I R U P U R A H R

O D E R S E A L S V L A I

G R O Q E S T O I I T B C

R U L U T I Y N C H I U

A S Q O A & C M G E L L

P E U G L & E S & I T

H A Y I O L N T U

Y L T D V I T E A R

I Y O E F D T E

T U G E U I

Y R E C O

T A N

A T

T I

I O

O N

N

ACTIVITIES

Plant Comm. * * * * * * * *

Water Requir. * *

Effluent Discharge * *

Solid Waste Disposal * *

Gaseous Emissions * *

Material Handling * * * *

Equip. Breakdown * * * *

Transport * * * * *

Immigration * * *

Staff Colony * * * *

Schools & Hospitals * *

Effluent Mgmt. * *

``*" indicates some environmental impact either beneficial or detrimental




174

It is observed from the matrix that there is marginal impact on water quality,

hydrology, air quality, noise, vegetation, aquatic life, employment and land use.

These impacts could be either beneficial or detrimental as shown in the matrix.

The land proposed to be used for establishment of the project is barren/single crop

agricultural in nature. The land use will be changed from barren/single crop

agricultural to industrial due to proposed project. This change in land use would help

in overall socio – economic development of the region. This marginal impact on the

land use pattern would be minimized through development of Green Belt in the

region.

In operation phase there will be some adverse impact on Water and Air Quality. All

the plant effluent would be suitably treated and discharged to central monitoring

basin. Combined plant effluent will then be used for green belt development within

the power plant premises.

Current baseline air quality study indicated that background concentration of SPM,

(PM10 & PM2.5) are not within limit and SO2 and NOx are within limits for residential

areas. The addition of coal based thermal power plant would result in increase in

values of these parameters. The air dispersion prediction model shows that with the

stack height of 275 meters, maximum ground level concentration of these pollutants

will not exceed the permissible norms of National Ambient Air Quality. The proposed

plant will not have any significant impact on the air quality of the region as a whole.

4.6 Environmental Impact Matrix

The overall environmental impact of the project can be quantitatively assessed

through environmental impact matrix by assigning weightages to various

environmental parameters in the matrix. The weightage values are subjective but

have been achieved after considering inter-disciplinary judgment based on the type

of the project. The environmental impact matrix for the proposed 2 x 660 MW coal

based thermal power project at Obra is shown in Table 4.6.




175

Table 4.6 Environmental Impact Matrix

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

AL

PA

RA

ME

TR

S

PHYSICAL ECO

LOGICAL

HUMAN

5 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 10 5 5 5 10 5

TO

PO

GR

AP

HY

LA

ND

US

E

WA

TE

R Q

UA

LIT

Y

HY

DR

OL

OG

Y

AIR

QU

AL

ITY

NO

ISE

AN

D O

DO

UR

FO

RE

ST

AN

D V

EG

ET

AT

ION

AQ

UA

TIC

L

IFE

EM

PL

OY

ME

NT

HO

US

ING

SE

RV

ICE

S

HE

AL

TH

AN

D E

DU

CA

TIO

N

RE

HA

BIL

ITA

TIO

N

AG

RIC

UL

TU

RE

ACTIVITIES

CIVIL CONSTR. WORK -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 +3 +1 +1 -1

CONSTRUCTION

MATERIAL, STORAGE &

HANDLING

-1 -1 +2 +1 -1

WATER REQUIREMENT -1 -1

MECHANICAL &

ELECTRICAL ERECTION

-1 -1 +2 -1

TRANSPORT -1 -2 +2 +1 +1

IMMIGRATION -1 -1 -1 -1

STAFF HOUSING -1 -1 +1 +1 +1

Sub Total = - 50 -5 -20 -30 -20 -40 -25 -5 +90 +5 +10 0 0 -10

PLANT COMMISSIONING -1 -1 -1 +2 +1 -1 -1

WATER REQUIREMENT -2 -1

EFFLUENT DISCHARGE -1 +1 -1

SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL -1 -1 -1 +1 +1

GASEOUS EMISSIONS -2 -1

MATERIAL HANDLING -1 -1 +1 -1

EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN -1 -1 -1

TRANSPORT -1 -1 +1 +2 -1

IMMIGRATION +1 -1 -1 -1

STAFF COLONY -1 +1 +1 -1

SCHOOLS & HOSPITALS +1 +1

EFFLUENT MANAGEMENT +1 +1 +1

Sub Total = - 90 -5 0 -40 -30 -50 -20 +10 -5 +60 +5 +5 -20 0

TOTAL = -140

Total : - 140




176

The following scale was used for assessing the degree of impact :

Insignificant impact 0

Minor impact 1

Appreciable impact 2

Significant impact 3

Major impact 4

Major permanent impact 5

The impact value and assessment decision for the project are as given below :

Impact Value Range Assessment Decision

0 to 100 No appreciable impact

101 to 200 Impact on environment but not injurious in general

however mitigation measures are important.

201 to 400 Major injurious impact, site selection to be

reconsidered

401 to 500 Alternative sites to be considered.

It is found from the environmental impact assessment matrix that there will be impact

on environment but it will not be injurious, in general. However, mitigation measures

are important. These mitigation measures would be ensured through development of

efficient environmental management system at the proposed power project.

Chapter‐5

Analysis of Alternative Sites & Technology




5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES & TECHNOLOGY

5.1 Introduction

In this chapter, alternatives options for technology & site considered for the

proposed expansion are evaluated and discussed with particular emphasis on

environmental considerations.

The proposed entire generation is to be utilized to meet the power requirement of

Uttar Pradesh and the surplus power, if any shall be fed into Northern Grid to

meet the power requirement of other states.

The project alternatives discussed here include the rational for the proposed

expansion siting, raw materials availability and production technology, etc.

However, adequate analysis of all the potential alternatives applicable to the

production technology cannot be conducted at present as at the time of

preparation of this report, assessment of various scenarios of project

development are still in progress.

Prior to arriving at a decision regarding establishment of proposed expansion

within premises of existing plant, a number of alternatives were examined and

reviewed. The options considered were:

With no expansion of project;

Establishment of proposed expansion at new site; and

Establishment of expansion at the same site.




5.2. With no expansion of project

No Expansion option also implies that no additional generation of power will take

place. Also existing plant is too old to provide sustainable production of power.

Failure to implement the proposed expansion would involve the following:

No utilization of land available for expansion;

Likely closure of existing plant, as the plant in present configuration is not

economically viable

Interruption in generation of power which shall further increase existing gap

between demand and supply of electricity;

Direct and indirect employment opportunity for the locals or otherwise may

cease;

Lay-OFF of existing employees may become inevitable;

No development work in and around the plant; and

Loss of opportunity to increase both direct and indirect revenue at local, state

and national levels.

A development activity in an area inevitably involves its alteration from the

environmental point of view. However, to manage this alteration, a cost benefit

analysis of the project must also consider all the socio-economic elements in

question in addition to ensuring the maximum protection of environment by use

of latest, state-of-the-art technologies.

Therefore, choosing the No expansion option would mean a loss of preliminary

investments on the project and there would be no benefit to the nation. This shall

further slowdown the growth rate of industrial sectors and no new employment

opportunities would be created. Nonetheless, there will not be significant

alteration of the environment apart from nature induced changes that would

invariably have no impact.




5.3. Establishment of Proposed Expansion at New Site

This option implies for:

Establishment of new infrastructural facilities and utilities along with main

Equipment Machinery

Requirement of additional land for infrastructural facilities at new site;

Requirement of more additional manpower; and

More project cost.

Therefore, choosing the establishment of Proposed Expansion at New Site

will mean additional preliminary investments on the project and more time,

which shall not be favourable for a resource crunch state like U.P.

5.4. Establishment of Proposed Expansion at Same Site

In this section, alternatives considered for the basic design of the proposed

expansion are evaluated and discussed with particular emphasis on location,

materials of use, configuration & technology, operation and environment

planning.

5.4.1. Location

The proposed expansion is to be within the premises of existing plant located in

Obra village of Robertsganj tehsil of Sonebhadra district, Uttar Pradesh. No

alternative site is taken into consideration since this site is conceived from the

proposal stage due to following reasons:

Existing plant site has sufficient land required for expansion;

Existing Infrastructural facilities, utilities and manpower available in existing

plant will be extended to proposed expansion;

Approachability via rail and road is excellent;

Availability of water resources is in close proximity;

Established route of transportation for coal and water is in line with existing

plant; etc.




5.4.2. Raw Material

Major raw materials for power plant are coal and water. Ministry of Coal,

Government of India has already allotted coal blocks Saharpur-Jamarpani

Sector, Brahmani Basin, Rajmahal group of Coalfields, Jharkhand to UPRVUNL

as per commitment letter enclosed as Annexure-4.0

UPRVUNL has confirmed commitment of additional 54 cusec water from Rihand

river which is also supplying water for existing operation.

5.4.3. Configuration and Process Technology

The feasibility report for the proposed expansion has been prepared taking into

consideration the most modern state of art equipment/machinery which would

have maximum efficiency, minimum emission levels and waste generation. All

envisaged equipment’s/machinery are commonly used for this application as they

have minimum negative impact on the environment.

For any power plant, a minimum of two units are recommended for installation

with a view of ease of availability of startup power in addition to flexibility in

operation. In view of above, following configurations are considered:

Subcritical units

500 MW

600 MW

Super critical units

660 MW

The study indicates the following:

600 MW unit is marginally advantageous w.r.t. 500 MW unit due to the

advantage of larger capacity. All other factors such as operational efficiencies

are similar in both sizes of units;

Configuration of 2X660 MW will have the advantage of lower capital cost and

higher operating efficiencies. The two unit configuration can be advantageous

as due to the repetition, flexibility in operation planning as well as

considerable saving in inventory of spares; and




Due to advantage of super critical technology over sub critical technology as

described below, option of 660 MW is considered over 500 MW.

5.4.4 Advantage of Supercritical Technology

The development of coal fired supercritical power plant technology can be

described as an revolutionary advancement towards greater power output per

unit and higher efficiency. Energy conversion efficiency of steam turbine cycle

can be improved by increasing the main steam pressure and temperature.

As name suggests, coal-fired supercritical power plants operate at very high

temperature and pressure (5800C temp. with a pressure of 23 MPa) resulting

much higher heat efficiencies (46%), as compared to sub-critical coal-fired plants

which operates at 455 0C temp., and efficiency within 40%. Some of the benefits

of advanced supercritical power plants include:

Reduced fuel costs due to improved plant efficiency

Significant improvement of environment by reduction in CO2 emissions;

Plant costs comparable with sub-critical technology and less than other clean

coal technologies;

Much reduced NOx, SOx and particulate emissions;

Can be fully integrated with appropriate CO2 capture technology

a. Efficiency

The main advantage and the reason for a higher pressure operation is the

increase in the thermodynamic efficiency of the Rankine cycle. Increase in

efficiency directly lead to reductions in unit cost of power and CO2 emissions.

b. Operational Flexibility

Most of the Supercritical units use the once through technology. This is ideal for

sliding pressure operation which has much more flexibility in load changes and

controlling the power grid. However this also requires more sensitive and quick

responding control systems.




c. Evaporation End Point

In subcritical units, the drum acts as a fixed evaporation end point. The furnace

water walls act as the evaporator. Not so in the case of a supercritical unit. The

evaporation end point can occur in various levels of the furnace depending on

the boiler load. The percentage of superheat in supercritical unit is higher than

subcritical units. Because of this the furnace tubes act more as super heaters

than water walls. This necessitates the use of higher grade of materials like alloy

steels in the furnace.

d. Heat transfer Area

Higher steam temperature in supercritical unit results in a lesser differential

temperature for heat transfer. Because of this heat transfer areas required are

higher than subcritical units.

Higher Superheat steam temperatures entering the HP turbine also mean higher

reheater inlet temperature which again results in a higher heat transfer areas.

e. Water chemistry

In supercritical units the water entering the boiler has to be of extremely high

levels of purity. Supercritical boilers do not have a steam drum that separates the

steam and the water. If the entering water quality is not good, carry over of

impurities can result in turbine blade deposits.

f. Materials

Supercritical power plants use special high grade materials for the boiler tubes.

The turbine blades are also of improved design and materials. In fact, the

increase in higher pressure and temperature designs are dependent on the

development of newer and newer alloys and tube materials.

Hence, it is evident from the discussions to use 500 / 600 MW subcritical units is

a decision based on techno-economic analysis of the unit sizes. However

keeping in line with the initiative on Climate Changes, the advancements in

technology in recent years, uniformity with other new projects and to derive long

range advantages it may be prudent to establish supercritical units which have

higher efficiencies and more advanced technology and are also well established




in the market. The nearest market size of a 660 MW supercritical unit is

considered over 500 MW unit proposed earlier.

5.4.5 Operational

All Standard Procedures of Operation (SOPs) and EHS standards/guidelines

(prescribed by UPSPCB/CPCB/MoEF) are being/shall be implemented/followed

during operation of existing and expanded plant.

5.4.6 Environmental Aspects

UPRVUNL is committed to use best technology available for controlling, treating

and disposing of all type of waste to be generated during the operation of

proposed expansion. The details of air emission, waste water and solid wastes

proposed to be generated and their disposal during operation phase are given in

Chapter 2.0. Environment sensitivities present in the study area of 10 km around

the project site are given in Chapter 3.0. The anticipated adverse impacts are

less due to the following:

All recommendation including CREP by CPCB/UPSPCB/MoEF will be

complied;

Expansion based on supercritical technology is envisaged;

Coal proposed to be used shall have sulphur content as 0.4%;

Waste water to be generated will be treated and used within the plant

premises;

Ash to be generated will be disposed off as per best standard practices in

power industry;

Air emission will be controlled by providing ESPs, bag filters and stack of

height 275 m; and

Continuous efforts for improvement of the socio-economic status of the

surrounding area.




5.5. Conclusion

Based on the above discussion, it is concluded that proposed site is best suited

site for expansion and will contribute to industrial, social and economic

development of the study area and the country in general. The technology

chosen by project proponents is most advanced, state of the art & most

ecofriendly.

Chapter‐6

Environment Monitoring Programme




6.0 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1. Introduction

Environmental monitoring and audits will be carried out during & after the

construction & development phase and during operation phase to check that the

environmental management measures are being satisfactorily implemented and

are delivering the appropriate level of environmental performance.

6.2 Objective of Monitoring

The monitoring of various environmental aspects is necessary because of

following reasons:

To quantify environmental impact

Development of green belt.

Performance evaluation of noise control measures.

Performance evaluation of effluent treatment plant.

To generate data for taking corrective measures.

To check assumptions made with regards to development and detect

deviations to take necessary measures.

6.3 Monitoring schedule during construction phase

The proposed power project envisages setting up of Boilers, turbines cooling

towers and establishment of storage facilities for coal and ash. The construction

activities require clearing of vegetation, mobilisation of construction material and

equipment. The generic environmental monitoring measures that need to be

undertaken during project construction stage are given in Table-6.1.




Table 6.1

Environment Monitoring Plan during Construction

S.N. Component Parameter Locations Frequency

1. Ambient Air PM10, PM2.5,

SO2, NOX,CO

5-6 Locations at

the boundary of

plant premises

24 hourly samples

twice in a week

2. Waste water pH,TDS,SS,

BOD3,COD,Oil

& grease and

Heavy metals

Drain from

septic tank

Once in a month

3. Noise level Hourly Leq 8-10 Locations

within the plant

premises

Day & Night

measurement twice a

week




6.3.1 Monitoring schedule during operational phase

The Following routine monitoring programme as detailed in Table-6.2 shall be

implemented at site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all

environmental clearance conditions and regular permits from SPCB/MoEF shall

be monitored and reported periodically.

Table 6.2

Environment Monitoring Plan during Operation

S.N. Component Parameter Locations Frequency

1. Ambient Air PM10,PM2.5,

SO2,NOX,

CO

5-6 Locations at the

boundary of plant

premises

24 hourly samples

twice in a week

2. Fugitive

emission

PM10,PM2.5 5-6 Locations at the

boundary of plant

premises

24 hourly samples

twice in a week

3. Stack PM,SO2,

NOX,CO

All stacks attached to

units where

combustion take place

Once in three

month

PM All stacks attached to

dust generating units

Once in three

month

4. Noise level Hourly Leq At the boundry of the

plant premises and at

1 m distance from

major noise polluting

equipments

Once in a month

5. Waste water As per GSR

422(E) for

inland

surface water

At outlet of STP/ETP Once in three

month




UPRVUNL will develop in-house monitoring & testing facility to the possible

extent, otherwise, will hire the external agency for the same. Proposed

monitoring and testing will be carried out as per the methods recommended by

CPCB/UPSPCB.

Surveillance of Worker’s Health: UPRVUNL will provide appropriate and

relevant health surveillance to workers with special emphasis to the effect of dust

prior to first exposure and at regular intervals thereafter.

Training: Training activities for employees and visitors will be adequately

monitored and documented (curriculum, duration, and participants). Emergency

exercises including drills will be adequately documented. Service providers and

contractors must be contractually required to submit the adequate training

documentation before start of their assignment

Stack Emission and Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The following monitoring schedule (Table-6.3) ambient air and stack emissions

will be followed in line with the guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB) for thermal power stations:

Table- 6.3

Monitoring Schedule for Air Pollution in Thermal Power Plant

Capacity (MW) Ambient Air Quality Source Emission Less than 200 2 Stations Once in 4 weeks Greater than & including 200 3 Stations Once in 2 weeks Greater than & including 500 4 Stations Once a week

Monitoring Parameters

The plant being a thermal power project, the ambient air as well as stack

monitoring parameters will be suspended particulate matter, Sulphur Dioxide and

oxides of Nitrogen.

Sampling Stations

As per CPCB guidelines for thermal power stations, minimum four monitoring

stations on grid basis within a radius of 10 Kms will be maintained and operated.




Around the source to determine general status of ambient air quality. The

ambient air quality stations will be selected on seasonal basis keeping in view the

prevalent wind direction. One station will be located in the upwind direction from

the source so that background level of the various pollutants is known.

Sampling Frequency

The ambient air quality sampling will be done on 24 hours basis, three 8 hourly

samples, for two days continuously and once per week.

All the stacks will be monitored once a week, preferably when the units are

running on full load.

All stack gas emission results shall be normalized to 12 % CO2 in the flue gas.

The various micro meteorological parameters like wind speed, wind direction,

relative humidity and rainfall etc. will also be monitored regularly.

Analysis Methodology

Analysis methodology as described in earlier chapters will be followed.

Monitoring Laboratory

The following equipment will be procured for air quality monitoring by the

environmental cell at Obra TPS, Obra:

Stack Monitoring Kit

Micro-meteorological station

Respirable Dust Sampler

PM 2.5 Sampler

Flue Gas Analyser

Electronic balance

Water Quality

Water quality is to be monitored for assessing its suitability for general plant

uses, potability and effectiveness of the treatment system.




Water Sources and Parameters to be monitored

The waste water sources and types of samples which are to be monitored, as per

guidelines of CPCB for thermal power stations, regularly are as given in Table-6.4

below.

Table -6.4

Monitoring Schedule for Effluents Generated in Thermal Power Plant

Wastewater

Sources

Type of

Samples

Parameters for Testing

1. Cooling

Tower*

blowdown

Composite+ Zinc, Total Chromium, Total Phosphate,

Free Available Chlorine and other

corrosion inhibitory compounds used

in the particular power plant.

2. Boiler

Blowdown

Composite+ Suspended Solids, Oil & Grease, Copper,

Iron

3. Ash Pond

Effluent

Composite+ pH, Suspended Solids, Oil and Grease,

Heavy Metals: total Chromium, Zinc,

Iron, Manganese, Nickel

4. Final

effluents

Composite+ Zinc, Total chromium, Total Phosphate,

Free Available Chlorine and other

corrosion inhibitory compounds used

in the particular power plant.

5. Potable

water

Grab BOD, Total Dissolved Solids,

Hardness, Heavy Metals, MPN,

Chlorides, Sulphates etc

NOTE :

+ The composite sample is made by collection of grab samples at intervals of one

hour with maximum period of composition being 24 hours.

* The cooling tower blowdown will not only be examined for the parameters

mentioned in MINAS but also for other corrosion inhibitory compounds used in

the power plant. The maximum permissible limit in such cases would be fixed

according to the inhibitory compounds used in the power plant.




The ash dyke overflow will not only be examined for the parameters mentioned in

MINAS but also for various heavy metals like Cr, Ni etc. though there will be no

discharge of ash dyke overflow into any surface water body. The overflow will be

recycled back for ash slurry preparation and part of it will be utilised for plantation

and green belt development.

Sampling Frequency

The various water streams as mentioned above will be monitored once a week

for the parameters mentioned in above table.

Analysis Methodology

The monitoring and analysis for water quality will be done as per MINAS, IS-

2296, IS-2490 and IS-10500. The method of analysis prescribed by APHA,

AWWA and WPCF will be followed.

Monitoring Laboratory

The following equipment for the water pollution monitoring laboratory will be

acquired by Obra TPS :

Digital pH meter

Conductivity Meter

Refrigerator

Electronic balance

Magnetic stirrer

D.O. meter

BOD incubator

COD apparatus

Turbidity meter

For trace metal analysis services of recognized laboratory will be availed.




6.4 Noise

Unwanted sound results in noise pollution. Environmental noise may be divided

into outdoor noise and community noise. Environmental noise monitoring was

carried out to assess the noise levels in and around the Power Plant. The noise

levels were compared with the standards. The objectives of these measurements

are as follows:

Identification of noise sources for machine noise control

Assessment of noise levels for worker protection

Study the far field radiation.

Excessive noise has been blamed for hearing damage, speech masking and

community annoyance. It may also be responsible for Hypertension, Fatigue and

Heart trouble etc. The study of noise levels was carried out by using standard

equipment.

The sound pressure level was measured by using a Precision Integrating Sound

Level Meter Type 2230. Since loudness of sound is important by its effects on

people, the dependence of loudness upon frequency must be taken into account

in Environment Noise Assessment. This has been achieved by the use of an A-

weighting filter in the Noise Level Meter.

Noise Regulations

Indian guidelines with respect to noise laid down by Environmental (Protection)

Third Amendment Rules, 1989 are shown in Table - 6.5

Table - 6.5

Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise

Area Code Category of Area Day Time Night Time Limits in dB(A) Leq

a. Industrial area 75 70 b. Commercial area 65 55 c. Residential area 55 45 d. Silence zone 50 40

Day time is reckoned between 6:00 AM and 10:00 PM.

Night time is reckoned between 10:00 PM and 6:00 AM.




Silence zone is defined as area up to 100 meters around such premises as

hospitals, educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be

declared by the competent authority. Use of vehicular horns, loudspeakers and

bursting of crackers shall be banned in these zones.

Permissible Noise Exposure Limits as per OSHA are given in Table - 6.6:

Table - 6.6

Permissible Noise Exposure Limits as per OSHA (1971)

Duration /Day (Hours) Sound Level dB(A) 8 90 (Threshold limit) 6 92 4 95 3 97 2 100

1.5 102 1 105

0.5 110 = or < 0.25 115

6.5 Reporting Schedules of the Monitoring Data

It is proposed that voluntary reporting of environmental performance with

reference to the EMP should be undertaken.

The environmental monitoring cell shall co-ordinates all monitoring programmes

at site and data thus generated shall be regularly furnished to the state regulatory

agencies.

The frequency of reporting shall be on six monthly basis to the local state PCB

officials and to regional office of MoEF. The environmental audit reports shall be

prepared for the entire year of operations and shall be regularly submitted to

regulatory authorities.




6.6 Staff Requirement

The following staff is required for Air and Water quality monitoring -

Chief Engineer (Admin) – 1 No.

Supdt. Engineer (Civil & E&M)) – 2 Nos.

Executive Engineer (Civil & E&M) – 3 Nos.

Asstt. Environmental Engineer - 6 Nos.

Chemist - 2 nos.

Laboratory Technician - 2 nos.

Helpers for field sampling - 5 no.

6.7 Cost of Environment Monitoring

The details of estimated capital and recurring cost of the proposed environmental

management plan are given in Table 6.7.

Table 6.7

Cost of Environment Monitoring for Expansion

S.No.

Particulars During Construction

Phase ( Rs. In lakh )

Annual Operation

Phase ( Rs. In lakh )

1 Air Pollution 10.0 20.0 2 Water Pollution 3.0 5.0 3 Noise Pollution 2.0 2.0 4 Occupational Health 5.0 25.0 5 Audits & other

inspections 5.0 10.0

6 Misc 5.0 10.0 Total 30.0 72.0

6.8 Occupational Safety and Health

Occupational safety and health, in general, aims at the promotion and

maintenance of the highest degree of physical, mental and social well-being of

workers. It also results in the prevention among workers of departures from

health caused by their working conditions; the protection of workers in their

employment from risks resulting from factors adverse to health; and to




summarize the adaptation of work to man and of each man to his job. Though

occupational hazards do not pose a major danger to the surrounding

environment, even then safe work environment is important for proper plant

operation.

A coal-based power plant uses large amount of coal for combustion and

discharges lot of ash and flue gas through tall stacks. During the operation of a

power plant various pollutants like heat, ash, noise, Sulphur Dioxide, Carbon

Monoxide and Oxides of Nitrogen are discharged which may cause stress to the

working personnel. Protective and safety measures are necessary for workers

engaged in different areas of power plant, especially in the pollution prone area

like Turbine Floor, Coal Handling Plant, Ash Handling etc.

In coal fired power plants, the main safety hazards involve burns, slips and falls.

Fire and explosions may occur from flame out. Exposure to sulphur dioxide,

carbon monoxide and nitrogen dioxide may occur for workers exposed to plant

areas. Excessive noise from generators can be serious problem. Heat and

humidity may cause heat stress among employees working in the boiler area.

6.8.1 Occupational Safety

Safe working environment is essential for proper operation of the plant and due

safety in work should be taken by all concerned. The following guidelines would

be followed to cover safety and health aspects within the power plant to prevent

and reduce accidents and occupational diseases among employees:

Safety

The following safety aspects will be implemented during proposed extension of

2 x 660 MW of Obra Thermal Power Stations:

All the areas and in particular coal pulverisation and ash handling areas would

be monitored for dust levels. Necessary monitoring equipments will be procured

for this work. Dust in work areas will be controlled with exhaust ventilation and




dust collection equipment. Dust masks would be made available to the workers in

these areas.

All Cranes, hoists etc. will be maintained routinely and will be examined at

regular intervals. The moving parts of motors, fly wheel and other equipment will

be properly shielded. The vehicles will be maintained through routine

maintenance schedule.

All rotating/vibrating equipment is maintained properly so as to reduce excessive

noise levels.

Entry into closed tanks and other confined spaces can be a dangerous job. The

tanks containing the fuel oil residues may have high levels of fire and explosion

hazard. The air levels would be checked for high levels of gases, and excess

gases would be exhausted before cleaning the tanks. Closed spaces may be

short of oxygen or they may contain toxic fumes or gases. The worker entering

the tank would wear protective clothing and a respirator that receives outside air

through a supply hose; a stand-by man would be stationed outside the tank to

watch over the safety of the person in the tank.

Sulphur dioxide, carbon monoxide, and nitrogen dioxide may leak from

improperly operating boilers. In order to protect workers in this area, the air

quality would be monitored; the Threshold Limit Values (TLV) for these gases are

Sulphur dioxide 2 ppm, Carbon monoxide 50 ppm and Nitrogen dioxide 3 ppm.

Routine servicing and maintenance of the boilers, usually control this problem.

Proper exhaust systems will be installed where hazardous chemical

storage/handling takes place and water baths along with first aid facilities have

been provided wherever these chemicals are either stored or used.

All hot surfaces with high temperature will be properly insulated to avoid direct

contact.

Lights, necessary to work in the enclosed metal tanks would be fed with 6 or 12

volt power to decrease chances of electrocution. All elevated platforms,

walkways, stairways, and ramps will be equipped with necessary handrails, toe

boards and non-slip surfaces.

Electrical equipment will be grounded and checked for defective insulation. All

electrical installations and equipment will strictly be in accordance with the

prevailing Indian Standards.




Electrical hazards and electrocution constitute a serious safety problem in power

plants. The higher the voltage, the greater the risk involved. Rigid procedures

for de-energising and checking the electrical equipment will be followed before

any maintenance and repair work begins. While carrying out energising of

equipment proper care will be taken such as presence of supervisor during the

whole period of work and will make sure that all safety measures are taken to

prevent any accidents. Revival techniques after electrocution will be part of any

first aid course being taught to the employees.

A program for fire safety would be regularly carried out. A safety program will be

established to meet emergency situation of fire due to flame out.

The education and training of employees in good safety practices is the

responsibility of management. Employees will be instructed in the proper use of

all equipment operated; safe lifting practices; location and handling of fire

extinguishers; and the use of personal protective equipment.

Good housekeeping practices will be followed. This will include keeping all

walkways clear of debris, cleaning up oil spots and excess water as soon as they

are noticed, and regular inspection and maintenance of all machines.

6.8.2 Health

The following facilities will be provided for proposed extension of 2 x 660 MW, of

Obra TPS to cover for health aspects of the workers:

Good sanitary and washing facilities will be provided in the plant area so as to

reduce dermatitis due to contact with acids, caustic, chemicals, coal, ash, dust,

solvents, oils, as well as fuel oil residue. Employees will be educated to wash up

before eating. Separate lunch room is provided outside the work areas.

Employees would be regularly trained on sanitation, health awareness and other

aspects of hygiene.

Dermatitis or skin diseases are among the major health complaints in the power

plant. These can be caused by chemical burns from acids or alkalis used for DM

plant and cleaning operation; solvents used in cleaning of electrical parts; oils

used in the equipment; and exposure to fuel oil residues. Protective creams will

be provided to help reduce the skin problems. Employees will be encouraged to

wash up frequently.




Pre-employment and periodic medical examinations of all workers would be

carried out on regular basis particularly of employees in 45 plus age group.

Management would maintain records of all accidents and illnesses of employees

in the plant. An evaluation of injury and health data would be made by

management to evaluate the effectiveness of its occupational safety and health

program.

Temperature and humidity are problems in the Boiler Area. This can result in

heat stress to the workers. General ventilation can help reduce this problem.

Workers in these high temperature areas will be given some time off from such

areas to reduce and control heat stress.

A system for rotation of the workers in dust/noise prone areas will be followed on

regular basis.

6.8.3 Fire Protection System

The existing power plant has been equipped with complete fire protection

system. Similar system would be extended to proposed extension. The fire

protection system includes following: -

Hydrant network system covering the entire power station building including all

important locations like fuel oil facilities, coal handling systems, boiler platforms,

cable galleries, Bunker bay, mill area, service building, ash disposal system,

Hydrogen plant, administrative buildings, workshops etc.

Automatic high velocity sprinkler system of emulsifier type for unit/station

transformers inter bus transformers etc. The same system has also been

provided for turbine oil storage tanks.

Automatic deluge system for cable galleries and cable vaults.

Automatic medium velocity water spray (MVWSS) for underground and overhead

coal conveyors and their associated buildings.

Automatic foam system complete with all accessories for fuel oil and LDO tanks.

Automatic fire detection and communication system for control room, computer

room, DAS room etc. Smoke/heat detection system for the cable galleries and

switchgear room etc.

Portable and mobile fire extinguishers in different location of the powerhouse for

extinguishing small fires.




Mobile fire tenders fully equipped with the necessary firefighting outfits.

For the above systems suitable number of electrical and diesel driven pumps

with automatic starting arrangements along with the necessary water storage

tanks would be provided for proposed extension of the power plant.

6.9 Hospital

The existing medical facilities in the power plant premises include 100 bedded,

well equipped hospital with ambulance facilities. This hospital would be

strengthened and equipped to cater the needs of increased staff as a result of

proposed expansion. The hospital has been provided with a team of well-

qualified doctors & staff. Ambulance facilities and all required emergency

medicines are provided to employees of power plant in all the shifts. In case of

emergency situations, the specialized hospital facilities at Hindalco, Renukoot

located at a distance of 50 Km and also at Varanasi which is around 125 kms

from Obra Thermal Power Stations, shall be utilized.

Chapter‐7

Additional Studies




7.0 Additional Studies

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

Introduction

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various

hazards (unsafe conditions) that exist in the plant. On the other hand, risk

analysis deals with the identification and quantification of risks, the plant

equipment and personnel are exposed to, due to accidents resulting from the

hazards present in the plant.

Hazard and risk analysis, involves very extensive studies and require a very

detailed design and engineering information.

Assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of

hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability,

credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this

information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often

confined to maximum credible accident studies. The common terms used in Risk

Assessment and Disaster Management are elaborated below:

"Risk" is defined as a likelihood of an undesired event (accident, injury or death)

occurring within a specified period or under specified circumstances. This may be

either a frequency or a probability depending on the circumstances.

The term "Hazard" is defined as a physical situation, which may cause human

injury, damage to property or the environment or some combination of these

criteria.

"Hazardous substance" means any substance or preparation, which by reason of

its chemical or physico-chemical properties or handling is liable to cause harm to




human beings, other living creatures, plants, micro-organisms, property or the

environment.

"Hazardous process" is defined as any process or activity in relation to an

industry which may cause impairment to the health of the persons engaged or

connected therewith or which may result in pollution of the general environment.

"Disaster" is defined as a catastrophic situation that causes damage, economic

disruptions, loss of human life and deterioration of health and health services on

a scale sufficient to warrant an extraordinary response from outside the affected

area or community. Disasters occasioned by man are factory fire explosions and

release of toxic gases or chemical substances etc.

"Accident" is an unplanned event, which has a probability of causing personal

injury or property damage or both.

"Emergency" is defined as a situation where the resources outpass the demand.

This highlights the typical nature of emergency "it will be after experience that

enough is not enough in emergency situations. Situations of this kind are

avoidable but it is not possible to avoid them always.

"Emergency preparedness" is one of the key activities in the overall

management. Preparedness, though largely dependent upon the response

capability of the persons engaged in direct action, will require support from others

in the organization before, during and after an emergency.

In the sections below, the identification of various hazards, probable risks in the

Power plant, maximum credible accident analysis, consequence analysis are

addressed, which gives a broad identification of risks involved in the power plant.

Based on the risk estimation for fuel and chemical storage, disaster management

plan has been also been present.




Identification of Major Hazard Installations Based on GOI Rules. 1989

Following accidents in the chemical industry in India over a few decades, a

specific legislation covering major hazard activities has been enforced by Govt.

of India in 1989 in conjunction with Environment Protection Act, 1986. This is

referred here as GOI rules 1989. For the purpose of identifying major hazard

installations the rules employ certain criteria based on toxic, flammable and

explosive properties of chemicals.

Analysis of Units of Different Processes

A systematic analysis of the fuels/chemicals and their quantities of storage has

been carried out, to determine threshold quantities as notified by GOI Rules,

1989 and the applicable rules are identified.

Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidhyut Utpadan Nigam Limited (hence forth UPRVUNL)

has proposed to set up two units of 660 MW power plant at its existing thermal

plant site at Obra, District Sonebhadra, Uttar Pradesh. The existing plant has

thirteen thermal power units comprising of:

5 units of 50 MW each

Three units 100 MW each

Five units of 200 MW

Units 3, 4, 5, 6, & 8 are deleted from OTPS. The R&M activity is going on at units

7, 10 & 11. Units 1, 2, 9, 12 & 13 are operational. The existing plant has large

infrastructure (including large storage of fuels; chemicals; ash disposal system

etc.) to support the power plant operation.

Coal based thermal power plant does not involve any hazardous chemical

process which can create potential risk to personnel and property at the site and

surroundings. However, few hazardous materials and gases will be handled and




stored at the coal based power plant. These can create potential hazardous

situations in the unlikely event of an accidental release. For identification of

hazards and to enhance the safety, risk assessment studies has been carried out

for the proposed coal based power plant.

7.1.1 Approach to the Study

Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accident consisting

of an event or sequence of events. The description of the tasks of various phases

involved in risk analysis is detailed below:

Preliminary Hazard Assessment

Preliminary hazard assessment was performed through examination of proposed

layout plan for the proposed coal fired power plant. The data on quantities of

toxic and flammable chemicals proposed to be stored in the plant was obtained

from the project proponent for subjective assessment of hazards involved in the

operations of the proposed plant.

Hazard Identification

Based on the site visits and the information available, the principal hazards were

identified, which include accidents due to mechanical and electrical failures,

pipeline failures, storage tanks ruptures/leakages, release /spillage of toxic

gases/chemicals.

Hazard Analysis

A detailed analysis of the likely hazards associated with risks due to failure of

electrical and mechanical systems, the storage, transfer and use of LDO/HSD,

storage was conducted. Also identified from the plant design information, are

likely scenarios of accidents due to failure of mechanical and electrical systems.




Consequence Analysis

The risks associated with the proposed project are small and, to a large extent,

localized. The number of exposed persons on-site and off-site would also be

small.

Little data on failure probability applicable to Indian conditions is available for the

type of operations proposed by SPGCL. While it may be possible to use data

derived from western experience, in the absence of any criteria for acceptable

risk in India from industrial operations, this will not provide any meaningful

analysis. This limits the use of a quantitative risk analysis for the proposed

project

Description of Major Hazardous Activities

Construction Hazards

The main hazard during construction results from lack of attention to safety

aspects particularly fire protection and prevention throughout construction areas.

The transportation of high value items to sometimes remote areas can also result

in significant loss incidents.

Operational Hazards

Fire and explosion represent the greatest hazards due to significant amounts of

flammable and combustible materials contained as well as heat used in the

process. The potential for loss applies particularly during early commissioning

and subsequent operation of the plant and equipment, especially if it is a new or

innovative design and is not based on a well established and proven type. Fire

can affect all areas of the production area particularly around the boilers and

steam turbines where it can be made worse by the high heat levels present in the

process. Explosion within the boiler itself can be due to pressure parts failure or

as a result of an uncontrolled explosion of the primary fuel. Fire can also affect

the coal and fuel oil storage areas.




Machinery used in the process can be subjected to high operational stresses due

to temperature, pressure or rotational speed and these represent a significant

hazard. Tolerances in plant and equipment to maintain efficiency can be close,

which can result in major incidents as a result of breakage or detachment.

The fuel oil (HFO/LSHS/HPS) shall be used for initial start up, coal flame

stabilization and low load operation of the steam generator while firing coal.

Considering the fact that quantities of stored flammable and toxic chemicals are

low, the effects of release of chlorine or thermal radiation due to tank fire will be

localized and disaster potential is low.

Hazard Identification

Identification of hazards in power plant is of primary significance in the analysis,

quantification and cost effective control of accidents involving chemicals and

process. A classical definition of hazard states that hazard is in fact the

characteristic of system/plant/process that presents potential for an accident.

Hence, all the components of a system/plant/process need to be thoroughly

examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned

event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an accident.

Estimation of probability of an unexpected event and its consequences form the

basis of quantification of risk in terms of damage to property, environment or

personnel. Therefore, the type, quantity, location and conditions of release of a

toxic or flammable substance have to be identified in order to estimate its

damaging effects, the area involved, and the possible precautionary measures

required to be taken.

Identification of Major Hazardous Units

Hazardous substances may be classified into Flammable substances, Unstable

substances and Toxic substances. Flammable substances require interaction




with air for their hazard to be realized. Under certain circumstances the vapor

arising from flammable substances when mixed with air may be explosive,

especially in confined spaces. However, if present in sufficient quantity such

clouds may explode in open air also. Unstable substances are liquids or solids,

which may decompose with such violence so as to give rise to blast waves.

Finally toxic substances are dangerous and cause substantial damage to life

when released into the atmosphere. The ratings for a large number of chemicals

based on flammability, reactivity and toxicity have been given in NFPA Codes 49

and 345 M.

Identification of Major Hazard Installations Based on GOI Rules

Following accidents in the chemical industry in India over a few decades, a

specific legislation covering major hazard activities has been enforced by Govt.

of India in conjunction with Environment Protection Act, 1986. This is referred

here as Hazardous Chemicals Rules. For the purpose of identifying major hazard

installations the rules employ certain criteria based on toxic, flammable and

explosive properties of chemicals.

Hazard Analysis

Hazards analysis is based on the philosophy "PREVENTION IS BETTER THAN

CURE". How safe are the operations? Safety is relative and implies freedom from

danger or injury. But there is always some element of danger or risk in anything

we do or build. When a process facility is considered safe? This calls for

identification of hazards, quantification of risk and further suggests hazard -

mitigating measures, if necessary.

Hence hazards analysis is more relevant when a plant is at design/construction

stage. This technique, applied early in the project life cycle, helps to eliminate

hazards and, thus to avoid costly design modifications later. This analysis fortifies

the proposed process design by incorporating additional safety factors into the

design criteria.




Methodology

An assessment of the conceptual design is conducted for the purpose of

identifying and examining hazards related to feed stock materials, major process

components, utility and support systems, environmental factors, proposed

operations, facilities, and safeguards.

Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA)

In the proposed Thermal Power Project, coal and air mixture is burnt to convert

chemical energy into heat. The liberated heat generates steam at high

temperature and pressure, which in turns drives the turbo generator to generate

electrical power. Small quantities of LDO oil are used for flame stabilization

during start up and low load operation.

Risks due to failure of mechanical system

Turbine : For the protection of turbine, the following devices will be provided

Over speed device

Bearing temperature sensors

Exhaust gas temperature sensors

The operation of the turbine and the generators will be fully automatic through a

DCS. Annunciation panels will be provided in the control room for the operators

to monitor the operations.

Piping & Valves : The piping of the power plant will be low-pressure utility and

cooling water piping and hence do not pose any major risks. The water piping will

be made of carbon steel and designed as per IS : 1239/IS : 3589 . The air

pipelines will be of galvanized carbon steel and designed as per IS 1239. The

design, material, construction, manufacture, inspection and testing of valves shall

comply with all currently applicable standards and regulations and

API/ANSI/AWWA or BS codes.




Piping Insulation : There is a risk to burn injuries in case of personnel coming in

contact with pipelines carrying high temperature fluids. To avoid this, all piping

systems having working temperature equal to or more than 60 ºC as per ASTM C

533 shall be provided with adequate insulation to conserve energy and protect

personnel.

Lifting Tools and Tackles : The plant will have lifting tools and tackles like

hoists, EOT cranes etc. The risks associated with these equipment are

accidental release of the load due to failure of chain/rope. The criteria for

selecting the crane will be based on maximum load and the raising and lowering

heights of assembly. The design of the EOT will be as per IS 3177/IS 607. The

design of the hoists will be as per IS 3938. Annual load testing and certification

by a competent authority for safe working loads will be done as per Factories Act

1948 – Section 28 & Section 29 (2).

HVAC systems : The risks involved in HVAC system are fires due to overloading

of electrical cables/panels and leakage’s of refrigerant from the system. The

HVAC system will be designed as per the following codes :

Safety code for air conditioning : IS 669

Safety code for mechanical refrigeration : IS 660

Risks due to failure of Electrical Systems

The electrical installation is prone to fires due to short circuits, overloads,

sparking, poor earthling etc.

Generator Protection : For the protection of the generators and associated

transformers following precautions will be provided :

a. Generator differential protection

b. Protection of Generator against accidental back energisation.

c. Stator earth fault protection




d. Stator stand-by earth fault protection

e. Rotor earth fault protection

f. Loss of excitation protection

g. Voltage controlled over current relay

h. Low forward power/reverse power relay

i. Stand by Low forward power/ reverse relay

j. Over voltage alarm for generator

k. Under frequency & over frequency protection with alarm & stage tripping

l. Generator Transformer REF protection

m. Generator over fluxing protection

n. Generator Transformer over fluxing protection

o. Generator Transformer differential protection

p. Generator transformer start up earth fault protection

q. Generator Breaker failure relay

r. Back up earth fault protection for Generator transformer

s. Unit auxiliary transformer differential protection

t. Unit aux. Transformer back up over current protection on HV side

u. Unit aux. Transformer restricted earth fault protection on LV neutral

v. Unit aux. Transformer back up earth fault protection on LV neutral

In addition, the generators would have winding temperature recorders and

instruments for measuring coolant temperature, flow pressure etc. with alarm and

trip contacts as necessary. Rotor over current and under excitation protections

would be included in the automatic voltage regulator. Two sets of hand reset trip

relays would be provided for each generator. Additional one set shall be provided

for generator. Necessary relays would be provided in switchgear panels for

protections of auxiliary power system including LT transformers and motors.

The generator would be connected with its step up generator transformers

through isolated phase bus ducts. The bus ducts shall be continuous enclosure




self cooled type and shall be equipped with air pressurization system. It will be of

aluminum construction.

Necessary current and voltage transformers shall be provided in the bus duct for

excitation control, performance testing, metering protection and synchronizing.

Surge protection equipment and a generator neutral grounding cubicle with

distribution transformer and secondary resistor will also be provided.

220 KV Bus Bar Protection : Bus bars would be protected by three high speed,

high stability circulating current type differential protection having operate &

restrain characteristics which can be set as per requirements along with bus

wires supervisions and hand set trip relays. Local breaker back up protection

could be connected with each 220 KV breaker and would be connected to de-

energies that effected breaker from both sides. Each set of trip coil would be

connected to separately fused DC circuits for greater reliability.

Generator Transformer : Generator transformer each for Steam Turbine shall

be 3 phase with OFAF cooling and vector group of Ynd11. It shall step up the

generation voltage to 220 KV. OFF Load Tap Changer shall be provided on the

generator transformer and the tap range shall be ± 5% in steps of 2.5%.

LT Transformers : The power distribution at 415 V will be created by the

6.6/0.433 KV transformers. All the above transformers will be delta connected on

the HT side and star connected on the LT side. The LT star point will be solidly

earthed. These transformers will be mineral oil filled, suitable for outdoor service

or dry type in case of indoor installation. HT side shall be suitable for cable

termination. LT side of transformers shall be connected to 415 V switch gears

either by bus trunking or by XPLE cables.

HT Switchgears : Power received at 6.6 KV station transformer will be

connected to the 6.6 KV switchgear for further distribution. All auxiliary motors




rated 160 KW & above shall be connected to the 6.6 KV system and motors

below 160 KW to the 415 V system.

All 6.6 KV motors will be of direct-on-line starting having the breaker provided

with requisite protection for the individual equipment. The interrupting capacity of

6.6 KV breakers shall be suitable for maximum possible system fault contribution

and that of the motor during fault condition. The 6.6 KV switchgear shall be

indoor, metal clad, draw-out type with SF/6 or vacuum breakers.

LT Switchgear : The source of supply for 415 V will be taken from 6.6 KV

switchgear through transformer of 6.6 KV/433 V step down transformers. The

415 V system will have duplicate incomer and bus coupling arrangements so that

a changeover can be made from either of the two step down transformers to

restore power in case of failure of one of the above two transformers. Each

transformer shall be rated for 100% capacity. Motors having a capacity of 100

KW & above would be controlled by breakers from respective MCC and that of

lower capacity by contractor.

Control and Instrumentation System : The Control & Instrumentation system

shall be microprocessor based Distributed Digital Control Monitoring and

Information system (DDCMIS) to provide centralized, automated and efficient

operation of the plant under various modes of operation i.e. start up, shut down,

normal and emergency operation with due consideration to the safety, reliability

and availability of the plant.

System Design Requirements : The DDCMIS shall perform the functions of

closed loop controls. Open loop controls including sequence interlock and

equipment protection as well as plant monitoring and information functions. The

functions of closed and open loop controls shall be achieved through redundant

multi-function controllers in hot stand by configuration. The main protection shall




be provided with adequate redundancy at sensor and channel voting logic level

ensuring safety of the equipment under all the operating conditions for the safety

of the plant. It shall be ensured that the basic interlock and protection functions

are available even during the failure of the man controller under open loop

control. The control system sensor levels enhance system availability and

reliability. Facility shall be provided for control system configuration tuning,

programme development/ modification and system maintenance including

system documentation functions. Due importance shall be given to the features

of self diagnostics and self surveillance to facilitate maintenance in minimum

possible time. An on line sequence of events recording system (SERS) with a

resolution of millisecond is also envisaged for analyzing the tripping, which may

be stand alone or a part of the plant DDCMIS.

It is proposed to start-up/ shut down, control monitor and operate the entire

combined cycle plant in all regimes through work station based operator

consoles supported by other peripherals. Back up, hardware push buttons

stations/trip switches for critical drives shall be provided for start up/shut down of

the plant. Further hardwired at to manual stations due to drives are also

envisaged. Back up with system mimic shall also be provided.

Central Control Room : The Plant shall be monitored, operated controlled in all

regimes from Central Control Room (CCR) located inside the plant. The CCR

shall house control desks panels with work station based operator consoles and

other peripherals like printers etc. Vertical panels housing conventional hardwired

devices viz. push. button stations, trip switches, auto manual stations indicators/

records, annunciation facia shall also be suitably located in the CCR. The

electrical control panels for operation of various breakers, isolators etc. shall be

also be located in CCR.

The Control hardware cabinets shall be located in Control Equipment Room

(CER), adjacent to CCR with due consideration for ease of maintenance.




Other Electrical Systems and Equipment

Power and Control Cables : Main factors which are considered for selection of

power cable sizes will be as follows :

System short circuit withstand time

De-rating factors due to higher ambient temperature and grouping

Continuous current rating

Voltage drop during starting and under continuous operation

6.6 KV cables will be with standard aluminum conductor with XLPE

insulation, conductor and insulation shall have extruded semi-conducting

screen.

11/6.6 KV cables shall also have copper screen rated for earth fault current

for 2 seconds

The cables will have overall PVC sheath, each core screened on conductor

as well as on insulation, armoured and overall FRLS PVC sheathed.

All LT power cables power cables will be 1100V grade , PVC cable with

stranded aluminum conductor XLPE or PVC insulated, extruded PVC inner

sheathed, armoured and overall FRLS PVC sheathed.

Control cables would be with stranded copper conductor, multicore, 1100 Volt

grade PVC insulated, PVC sheathed, armoured and overall FRLS PVC

sheathed.

Motors: All motors and other electrical fittings will be of flame-proof type

wherever required.

Lightning Protection: Lightning protection system will be installed for protection

of the buildings/structures and equipment against lightning discharge. The

lighting arrestors shall conform to IEC-99. This will be achieved by providing

lightning masts, down conductors on buildings /structures, towers in switchyard

and connecting these with ground grid. Also, for outdoor equipment exposed to




atmosphere, protection against lightning surges will be provided with lightning

surge arresters at suitable locations, over and above the shielding wires and

lightning masts to safeguard the equipment.

Maximum Credible Accident Analysis (MCAA)

Hazardous substances may be released as a result of failure or catastrophes,

causing possible damage to the surrounding area. This section deal with the

question of how the consequences of the release of such substance and the

damage to the surrounding area can be determined by means of models.

A disastrous situation is general due to outcome of fire, explosion or toxic

hazards in addition to other natural causes, which eventually lead to loss of life,

property and ecological imbalance.

MCA analysis encompasses certain techniques to identify the hazards and

calculate the consequent effects. A host of probable or potential accidents of the

major units in the complex arising due to use, storage and handling of the

hazardous materials are examined to establish their credibility.

Depending upon the effective hazardous attributes and their impact and even the

maximum effect on the surrounding environment alongwith the respective

damage caused can be assessed.

In addition to the above factors the location of a unit or activity with respect to

adjacent activities are taken into consideration to account for the potential

escalation of an accident. This phenomenon is known as the domino effect. The

units and activities which have been selected on the basis of the above factors

are summarized, accident scenarios are established in Hazard Identification

studies, while effect and damage calculations are carried out in Maximum

Credible Accident Analysis studies.




Methodology

Following steps are employed for visualization of MCA scenarios:

Chemical inventory analysis

Identification of hazardous processes in individual units

Identification of chemical release and accident scenarios

Analysis of past accidents of similar nature to establish credibility to identified

scenarios

Short listing of MCA Scenarios.

Common Causes of Accidents

Based on the analysis of past accident information, common causes of major

plant accidents are identified as :

Poor house keeping

Improper use of tools, equipment, facilities

Unsafe or defective equipment facilities

Lack of proper procedures

Improvising unsafe procedures

Failure to follow prescribed procedures

Jobs not understood

Lack of awareness of hazards involved

Lack of proper tools, equipment, facilities

Lack of guides and safety devices

Lack of protective equipment and clothing

Failures of Human Systems

An assessment of past chemical accidents reveals human factor to be the cause

for over 60% of the accidents while the rest are due to other plant component

failures. This percentage will increase if major accidents alone are considered for

analysis.




Major causes of human failures reported are due to :

Stress induced by poor equipment design, unfavorable environmental

conditions, fatigue, etc.

Lack of training in safety and loss prevention

Indecision in critical situations

Inexperienced staff being employed in hazardous situations.

Often, human errors are not analyzed while accident reporting, and accident

reports only provide information about equipment and/or component failures.

Hence, a great deal of uncertainty surrounds analysis of failure of human

systems and consequent damages.

The proposed power plant mainly poses flammable and explosion hazards due to

unwanted release of hydrocarbons. Consequence analysis is basically a study of

quantitative analysis of hazards due to various failure scenarios. It is that part of

risk analysis, which considers failure cases and the damage caused by these

failure cases. It is done in order to form and opinion on potentially serious

hazardous outcome of accidents and their possible consequences. The reason

and purpose of consequence analysis are many folds like :

Part of Risk Assessment

Plant Layout/Code Requirements

Protection of other plants

Protection of the public

Emergency Planning

Design Criteria

The results of consequence analysis are useful far getting information about all

known and unknown effects that are of importance when same failure scenario

occurs in the plant and also to get information as haw to deal with the possible

catastrophic events. It also gives the workers in the plant and people living in the

vicinity of the plant, an understanding of their personal situation.




Modes of Failure

There are various potential sources of large leakage, which may release

hydrocarbon into atmosphere. This could be in the form of small gasket failure in

a flanged joint, or a bleeder valve left open inadvertently, or an instrument tubing

giving way or a guillotine failure of a pipeline, or any of many other sources of

leakage. Operating experience can identify lots of these sources and their modes

of failure.

Damage Criteria

The fuels and chemical storage at the plant may lead to fire, toxic and explosion

hazards. The damage criteria due to an accidental release of any hydrocarbon

arise from fire and explosion. Contamination of soil or water is not expected as

these fuels will vaporize slowly and would not leave any residue as it happens

with spillage of crude oil. The vapors of these fuels are not toxic and hence no

effects of toxicity are expected. Similarly, fixed roof tanks are provided for LDO

storage. Similarly storage of Hydrogen pose hazards related to fireball formation

and explosion. Storage of Chlorine may mainly pose toxicity effects on the

workers and neighboring population.

Tank fire would occur if the radiation intensity is high on the peripheral surface of

the tank leading to increase in internal tank pressure. Pool fire would occur when

fuel oil collected in the dyke due to leakage gets ignited.

Fire Damage

A flammable liquid in a pool will burn with a large turbulent diffusion flame. This

release heat based on the heat of combustion and the burning rate of the liquid.

A part of the heat is radiated while the rest is convicted away by rising as hot air

and combustion products. The radiation can heat the contents of a nearby

storage or process unit to above its ignition temperature and thus result in a

spread of fire. The radiation can also cause severe burns or fatalities of workers

or fire fighters located within a certain distance. Hence, it will be important to




know beforehand the damage potential of a flammable liquid pool likely to be

created due to leakage or catastrophic failure of a storage or process vessel.

This will help to decide the location of other storage/process vessels, decide the

type of protective clothing the workers/fire fighters need, the duration of time for

which they can be in the zone, the fire extinguishing measures needed and the

protection methods needed for the nearby storage/process vessels. Table 7.1

tabulated the damage effect on equipment and people due to thermal radiation

intensity.

Table 7.1

Damage Due to Incident Radiation Intensities

S.N. Incident

Radiation

(kW/m2)

Type of Damage Intensity

Damage to Equipment Damage to People

I. 37.5 Damage to process equipment 100% lethality in 1 min. 1%

lethality in 10 sec.

II. 25.0 Minimum energy required to

ignite wood at indefinitely long

exposure without a flame

50% Lethality in 1 min.

Significant injury in 10 sec.

III. 4.5 -- Causes pain if duration is

longer than 20 sec, however

blistering is un-likely (First

degree burns)

IV. 1.6 -- Causes no discomfort on

long exposures

Scenarios Considered for MCA Analysis

Coal Handling Plant - Dust Explosion

Coal dust when dispersed in air and ignited would explode. Crusher Houses and

conveyor systems are most susceptible to this hazard. To be explosive, the dust




mixture should have :

Particles dispersed in the air with minimum size (typical figure is 400 microns)

Dust concentrations must be reasonably uniform

Minimum explosive concentration for coal dust (33 % volatiles) is 50

grams/m3.

Failure of dust extraction and suppression systems may lead to abnormal

conditions and increasing the concentration of coal dust to the explosive limits.

Sources of ignition present are incandescent bulbs with the glasses of bulkhead

fittings missing, electric equipment and cables, friction, spontaneous combustion

in accumulated dust.

Dust explosions may occur without any warnings with Maximum Explosion

Pressure upto 6.4 bar. Another dangerous characteristic of dust explosions is

that it sets off secondary explosions after the occurrence of the initial dust

explosion. Many times the secondary explosions are more damaging than

primary ones.

The dust explosions are powerful enough to destroy structures, kill or injure

people and set dangerous fires likely to damage a large portion of the Coal

Handling Plant including collapse of its steel structure which may cripple the life

line of the power plant.

Stockpile areas shall be provided with automatic garden type sprinklers for dust

suppression as well as to reduce spontaneous ignition of the coal stockpiles.

Necessary water distribution network for drinking and service water with pumps,

piping, tanks, valves etc. will be provided for distributing water at all transfer

points, crusher house, control rooms etc.

A centralized control room with microprocessor based control system (PLC) has




been envisaged for operation of the coal handling plant. Except locally control

equipment like travelling tripper, dust extraction/ dust suppression / ventilation

equipment, sump pumps, water distribution system etc., all other in-line

equipment will have provision for local control as well. All necessary interlocks,

control panels, MCC's, mimic diagrams etc. will be provided for safe and reliable

operation of the coal handling plant.

Control Measures for Coal Yards

The total quantity of coal will be stored in separate stack piles, with proper drains

around to collect washouts during monsoon season.

Water sprinkling system will be installed on stocks of coal in required scales to

prevent spontaneous combustion and consequent fire hazards. The stack

geometry is being adopted to maintain minimum exposure of stock pile areas

towards predominant wind direction. Temperature monitoring of the stock piles is

done to detect in time any abnormal rise in temperature inside the stock piles to

enable prompt control of the same through necessary steps.

Turbo Generator Buildings

Turbo-Generator Buildings are separate, however both are exposed to risks due

to similar hazards given below :

1. As per the summary of study of losses in United States for a period of 50 years,

the probability of fire in Turbo-Generators is one-in 185 unit years. Therefore,

there is a probability of fire/explosion in Turbo-Generator Set once in about 30

years. The likely time however cannot be predicted. The hazardous areas are :

Lubrication oil system

Hydrogen system

2. Apart from the Turbo-Generator sets, other major hazardous areas in Turbo

Generator Buildings are :

Cable Galleries




Control Rooms

Switch-gears

Oil drums stored at Ground Floor level

Battery Rooms

PVC cables may also cause fire. Such fires are known to propagate at speeds up

to 20 m/min. Hence there is a possibility of starting fresh fires in all directions

wherever cable runs cross each other or bifurcate. On combustion, every

kilogram of PVC compound produces 1000 m3 of highly dense smoke, which

mainly contains hydrogen chloride fumes sufficient to produce 1 liter of

Hydrochloric acid, which may condense on cooler metallic parts and instruments

in presence of moisture damaging them severely.

Apart from PVC cables, the oil installation is large one for Turbo-Generator sets

and can burn furiously spreading fires to Cable Galleries and other places.

The rapidity of spread of fire may create problems such as safe shutdown of

units not involved initially in fire and safe evacuation of personnel, particularly

operators and engineers working in control rooms.

Turbo-Generator building hall is a steel structure with no insulation, and in case

of a major fire, may collapse as the strength of steel would get reduced by half at

temperature of 550°C (yield point of steel) and above.

Fuel Storage

Total two numbers of storage tanks of 500 KL capacity each will be provided to

store LDO. In case of tank or fuel released in the dyke area catching fire, a

steady state fire will ensue. Failures in pipeline may occur due to corrosion and

mechanical defect. Failure of pipeline due to external interference is not

considered as this area is licensed area and all the work within this area is

closely supervised with trained personnel.




7.2 Compliance status of Instructions Issued in 60th meeting of

Expert Appraisal Committee dated 05.11.2012

Action taken on issues raised in 60th meeting of reconstituted Expert Appraisal

Committee on Environmental Impact Assessment of Thermal Power and Coal

Mine Projects dated 05.11.2012 Part 1.2 “Expansion by addition of 2x660 MW

Coal based Obra ‘C’ TPP of M/s UPRVUNL at Obra Thermal Power Station,

District Sonebhadra, in Uttar Pradesh – reg. Environmental Clearance” is as

given below (Copy of MOM is Annexed at Annexure-5).

7.2.1 Application for clearance approval from standing committee of the

National Board of Wild Life.

Observation:

The Committee decided that the project proponent shall submit copy of

application for clearance/approval to the Standing committee of the National

Board of Wild Life.

Action taken:

Copy of Application for seeking clearance/approval from standing committee of

National Board of Wild Life has been submitted on 15.12.12 to Prabhageeya

Vanadhikari, Kaimur Wild Life Century, Mirzapur. Copy is annexed at Annexure-10.

The application has subsequently been forwarded/ routed through Principle

forest conservator (Wildlife) UP/Principle Secretary/ Forest Govt. of UP vide letter

no-3653/16-11 dated 08.05.2013 for seeking NOC from Standing committee

National Board of Wild life.




7.2.2 Cumulative Impact Assessment

Observation:

The committee noted that the area is in an identified critically polluted area and

the cumulative impact assessment need to have been carried out as decided in

the aforementioned 36th meeting held during November 14-15, 2011. That the

Cumulative Impact Assessment shall also take into consideration impact on

source of water to the downstream recipients.

Action taken:

Cumulative Impact Assessment w.r.t. Air Quality

The impact due to operation of proposed power plant as well as the Units under

R&M of OTPS on ambient air quality in the surrounding region has been

predicted through mathematical modeling. The ground level concentration has

been computed using the multiple source Gaussian plume model for pollutants

Particulate Matter (PM), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx as NO2).

This model is a computer program, based on the Gaussian Plume Modelling

approach, designed to simulate atmospheric dispersion process, in order to

estimate ambient air concentration levels of air pollutants resulting from any set

of gas emission or particulate matter emission sources. The other sources of




emissions are Dalla Cement factory and fugitive emissions from stone crushers.

Dalla Cement Factory

The model programme used for air quality prediction is US-EPA ISCST3.

Input Data and Model Application

Input data for the model consists of meteorology and emission inventory. The

details of input data for air pollution dispersion modelling are as follows:

Meteorological data

The data recorded at the weather station at OTPS were used for computer

modeling of pollutants concentration prediction.

The predominant wind directions along with wind speed during the study period

is represented as Wind rose (Figure 3.2).




Emission inventory

The flue gases from proposed units of OTPS & Units under R&M of OTPS were

taken in to account while conducting cumulative impact assessment on ambient

air quality. The emission data of these units was considered for prediction of GLC

and is given in Table 7.2 as below:

Table – 7.2

Emission Inventory for Units under R&M and proposed extension units (2 x 660 MW)

Units Stack

Height

Stack.

Dia

Velocity Temp. SPM SO2 NOX

m m m/s K mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3

R & M Obra Units

Unit

No. 7

120.0 14.8 12.6 393 100 709 294

Unit

No. 10

170.0 13.6 12.6 393 100 709 294

Unit

No. 11

170.0 13.6 12.6 393 100 709 294

Proposed 2 X 660 MW Obra

m m m/s K Emission Rate g/sec

Emission Rate g/sec

Emission Rate g/sec

2 x

660

MW

Units

275 8.5 25.0 413 93.81 1775.75 1997.72

Model Application

24-hour, second highest concentration has been computed from the

meteorological data recorded through PCRI Meteorological Station installed at

OTPS for the period 08.03.2013 to 08.06.2013 using the EPA-ISCST3 model.




Model Output

The results are tabulated in Table 7.3 and the isopleths are shown in Figure –

7.1 to 7.3. The isopleths indicate the 24-hour maximum ground level

concentrations of pollutants due to emissions from the proposed stacks and R &

M stacks as per Table 7.2 of power plant.




Figure –7.1 SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY GLCs OF SPM




Figure – 7.2 SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY GLCs OF SO2




Figure-7.3 SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY GLCs OF NOx




Table 7.3

24-hour maximum Ground Level Concentrations

Pollutant Maximum Ground Level Concentration

(excluding background)

GLC

(µg/m3)

Distance (Km) & Direction

w.r.t. 2x 660 MW Units Stack

Nitrogen Oxides 39.9 4.0 (SE)

Sulphur Dioxide 47.8 4.0 (SE)

Suspended Particulate Matter 6.7 4.0 (SE)

Assessment of Impact on Ambient Air Quality

Impact on ambient air quality due to the proposed thermal power project has

been assessed by superimposing predicted concentrations on background air

pollution level. Baseline ambient air quality data indicated that the 98th percentile

concentration at Dalla for SPM, NOx, and SO2 was observed 300, 31 and 19

g/m3 respectively and these concentrations have been considered as

background level of pollutants. The air quality Impact is summarized in Table 7.4

below:

Table 7.4

Ambient Air Quality Impact Assessment

(24-hr maximum concentrations)

Pollutant Background

concentration

(µg/m3)

Incremental change

in GLC (24-hr. Max.

Concentration)

excluding

background

(µg/m3)

Maximum GLC

(24-hr. Max.

Concentration)

After

superimposition

on background)

(µg/m3)

Distance

from

2x660 MW

Units

Stack

(Km)

Particulate Matter 300 6.7 306.7 4.0

Sulphur Dioxide 19 47.8 66.8 4.0

Nitrogen Oxides 31 39.9 70.9 4.0




The maximum incremental concentrations of SPM, SO2 and NOx are expected to

be 6.7 g/m3, 47.8 g/m3 and 39.9 g/m3, respectively. These concentrations are

expected to occur at a distance of 4.0 Km South East with respect to source.

Maximum total concentrations of SPM, SO2 and NOx, after superimposition

of background level would be 306.7 g/m3, 66.8 g/ m3 and 70.9 g/m3

respectively.

The total concentrations are compared with National Ambient Air Quality

Standards prescribed for residential areas as specified under National Ambient

Air Quality Standards as notified by Central Pollution Control Board. It is

concluded that total concentrations of gaseous pollutants would be well

below the allowable limits for residential areas. In case of particulate matter

the incremental change will be insignificant.

Cumulative Impact Assessment w.r.t availability of water:

The water requirement for 2x660 MW proposed TPP is 45 cusecs (110095.9

m3/day). The detail of water use at Obra dam on Rihand River from June 2011 to

May 2012 is given below in Figure 7.4. The total water used in May 2012 is

2010916.13 m3/day. The total water available is 31867316.83 m3/day and after

utilization of proposed power plant water availability is around 31757220.93

m3/day. The availability of water in Obra dam on Rihand River is sufficient to

cater the downstream users. So, it can be concluded that there will be no

considerable impact on source of water to the downstream recipients.




Figure-7.4 Downstream of Obra Dam




Figure 7.5 Water use at Obra dam on Rihand River from June 2011 to May 2012




7.2.3 Implementation of Singrauli Action plan

Observation

It was observed that the project proponent also needs to take into account the

action plan for the critical polluted area formulated by the State Pollution Control

Board and integrate with the project proposal.

Action taken:

Implementation of Singrauli Action Plan, Singrauli Area of Distt. Sonebhadra

(U.P.) Upto 25.10.2012 short term action is given below in Table 7.5:

Table 7.5

Issues Regarding Obra Thermal Power Station

Short term action points

S.No Action Points Compliance status Time target

1. Complete recycle of ash

pond over flow.

The clear time should be

given with date of completion

regarding recycling of Ash

pond overflow under

refurbishment package

Details of plan plan should

be provided.

Construction work of ash water

Recirculation System is almost

complete. Only laying of some

part of 11KV HT line and its

charging remains to be done.

The system is expected to be

operational by Nov 2015.

At present, provisional measures

to check the overflow of ash

slurry and excess discharge

from the power house have

been taken by interconnecting

the ash slurry pipes and

installing extra pumps/stand-by

pumps. The capacity of the

pumps will be suitably

Nov 2015




augmented during R&M of the

units to prevent the

overflow..The R&M of the said

four units are proposed to be

completed phase wise in

December 2015 to December

2017.

2. Provision of dry ash

collection system.

The R&M work of Unit # 1, 2 & 9

has been completed and their

dry fly ash is being collected in

silos, and from there ash is

being lifted by M/s J.P.

Associates. Part of the ash from

these units in the form of ash

slurry, is disposed into ash pond.

Unit # 10 & 11 are under R&M.

After completion of their R&M,

dry fly ash from these units shall

be collected in silos and same

will be lifted for utilization.

Unit # 12 & 13 are currently

under operation. The ash from

these units is presently being

disposed as ash slurry into the

ash pond through the newly laid

ash pipelines. R&M of Unit #

12&13 will also be carried out

after R&M of Unit # 10&11. After

completion of R&M, dry fly ash

of these units shall be collected

Phase wise from

December 2015

to December

2017 as per

scheduled

provided by

BHEL.




in silos and same will be lifted by

M/s J.P. Associates.

Thus, the dry fly ash from unit

No. 10, 11, 12 & 13 will also be

collected through the

Silos/DFAES (Dry Fly Ash

Extraction System) constructed

by M/s JP Associates as per

agreement with them for lifting

the dry fly ash from Unit No. 9 to

13.

3. High Oil spillage has been

observed in the drain. Up-

gradation of ETP shall be

completed within 2 years by

Obra TPS.

Construction work of Effluent

Treatment Plant is completed on

17.09.2014.

Complied

4. Use of low sulphur auxiliary

fuel in Obra TPP

Low Sulphur High Speed diesel

is being used as auxiliary fuel at

Obra TPS.

Complied

5. Installation of Opacity meters Opacity meter in unit no. 1, 2 & 9

have been installed after R&M

work.

In the remaining units i.e. in

units no. 10, 11, 12 & 13 of

BTPS the opacity meter will be

installed with their R&M work in

phase manner

Complied

December-2015

to December-

2017 in phased

manner.




Compliance status of Long term action is given in Table 7.6 as follows:

Table 7.6

ISSUES REGARDING OBRA POWER PLANT

Long term action points

S.No Action points Compliance Status Time target

1. Installation and

renovation of

ESPs to achieve

PM emission of

100 mg/NM3.

ESP in Unit # 1, 2 (each of 50MW) have already

been installed during their R&M work. Unit # 3, 4

& 5 (each of 50MW) have been deleted by CEA.

ESP in Unit # 7 (100MW) is also proposed to be

installed for which DPR has been preapared and

is in process of approval. Unit # 6 (100MW) have

been deleted and Unit # 8 (100MW) is under

process of deletion by CEA.

ESP in Unit # 9 (200MW) has also been installed.

ESP in Unit # 10 & 11 (each of 200MW) will be

installed during their R&M which is under

progress and is scheduled to be completed by

Dec 2015 and Mar 2016 respectively as per

schedule provided by BHEL.

ESP work of Unit 12 & 13 (each of 200MW) is

also proposed to be carried out which is

scheduled to be completed by Dec 2017 and Dec

2017 respectively as per schedule provided by

BHEL. These units will be closed/shutdown for

R&M in next phase.

Unit # 10

dt. Dec 2015

Unit # 11

dt. Mar 2016

Unit # 12

dt. Dec 2017

Unit # 13

dt. Dec 2017

2. Road map for

100% fly ash

utilization by

2014.

The R&M work of Unit # 1, 2 & 9 has been

completed and their dry fly ash is being collected

in silos and from there ash is being lifted by M/s

J.P. Associates.

The dry fly ash from unit No. 10, 11, 12 & 13 will

December-

2017




also be collected after their R&M through the

Silos/DFAES (Dry Fly Ash Extraction System)

constructed by M/s JP Associates as per

agreement with them for lifting the dry fly ash from

Unit No. 9 to 13. The R&M of these Units will be

completed from December 2015 to December

2017. Besides, Highway Authority/PWD and other

agencies of nearby area has been informed to lift

the pond ash for filling in low lying area as well as

for making Bricks/Tiles etc.

3. Very high fugitive

emission

observed in Obra

TPS.

To control

fugitive

emissions from

ash dyke area,

action plan may

be prepared

including the

possibility of

installation of

high

concentration

slurry disposal

systems.

To control fugitive emissions in coal handling area

sprinklers have been installed from where regular

sprinkling of water is being done. Moreover,

Green belt development has also been start in the

abandoned filled-up ash pond.

March-2018




7.3 Green Belt Development

Observation:

It was observed that the green belt development in and around the thermal

power station seem dismal and the project proponent seem to have not given

any serious attention in developing the same. The Committee therefore decided

that the project proponent shall submit a detailed action plan along with budget

allocation for development of green belt in a time bound manner and consisting

of an in-built monitoring mechanism.

The Committee also observed that the project proponent shall submit action plan

for ecological restoration of ash dumps for which they may seek the assistance of

Dr. C.R. Babu, Member, EAC and Emeritus Professor, University of Delhi. It was

also observed that the ash pond seem very close to river and overflow from ash

pond during monsoon cannot be ruled out. An action plan for mitigative

measures of occurrence of such a case shall therefore be submitted.

Action taken:

The green belt development shall be carried out through Forest Department. The

detailed proposal for green belt development in abundant ash pond of Obra

Thermal Power project and other area of Power station has been submitted by

Forest department vide their letters dated 26.4.13 & 03.06.2013 are enclosed as

Annexure 11. The same has been approved by UPRVUNL vide OM

No.404/UNL/E&S dated 20.07.2013 and annexed at Annexure-12 and an

amount of Rs.207.893 Lakhs has been released to site for taking up the work.

The details of green belt development is shown on plot plan on annexed at

Annexure-16.The details of green belt development in abundant ash pond of

Obra Thermal Power Project are as given in Table 7.7 as below :




Table 7.7

Green Belt Development in abundant ash pond of OTPS

S.No. Particulars Details 1 Name of Development Block Chopan 2 Name of Project UPRVUNL Obra – Finance Assitance 3 Executing Agency Forest Department, Obra, 4 Work detail of Project Total Area 146 Ha 5 Time period of Project Three Years (2015 – 16 to 2018 ) 6 Project Cost Rs. 218.283 Lacs 7 As per Govt. order no.A-2-23/10-

2011-17(4)/75 dated 25.01.2011

Add 12.5% additional duty

Rs. 27.285 Lacs

8 Total cost of Project Rs.245.568 Lacs (Rs. Two cores fourty five

lacs fifty six thousands eight hundred only)

The summary of green budget allocation / expenditure is given below in Table

7.8:

Table 7.8

Green belt budget Allocation

S.No. Details of Work Year Budget (Rs.)

in Lacs

1 First Part (Advance Soil WorK) 2015-16 132.147

2 Second Part (Greenbelt Development

work)

2015-16 52.647

3 Third part(First Maintenance) 2016-17 24.199

4 Fourth Part (Second Maintenance) 2017-18 9.290

TOTAL 218.283

As per Govt. order no.A-2-23/10-2011-

17(4)/75 dated 25.01.2011 Add 12.5%

additional duty

27.285

Grand Total 245.568




Figure 7.6 Green Belt Develop areas at “A”Bund

Figure 7.7 Green Belt Develop areas at “B” Bund




Figure 7.8 Green Belt Develop areas at “C” Bund

Figure 7.9 Green Belt Develop areas at “D” Bund




Figure 7.10 Green Belt Develop areas at “D1” Bund

Figure 7.11 Green Belt Develop areas at Way to Ambedakar Stadium




The total plan of green belt development will meet the norms as per MoEF

guidelines for development of greenbelt at Thermal Power Station. The same

shall cover ecological restoration of Ash pond also.

7.4 Status of Coal Block

Observation:

The committee also took note of the coal issue and desired that the Ministry

should look into, whether the present proposal conforms to the circulars issued

by the Ministry on 01.11.2010 and 19.04.2012.

Action taken:

Saharpur-Jamarpani Sector, Brahmani Basin, Rajmahal group of Coalfields,

Jharkhand have already been allotted by Ministry of Coal to UPRVUNL for Obra-

‘C’ extension project and MoEF has issued TOR on 31.05.2011 for

Environmental clearance.

7.5 Ash Dyke Breach

Ash pond G is situated by 4.5 km away from Obra TPS having area 72 Ha in

which wet Ash is being disposed. This pond is surrounded by natural all around

hillocks. Only some portion of Ash dam is of earthen embank.

In ash pond area there are three skimmers situated at different locations.

Presently decanted water is discharged through one skimmer without any

overflow. In case of heavy rains during monsoon other two skimmers can be put

in operation & shall start discharging decanted water depending upon the

intensity of rainfall and as such there is no possibility of overflow from the ash

pond in the present scenario. Apart from this that the decanted water from the

ash pond will be recycled to TPP through Ash Water Recirculation System




(AWRS) which is almost in the completion stage. Ash pond is divided into 3

compartments by natural hillock.

In case Ash dyke breach take place then other compartment shall be used and

breach portion shall be repaired and utilized again.

7.6 Topographical Survey

Topographical survey has been got carried out by UPRVUNL through M/s

ACMETECH, Lucknow. The Topographical details have been shown in the

drawing enclosed with Topographical Survey Report which is attached with the

EIA report. The area has been distributed in 50x50 m grid and contours have

been marked on the drawing.

As per DPR the formation level of proposed project is 200 m above MSL. After

calculating levels of the project site, it was found that the cut-fill/average level of

Obra ‘C’ is 200.080 m which is marginally above the formation level. Therefore,

no filling is required, and hence there is no need of transporting any earth from

outside the plant area.

7.7 Area drainage Study

Area drainage Study has been got conducted by UPRVUNL through M/s

ACMETECH Lucknow. It is evident from the area drainage drawing that there is

only one natural NALA (marked as ‘B’ in the enclosed drawing), which flows

across the proposed project site. During its entire course, the NALA fouls with the

premise of only a single structure at coordinates x=701424.728 and

y=2706258.591. The discharge of the NALA at that location will be taken through

a box culvert of size 5.4 m2 at such that the functioning of the structure is not

affected. Thus, in almost in its entire course the NALA shall flow unhindered/ be

preserved. Detailed report is attached separately.

Chapter‐8

Disaster Management Plan




8.0 Disaster Management Plan

Disaster is an emergent situation which affects or has the potential to affect

personnel working therein, resulting in extensive damage to the property, loss of

life and disruption of work. Localised accidents, however, are not to be mixed up

with or misunderstood as a disaster. Disaster management is one of the most

important key for the safe operation of power project, more so due to the

complex nature of the operations involved.

At power project, an emergency can take place at any time due to disaster by

nature or by major accident in the site, despite the installation of various

safety devices. The type, causes, phases and categories of disaster are

given below in Table 8.1 :

Table 8.1

Types, Causes, Phases and Categories of Disaster in Thermal Power Plant

Type of Disaster Originating Within Plant

Fire and Explosion

Vapour Cloud

Toxic Gas Release

Natural

Flood/Cyclone

Earthquake

Causes of Disaster In-plant Emergencies due to Deficiencies in

Operation

Maintenance

Design

Human Error




Natural Calamities

Flood

Cyclone

Earthquake

Deliberate or Other Acts

Sabotage, Riot

War

Terrorist Activities

Air Raids

Phases Warning

Impact Period

Rescue

Relief

Rehabilitation

Categories Self-Contained

Contained by Organisation

Contained with Assistance from

Local Bodies

State Level

National Level

The objective of the industrial disaster management plan is to make use of the

combined resources of the plant and the outside services to achieve the

following:

Initially contain and ultimately bring the situation under control

Minimize damage to property and the environment

Effect the rescue and medical treatment of casualties

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas

Safeguard other people.




Unlike natural disasters, these can be prevented by proper plan and in case of

accident the effect can be minimised by proper emergency response method. An

important perquisite for disaster planning is that an accident scenario can be

foreseen, which leads to major fire, explosion, toxic release, their spread or

extent and their damage potential.

The development of an effective disaster management plan ensures that

unforeseen identified impacts of the proposed project are minimised. In addition,

it guarantees an effective basis to assess the source and extent of impacts, if

they occur. If the disasters are foreseeable, the efforts to mitigate those

disasters can be planned in advance. With a view to deal with such an unusual

situation the following plan is suggested to be formulated.

Disaster Plan

It is a strategy well evolved, organized and rehearsed to contain the adverse

effects of a possible disaster. It aims to mobilize the internal resources and use

these with minimal dependence on external agencies for the following purposes :

To identify major disasters which may occur in the plant.

To control and contain incidents.

To deal with such emergencies expeditiously.

To safeguard employees and people in the vicinity.

To inform employees, the general public and the authorities about the

hazards/risks assessed safeguards provided, residual risk, if any, and the

role to be played by them in the event of disaster.

To provide rescue relief, assistance to the people affected in the works,

community based on the actual needs and the information collected

locally.

To contain the disaster by isolating the area, firefighting etc.

To prevent recurrence of such a disaster.




To establish machinery for review, rectification/ modification of the

emergency/disaster plan in the light of actual experience.

To ensure safety of works before personnel re-enter and resume work.

To work out a plan with all provisions to handle disaster and to provide for

emergency preparedness and the periodic rehearsal of the plan.

Seismic Considerations

The power station is located under Zone-II as per IS : 1893 - 1984. Analysis and

design of structures to resist the seismic forces will be carried out as per the

provisions of IS:1893 – 1984.

Fire Protection System

A comprehensive fire detection and protection system is envisaged for the

complete power station. This system shall generally be as per the

recommendations of Tariff Adviser Committee (TAC), India/ IS : 3034 & NFPA –

850 and will provide in-depth capability for early detection, containment and

suppression of fire. The fire protection system for the plant will consist of :

i) Outdoor fire hydrant system

ii) Portable fire Extinguishers

iii) Fire Detection & alarm system for Control Room & Switchgear Room.

Outdoor fire hydrant system

Outdoor fire hydrant system consists of fire water storage, pumping, system

pressurization and all inter connected pipe work and auxiliary firefighting

appliances.

Portable Fire Extinguishers

Portable fire extinguishers are intended as a first line of defense to cope with

fires of limited size. They are needed even though the property is equipped with




automatic fire suppression systems. Therefore, portable fire extinguishers will be

provided in all plant buildings. Three different kinds of extinguishers i.e. foam,

CO2 1211 and Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical (MPDC) will be provided as per

requirement of NFPA and relevant Indian Standards. Each type of extinguisher

has its own characteristic to fight a particular class of fire as follows :

Type Effectiveness in Fires Fire classification as per NFPA

Foam Flammable liquids, gases etc. B

CO2 Electrical Equipment & Circuitry C

MPDC Ordinary combustibles,

flammable Liquids and

electrical appliances

A, B, C

The size and type of extinguishers will be decided as per recommendations of

NFPA and relevant Indian Standard and will be placed in convenient accessible

locations.

Apart from above broad classifications, the following protection systems are

envisaged at the proposed power project :

a. Hydrant system for complete power plant covering Main Plant Building, Boiler

Area, Turbine and its Auxiliaries, Coal Handling Plant, All Pump Houses and

Miscellaneous buildings of the plant. The system shall be complete with piping,

valves, instrumentation, hoses, nozzles, hose boxes/stations etc.

b. Automatic Foam injection system for fuel oil/storage tanks consisting of foam

concentrate tanks, foam pumps, in-line inductors, valves, piping &

instrumentation etc.

c. Automatic high velocity water spray system for all transformers located in

transformer yard and those of rating 10 MVA and above located within the




boundary limits of plant, main and unit turbine oil tanks and purifier, turbine

oil/lube oil piping (zoned) in turbine area, generator seal oil system, lube oil

system for turbine driven boiler feed pumps, boiler burner fronts etc. This system

shall consist of QB detectors, deluge valves projectors, valves, piping &

instrumentation.

d. Automatic medium velocity water spray system for cable vaults and cable

galleries of main plant, switchyard control room and Electro – static Precipitator

control room consisting of smoke detectors, linear heat sensing cable detectors,

deluge valves, isolation valves, piping, instrumentation, etc.

e. Automatic medium velocity water spray system for coal conveyors, coal galleries,

transfer points and crusher house consisting of QB detectors, linear heat sensing

cables, deluge valves, nozzles, piping, instrumentation, etc

f. Automatic medium velocity water spray system for un-insulated fuel oil tanks

storing fuel oil having flash point 65° C and below consisting of QB detectors,

deluge valves, nozzles, piping, instrumentation, etc.

g. For protection of control room, equipment room, computer room and other

electrical and electronic equipment rooms, Inert Gas extinguishing system as per

NFPA-2001 would be opted.

h. Fire detection and alarm system - A computerised analogue, addressable type

Fire detection and Alarm system shall be provided to cover the complete power

plant.

i. Portable and mobile extinguishers, such as pressurised water type, carbon-

dioxide type, foam type, dry, chemical powder type, will be located at strategic

locations.

j. Required Fire Tenders/Engines of water type, DCP type/Foam type, trailer pump

with fire jeep etc shall be provided in the fire station.




k. It is proposed to use and provide two numbers of Steel tanks for storage of fire

water system. Fire water pumps shall located in the fire water pump house and

horizontal centrifugal pumps shall be installed in the pump house for hydrant and

spray system and the same shall be driven by electric motor and diesel engines

as per the regulations of approving (TAC) authority. The water for foam system

shall be tapped off from the hydrant system pumps.

l. Complete Instrumentation and Control System for the entire fire detection and

protection system shall be provided for safe operation of the complete system.

Fire Detection & Alarm System

The main control room and the switch gear room along with associated control

enclosures will be monitored with automatic fire detection and alarm system.

Public Address System

A central exchanged based Public Address (PA) system would be used to

provide proper communication throughout the plant (including Coal Handling

Plant) with the help of handset stations, loudspeakers, potable handset stations

etc.

Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System

In addition to Public Address System, to provide security and surveillance of

different operating areas in the plant Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) system

would also be provided. Adequate number of cameras with facilities like zoom,

pan, tilt etc. would be provided at various operating areas. The monitors would

be located at control locations such as central control room, operation in-charge

room etc. CCTV System shall be interfaced with DDCMIS to portray plant images

on LVS.




Hospital

The proposed power plant would be equipped with a dispensary having first aid

facilities. Due to the close proximity of the power plant from Robertsganj services

of the existing Govt. & Private Hospital facilities, Primary health centre,

Secondary health centre in the town will be utilised for the employees of the

power plant. In case of minor as well as emergency requirement, outdoor and

indoor facilities available with the hospital in Robertsganj would also be utilised

by the employees of proposed power plant.

Rescue Team

A rescue Team under the direct supervision of Chief Engineer will function. The

team will consist of Security personnel, Safety/Fire services, Maintenance,

Medical officer. This team will be responsible for prevention as well as for dealing

with any kind of disaster. The activity of the team will be as given below :

To identify various types of disasters/emergencies to which coal based

power station will be prone to.

To plan and augment area wise safety and other related facilities, if

required, so as to match with the needs.

To periodically organize mock exercise with respect to disaster plan to

check the awareness and preparedness of the concerned

agencies/personnel to meet the emergency.

To prepare a general course of action to be adopted for any

disaster/emergency. Further identification of specific steps that need to be

taken unique to each type of disaster/emergency.

To organize rescue operations during and after the emergency/disaster.

To review the progress status on various activities relating to the

compliance of Factories Act, and communicate to all concerned for

compliance.




The rescue team, after assessing the level of emergency will stimulate

appropriate level of emergency response. The response of rescue team, as

defined in Disaster Management Plan, during pre-disaster stage and disaster

stage will be as detailed below :

Pre-Disaster Stage

The prevention of disaster is of vital importance and is the moral responsibility of

each and every individual employed in the power plant. It can be prevented by

observance of precautionary and preventive measures. It will be the

responsibility of in-charge of rescue team to ensure that the following points are

followed at power plant to avert the occurrence of disaster :

Smoking will be prohibited in the areas where handling or storage of oils is being

practiced. These areas include General Store, Control Room, Oil handling

installation, Battery charging room etc. Inside all these areas "NO SMOKING"

boards will be prominently displayed in English and Hindi languages.

All waste papers, greased papers, oil soaked material cotton waste, waste

cables, insulating material other similar combustible material will be disposed off

in suitable bins provided in the power station areas. These materials will be

dispatched to disposal sites, demarcated for such purposes.

All electrical wiring, fittings, cables, equipment will be checked periodically.

Temporary wiring will not be permitted to be installed inside the plant area. No

inflammable material including papers, Oils, wooden racks will be stored within 1

meter of any electrical fittings. No unauthorized person will be allowed to tamper

with electrical fittings.

Stores containing cylinders of compressed gases be treated as dangerous

stores. Records of each cylinder will be kept together with periodical check.




Hydraulic testing of each cylinder will be done as per the guidelines laid down by

Chief Controller of Explosives.

Authorized persons will only carry out welding, Burning, cutting, Chipping,

Soldering work, etc.

Necessary compliance with various Statutory Guidelines and other relevant

instructions as issued from time to time will be done.

Safety Department will arrange to educate all concerned regarding operational

hazards of non-compliance of the safety guidelines and various provisions of

Factories Act. They will also provide necessary guidance and support in proper

implementation of the programs. They will also arrange mock exercises

periodically.

Safety Department will display at prominent places important telephone numbers

and instructions, in English and Hindi languages.

The Security Control Room at the Power Plant's Main Gate will be equipped with

the following :

Sufficient number of copies of 'On Site Disaster/Emergency Management

Plan’

Master plan of the factory indicating vital locations and possible sources of

disaster.

Important Telephone numbers

Emergency lights (portable) and Wireless sets

First Aid boxes

Stretchers, blankets and other essential items at the fire station under the

charge of Fire Services Department.




Disaster Stage Response

The most probable disaster, which may occur in a coal-fired power plant, is

because of fire and explosion in boilers. As soon as a fire/disaster/emergency

takes place inside the premises of power station, action to be taken by various

persons/officials will be as follows:

The person noticing a disaster/emergency situation will:

Raise the alarm by shouting.

Give message to Safety / Fire Department section on telephone

loudspeaker personally giving full and clear message of accident.

If the emergency/disaster is small enough for tackling by person alone,

immediate attempts to control it by using nearby control equipment.

The person arriving next on scene will :

Inform respective control room on telephone.

Attempt to control the disaster with due care of personal safety.

Make sure that exit routes are free and approach road for rescue vehicles

are clear and unobstructed.

By other persons of Disaster Area

All required persons would not leave the place of disaster and continue their

functions and operate essential equipment and emergency systems till ordered to

evacuate considering the building/section and the immediate surroundings.

All other non-essential persons would be evacuated safely and would be

collected in safe place of assembly under an executive and would act in

accordance with his instructions.




Sectional In-charge of the disaster area

On hearing the alarm or on receipt of message regarding accident in his area, he

will immediately proceed to the scene of the accident.

He will ensure that Safety Department is informed about the accident and if

required, should inform Main/Control Gate Security for sounding hooter.

He will ensure that all-important documents, precious material are salvaged /

removed to safer places with the help of his section staff.

He will decide in consultation with other senior officers present and arrange to

switch off power/gas/ air or any other equipment or system if so warranted to

control the situation.

Engineer In-charge (Control Room)

He will give top priority to the calls of accident and immediately inform the

location of the disaster to the following:

Chief Engineer

Safety/Fire Department

Main Gate

Safety Officer/Fire Officer

Services//Electricals/Civil construction

Medical Officer

Stores Officer

He will take all necessary steps required in the emergency situation regarding

operational control of the plant.

He will guide/assist rescue staff in combating the disaster/emergency situation.




He will mobilize all spare trained personnel to help in tackling the emergency

situation jobs such as fire rescue, moving of casualties & salvage operations.

He will arrange to send transport under his control during non-working hours to

collect all-important personnel including Fire/Safety staff from their residents.

All persons of the area not affected by accident

On hearing the alarm sounded or Siren, work in the building, plant, section, will

not be stopped, unless specifically told by Chief Engineer/Incharge of the section.

All persons of the section are available at their respective work place for any

assistance that may be called for till all clear hooter is sounded.

They will extend their fullest co-operation to meet the situation if called for by

affected section.

Rescue team

On receipt of message Safety Department/Fire station control room duty officer

will sound the bell installed at Fire Station.

On arrival at the scene of the accident, In-charge of rescue team will enquire

about the details of accident, quickly size up the situation & instruct Firemen who

will come into action immediately without any delay. Rescue team will

immediately operate fixed firefighting systems or initiate other appropriate action

according to situation.

They will also take action for calling the additional fire brigades from district

administration, if required, and co-ordinate with them.




They will make sure that the necessary water, foam compound, dry powder,

carbon dioxide gas, or any other firefighting agents equipment required according

to situation are readily available at the fire spot.

They will take appropriate action simultaneously to protect the unaffected areas.

They will direct the firefighting rescue operations till all clear is given.

Security (Main Gate)

Security Inspector of Main Gate on receipt of message of emergency/fire will

immediately sound the alarm on Siren in Wavering sound for 5 minutes.

He will not permit any one to leave/enter Main gate except essential persons of

power plant after thorough check and verification.

He will arrange to keep the power station road clear for outside assistance.

On receipt of ALL CLEAR message from concerned officials of conducting

Emergency / Firefighting operations, he will sound ALL CLEAR siren by

continuous blast of one minute.

He will immediately rush to the place of incident and arrange for Security

Cordoning.

He will see that no unwanted personnel approach the place of incident. He will

also take charge of security of plant’s property.

He will inform police in case of serious accident when causalities are involved in

consultation with Chief Engineer.




If causalities are involved he will make arrangement to shift them to District

Hospital by ambulance or any other available vehicle.

Safety Officer

He will ensure that exit door, exit routes roads are kept free of any obstruction.

Safety Officer and his personnel will make available all safety gadgets and

personnel protective equipment etc according to the situation at the scene of

incident.

He will see that all persons entering the place of occurrence are wearing

protective equipment.

He will ensure that firefighting personnel and other persons while fighting

emergency/fire is in safe place position.

He will make complete note of the incident inform about the incident to the

concerned authorities as per statutory provision in consultation with Chief

Engineer of the Power Plant.

He will make arrangement for evacuation of staff, if necessary, in consultation

with Chief Engineer.

Post Disaster Stage

After the incident a report will be prepared regarding occurrence of event/losses

incurred and recommendations thereof for restoration of normalcy.

Situation in totality will be studied thoroughly, investigated with respect to the

cause of the incident, extent of loss of life and property and a detailed report

prepared by the individual/team nominated by the Power Plant Management for




this purpose. Based on the investigation report, rescue team will finalize time

bound programs for implementation of corrective measures proposed and

regularly monitor the progress thereafter.

Rescue, medical and welfare operations will be continued by the concerned

agencies. They will also arrange for the clearance and appropriate disposal of

the debris. Plan for repairs and maintenance of the plant and machinery will be

made by Power Plant's maintenance department.

Claims for the loss of damage to the property will be lodged by the Finance

Department.

8.1. List of Details to be Notified:

List of telephone numbers of outside agencies as listed below should be readily

available:

District Collector;

Police;

Fire Brigade;

Ambulance;

Hospital;

Factory Inspectorate;

Regional and Head office, Uttar Pradesh State Pollution Control

Board; etc




Table 8.2

Important Contact Numbers in case of Disaster :

S.No. Name of the department Phone Numbers

1 D.M. Office 05444-222190 (O)

05444-223001 (R)

05444-222090 (Fax)

2 S.P. Office 05444-252631 (O)

05444-252614 (R)

3 A.D.M. Office 05444-222014 (O)

05444-224577 (R)

4 C.D.O. Office 05444-222798 (O)

05444-222248 (R)

5 C.M.O. 05444-224132 (O)

6 D.F.O. Sonbhadra 05444-223168

7 Supply Office 05444-222365

8 R.E.S. 05444-222009

9 Assistant Director(Savings) 05444-222150

10 Employement Office 05444-222094

11 Assistant Director (Resham) 05444-222164

12 Assistant director (Fisheries) 05444-223055

13 District Agriculture Officer 05444-222456

14 A.R.T.O. 05444-222390

15 S.P.O. Office 05444-222667

16 Radio Station, Obra 05444-262382

17 Guest House (Obra Thermal) 05444-262202

18 Guest House (Hindalco) 05446-272276

19 Thana Kotwali, Robertsganj 05444-222028

20 S.D.O. (Phones) 05444-222000

05444-224000

21 Railway Station, Robertsganj 05444-222032

22 NIC-Distt. Centre, Sonbhadra 05444-224621 (O)

Chapter‐9

Project Benefits




264

9.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

9.1. Increased Power Supply

Rapid industralisation and increase in commercial and domestic use of electricity are

the main reasons for increase in power consumption. In addition, Government

policies like rural electrification, electricity for all, development of irrigation sector,

minimum per capita consumption of electricity are also contributing in increasing the

future power demand. To meet the above requirements, the addition in the power

generation capacity will have to match with future power demand.

For industrial and agricultural development, availability of adequate power at an

economic rate is the prime prerequisite. In order to fulfill the task of meeting the

power demand of the State during the coming years, it is necessary to plan in such a

manner that the installed capacity exceeds the anticipated load demand as well as

some spinning reserve capacity is available to attend the statutory periodic overhauls

and emergency outages. Industry, trade agriculture, employment etc. all depend on

proper supply of power. This is the guiding factor for economic condition of any state

and its people.


Promoting opportunity is at the center of strategy for development of the state. Power

to all therefore is not only integral but the primary component of the development


development and quality of life by the appalling power situation in the State.

Uttar Pradesh has ambitious plans for rapid industrialization. Therefore power

generation in the state of Uttar Pradesh requires urgent augmentation of generation

capacity. The proposed project is one of the projects planned to be developed for

long term capacity addition project. The proposed project will help in bridging the gap

between supply and demand of power in the State of U.P. and Northern region.




265

Improvement in Socio-Economic Conditions

The socio – economic study indicate that socio – economic conditions of the region

are not good. The land is rocky & infertile, no employment opportunities, poor

educational, medical facilities and very few business opportunities in the region.

The project will improve the existing social pattern of the area and due to the

employment opportunities generated in the society where majority of population has

no regular job, it will have beneficial economic impact on the area. Economic status

of the local people will be improved due to the increased business opportunities,

thereby, making a positive impact.

The Project will be beneficial and important to the Society and the Country by :

Direct and indirect employments.

Improvement in direct and indirect means of livelihoods of local population.

Improved local and regional economy.

The additional power generated would lead to availability of power to the area and

State. This would result in increased power supply to rural areas.

An increase in sanitation, education, medical, housing and transportation facilities is

expected due to proposed expansion power project. The economic output due to

proposed power project would be positive besides enhancement of community

services. The proposed power project will lead to development of the area. Hence, it

will have beneficial effect on the society.

Enhanced Employment Opportunities

Unemployment in the region is rampant. The reason is that all the people having

barren land, are involved as laborers in some or the other area. The installation of

proposed power project will generate employment opportunities during construction




266

as well as operation phase and thus will provide direct and indirect jobs to the local

population.

Indirect employment opportunities will also be created for the local people living in

the region.

Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure

Proposed project site terrain is rocky without significant undulations. The main plant,

auxiliary buildings and coal stockyard etc. will be located at suitably higher level than

the general grade level. The various services/utility areas within the plant will be

suitably graded to different elevations. Natural features of the plant site will be

retained as far as possible to integrate with the buildings and the entrance of power

plant will be landscaped with ground cover, plants, trees based on factors like

climate, adaptability etc. The green belt will consist of native perennial green and fast

grooving trees. Trees will also be planted around the coal stockpile area and ash

disposal area to minimise the dust pollution.

Better Aesthetics

The effective pollution control equipment helps to maintain the visual quality of air

and water environment. Natural vegetation and its diversity will increase due to green

belt development. The aesthetics of the area expected to improve after installation of

proposed expansion 2 x 660 MW thermal power project.

Hence, it may be inferred that the proposed power project will help not only in

increasing power supply in the State & Country, but also help in overall development

of the region.




267

9.2. No Land Issue

Proposed expansion is envisaged with the premise of existing plant and no additional

land will be acquired for the proposed expansion. Hence no direct property issue is

associated with proposed expansion.

9.3. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

Budget Provision for the cost of CSR activities have been made by UPRVUNL. A

committee for carrying out CSR activities has been formed by Board of Directors.

UPRVUNL for CSR activities will be implemented as mandated. It is also decided

that UPRUVNL shall carry out the CSR activity via NGOs only.

The list of the activities under CSR POLICY is purely suggestive in nature and any

other activities may also be taken up as per the needs:

1. Education with emphasis on primary education, Girl education and Adult education

2. Drinking water supply: with emphasis on drinking water to villagers and other

water related facilities.

3. Social empowerment:

4. Free eye camp;

5. Medical Camp for Local Villagers

6. Distribution of Books & Stationers to poor Children

7. Sports and Cultural activities

8. Empowerment of Women for education, health and self-employment;

9. Distribution of Sewing Machine living below poverty level to the villagers;

10. Any other development works suggested by local gram Panchayat/ Panchayat

Samities/ District Administration.

Besides above 07 nos. R.O (Reverse Osmosis) Plant has been installed at various

location in Obra town identified by District authorities in compliance to Hon’ble NGT

Order dated 13.05.2014. The treatment capacity of each RO Plant is 1000 l/hr

therefore on running the 7 no ROs for 20 hrs in a day approximately 140000 litre




268

water is being purified per day and used by 45000 persons of Obra and near by

villages.

Regular monitoring of equipments about the efficiency is/shall be carried out and a

separate fund has been/shall be earmarked under Environmental Pollution Control

Cost to meet the expanses. The necessary step is/shall always be taken to reduce

the carbon emission from its units. Plantation is/shall be carried out within the plant

premises as well as outside the premises with native species along the road side,

vacant spaces, around settlements etc.

9.4. Economic Growth

Establishment or expansion of any power plant, results in sustainable industrial

activity and growth, which in turn generates direct and indirect opportunities of

employment and business in the region and country. There will be an increase

(directly and indirectly) in the payment of royalty, excise duty and sales tax to

Government due to the proposed expansion.

This proposed expansion will also narrow down the gap between demand and supply

of power.

Chapter‐10

Environment Management Plan




10.0 Environment Management Plan

An effective environmental management plan helps to ensure the tackling of

unforeseen or unidentified impacts because of the proposed development. In

addition, the plan also guarantees an effective basis to assess the source and

extent of impacts, should this occur.

The environmental management activity at ATPS and BTPS of Obra TPS is

being guided by environmental standards including those established by

industrial codes of practice and UP Pollution Control Board requirements etc.

The proposed extension project of (2x660 MW) will also comply with the

environmental standards. These standards establish criteria for the avoidance

and mitigation of environmental harm that may result due to the development of

the proposed extension.

Environmental protection, like safety, is a line responsibility for which staff at all

levels will have accountability. All staff will be made aware of their responsibilities

through induction and training courses. In addition, procedures, guidelines and

notices issued from time to time will advise staff on how to respond in the event

of an environmental emergency.

As a part of an overall environmental management plan, consideration of the

environmental implications will begin at the project construction stage and

continue through its commissioning and operation phase as well.

The objective of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is to identify

administrative aspects for ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented

and their effectiveness is monitored.

The EMP focuses on direct impacts, which are identified as having the potential

to cause significant impacts on the environment and identifies the following:

Specific measures that will be taken to prevent, reduce or manage the

environmental impacts during development and operation; and




At this stage, where it is not possible to specify aforementioned, EMP

identifies the level of environmental performance that will be expected

during the operation.

UPRVUNL‘s management is committed of using best environment management

practices during construction and operation phases. UPRVUNL will ensure that

environmentally critical actions are undertaken in compliance with various

regulatory requirements. There will be an Environment Management Cell

overseeing all environment and safety responses to ensure implementation of

mitigation measures and monitoring programme (as mentioned in Chapter 4, 6 &

8) during construction and operation phase including findings / recommendation

of third party audit and monitoring results.

10.1. Environment Management Cell

It is necessary to have a permanent organizational set-up charged with the task

of ensuring effective implementation of all identified mitigation measures.

Conscious of this, UPRVUNL will upgrade the existing environment cell,

consisting of officers from various disciplines to coordinate the activities

concerned with the management and implementation of the environmental

control measures during construction and operation phase of the proposed

expansion. UPRVUNL will also develop a well-documented system to monitor

and control pollution. The organization and responsibility of the Environmental

Management Cell (EMC) is presented below in Figure 10.1.

Essentially, this department will be undertaking the monitoring of the

environmental pollution levels by measuring fugitive emissions, ambient air

quality, water and effluent quality, noise level etc., either departmentally or by

appointing external agencies wherever necessary. In case, the monitored results

of environmental pollution will be found to exceed the allowable values, the EMC

will suggest remedial action and ensure that the same are implemented through

the concerned plant authorities. EMC will also coordinate all the related activities




such as collection of statistics with respect to the health of workers, population of

the region, afforestation and green belt development/plantation.

Figure 10.1 : Environment Management Cell

10.2. Training

To achieve the objective of pollution control, it is essential not only to provide

best pollution control system but also to provide trained manpower resources to

operate the same. Training facilities are/shall be in place for environmental

control. This training cover the items listed below:

Awareness of pollution control and environmental protection;

Operation and maintenance of pollution control equipment;

Knowledge of norms, regulations and procedures; and

Occupational health and safety.

UPRVUNL will ensure that workers prior to commencement of new assignments

receive adequate training and information that will enable them to understand the

Chief Engineer/

Superintending Engineer

Executive Engineer

Assistant Engineer

Junior Engineer

Lab Assistant

Chemist Assistant Workers

Chief Chemist Fire Fighting Officer




hazards of work and to protect their health from hazardous ambient factors that

may be present. The training will adequately cover:

Knowledge of materials, equipment, and tools;

Known hazards in the operations and how they are controlled;

Potential risks to health;

Precautions to prevent exposure;

Hygiene requirements;

Wearing and use of protective equipment and clothing; and

Appropriate response to operation extremes, incidents and accidents

10.3 Environmental Management during Construction Phase

Environmental pollution during construction phase will have short term and

marginal effect as compared to when the power plant would be in operation.

However, the control of pollution during construction phase is of considerable

importance. Dust will be major problem during construction phase. In order to

reduce the impact during construction, mainly because of dust, the following

factors will be taken are :

Site Preparation

The required land identified for the extension the project of 2X660 MW units is

around 550 acres. UPRVUNL has identified about 550 acres of land at the

existing Obra TPS for installation of expansion project , which will be made

available after demolishing the existing old and dilapidated quarters in sectors

5,6 and 7 of the colony and adjoining land towards north of sector 6 and

abandoned ash dyke. The identified area comprises an area of 78 acre reclaimed

by demolishing/removing the existing hillock.

Dust generated during transportation of debris, soil, excavation, leveling,

stockpiling of backfill materials during construction activities for proposed

extension units will be controlled by water sprinkling. All the disturbed slopes will

be stabilised before the onset of monsoon. The site preparation activities will be

carried out after water sprinkling on haul roads and construction site. Existing




vegetation barriers would be strengthened for abatement and to act as filters for

control of pollutants.

Sanitation

The manpower required during construction phase will be employed on

temporary basis from the nearby villages in order to avoid the need to construct

temporary houses. However, the sites will also be provided with adequate and

suitable sanitary facilities to allow proper standard of hygiene. These facilities will

include water supply, sanitary toilets and some temporary housing etc.

Noise

The effect of noise on the inhabitants of nearby villages and Obra TPS colony

during the construction activity will be negligible. The workers on site will be

provided noise protection devices like earmuffs. Noise prone construction

activities will be prohibited, as far as possible, during night time particularly

during 10 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum environmental impact.

Land Environment

As soon as the construction is over the surplus earth and rocks will be utilized to

fill up low-lying areas. The rubbish will be cleared and all unbuilt surfaces will be

reinstated. The vegetation cover will be strengthened after completion of

construction activities. No additional land needs to be procured for augmentation

of capacity. Presently the land is covered with abandoned houses and not being

used for any useful purpose. Most of the land will be utilized after dismantling

abandoned quarters and part of the land (78 acre) is covered by hill in sector -6

which will be utilized after removing the hill and leveling. Hence, the land use

pattern will be affected marginally.

Construction Equipment and Waste

Efforts will be made to prevent accidental spillage of oil from construction

equipment. Combustible waste, if any, will be burnt in a controlled manner. Other

wastes will be disposed off at an identified dumpsite.




Transportation of Material and Equipment

The proposed site is well developed since the existing units of Obra TPS are in

commercial operation since 1967 and the site is also well connected by road

network. Varanasi -Shaktinagar Highway is passing closely to the proposed site

and it will be used for transportation of material and equipment. There will be no

need to construct new roads, and hence there will not be any destruction of lands

or cutting of trees etc. for laying down of new roads.

Storage of Hazardous Materials

The hazardous materials such as motor spirit, diesel, lubricating oils,

compressed gases, paint and varnishes etc. will be stored as per safety norms.

Socio-Economic and Demography

Normally a construction activity benefits the local population in a number of ways

such as supply of construction labourers, supply of construction material,

provision of goods and services for daily needs. This is likely to have some

impact in the socio-economic and demography of the region.

10.4 Environmental Management During Operation Phase

10.4.1 Management of Air Pollution

Air Pollution is caused by coal fired power generation plant mainly due to

emission of Suspended Particulate Matter, Sulphur Dioxide and Nitrogen Oxides

emission from stack. There will also be coal dust fugitive emissions from coal

stockyards, transfer points and crusher house. There are no other major

industries in the nearby region. The proposed expansion of capacity at this site is

not going to significantly change the trend as well as levels of existing air

pollutants. The following mechanism to prevent the air pollution from the sources

will be implemented in power plant for controlling air pollution:

Status of the existing units are: Unit 1 of 50 MW commissioned in 1967 and in

operation after renovation in 2009;Unit-2, of 50 MW commissioned in 1968 and in




operation after renovation in 2009; Unit -3,4 & 5 of 50 MW each which has now

been scrapped;Unit-6 of 100 MW commissioned in 1973 which has also been

scrapped ;Unit – 7 of 100 MW commissioned in 1974, which is not in operation

(R&M works of unit No.7 shall be completed by Nov, 2015);Unit 8 of 100 MW

commissioned in 1975 which is closed and under process of deletion; unit-9 of

200 MW commissioned in 1980 and in operation after renovation in Aug 2011;

Unit-10 of 200 MW commissioned in 1979 which is presently in under R&M,

which is scheduled to be completed by Dec-2015; Unit-11 of 200 MW

commissioned in 1977 is presently under R&M, which is scheduled to be

completed by March, 2016; Unit-12 of 200 MW commissioned in 1981 and in

operation (and due for R&M works) Unit -13 of 200 MW commissioned in 1982

and in operation ( and due for R&M works) the R & M work of unit 12 and 13

shall be completed at the end of Dec-2017. In brief, Units 7 (94 MW), 10 (200

MW) & 11 (200 MW) are under R&M and Units 3, 4, 5, 6 have been deleted;

whereas Unit No. 8 is in process of deletion. Thus, only Units 1, 2, 9, 12 & 13 are

operational at present.

The pulverised coal is fired in the boilers of operating Units for electric power

generation. The flue gases from the two boilers (Unit 1 & 2) of 50 MW of ATPS

are emitted to the atmosphere through one common stack of 120 meter. Unit 7 of

94 MW is under R&M and flue gas from this boiler of ATPS will be emitted into

atmosphere through a stack of 120 meter height after passing through high

efficiency ESP of 99.87%. Flue gas from Unit 9, 10 & 11 of 200 MW is emitted

from 170 meters stack height and flue gases from Unit 12 & 13 of 200 MW is

emitted from 170 meters stack height after passing through ESPs. The emissions

of particulate matter will be below 150 mg/Nm3 for Units 1, 2, and the emissions

of particulate matter will be below 100 mg/Nm3 for Units 9, 10,11,12 & 13.




The Tentative schedule for R&M of Unit 10 to 13 is given in Table 10.1;

Table 10.1

Tentative Schedule for R&M of Unit 10 to 13

Unit No. Synchronization date

U#10 Dec-2015

U#11 Mar--2016

U#12 Dec-2017

U#13 Dec-2017

Proposed Extension Units:

The ESPs for proposed extension units of 2x660 MW will also be having high

collection efficiency 99.80% to meet the emissions of particulate matter to 50

mg/Nm3. It is proposed to install high efficiency electrostatic precipitator having

an efficiency that limits the outlet emission to 50 mg/Nm3 while the boiler is

operating at its MCR, firing worst coal having maximum ash content.

The electrostatic precipitators will have six (6) parallel gas streams, isolated from

each other on the electrical as well as gas side and will be provided with gas tight

dampers at inlets and outlets of each stream, so as to allow maintenance to be

carried out safely on the faulty stream, while the unit is working. ESP specific

collection area shall not be less than 200 m2/m3/sec at 100% BMCR. Electrostatic

Precipitator will be provided with microprocessor based programmable type

rapper control system and ESP management system to ensure the safe and

optimum operation of ESP. ESP transformer rectifier sets will use high fire point

oil as the cooling medium. The dust collection hoppers at all strategic locations

will have a minimum storage capacity of eight (8) hours. The hoppers will have

heating arrangements to prevent ash sticking to the sloping sides and down

pipes. Level indicators to indicate and trip the ESP in case of high ash levels in

the ash hoppers will be provided for safe operation.




In order to limit the particulate emission to specified levels even under

contingency such as wide variations in the coal properties etc., it is proposed that

installation of Flue Gas Conditioning (FGC) shall also be envisaged to function in

association with ESPs as stipulated above. However, final selection shall be

based on techno-economic consideration.

Provision of future installation of Flue Gas De-sulphurising (FGD) System

Space provision for the FGD system, to be installed in future (if required), shall

be kept behind the chimney. The design and layout of steam generator and its

auxiliaries will be such that a wet/dry flue gas desulphurization system can be

installed in future, taking suction from duct after ID fan and feeding the

de-sulphurized flue gases back to the chimney with provision for bypassing the

FGD system.

Environmental and Efficiency Considerations

In order to meet the environment norms and maintain the sustained efficiency of

ESP, it shall be adequately designed with sufficient margins for all operating

conditions. The Electrostatic Precipitator Management System (EPMS) in

conjunction with opacity monitor shall continuously monitor and maintain the

optimum energy level to achieve higher efficiency of ESP. For obtaining the

sustained high efficiency and availability of the boiler, it shall be designed for low

NOx formation by adopting the appropriate burners, high efficiency at part load,

flexibility to burn coal within the range specified, quick startup and two shift

operation capability, adequately sized furnace for burning high ash coal and low

flue gas velocities to minimize erosion. In view of the all-round stress on clean

environment and environmental monitoring instruments such as SOx, NOx, O2,

CO2 and dust emission measurements shall also be provided

The units of proposed extension units will have multiflue stack of 275 m to

mitigate the effects of Sulphur Dioxide and Nitrogen Oxides discharged

from the extension units. Results of dispersion model shows that

maximum GLCs of SO2 will be well within permissible limits.




Attempts will be made to operate boilers with optimum excess air so that

NOx generation is reduced.

Coal transportation for the extension units of 2 x 660 MW is envisaged by

Indian Railways rakes in BOBR/BOXN wagons. Coal received in BOBR

wagons will be unloaded at a track hopper terminal. Water sprinkling

system will also be installed to suppress the coal dust for the proposed

extension units.

Dust Extraction Systems (bag filters in series of cyclones) have been envisaged

for crusher houses, all coal transfer points, bunker bay, tunnels for extraction and

collection of coal dust for the extension units. This further reduces the fugitive

emissions from Coal Handling Plant.

FUEL TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING SYSTEM

Coal transportation

The coal requirement shall be about 5.528 MTPA based on gross calorific value

of 4000 Kcal/Kg 85% plant load factor and 2250 Kcal/kWh unit heat rate.

The envisaged mode of coal transportation from the coal mines to the power

plant is by Indian Railways rakes in BOBR wagons. In emergency, BOXN rake

shall also be acceptable in the track hopper.

Coal Handling System

The capacity of the CHP has been worked out to meet the peak daily coal

requirement of two units of 660 MW.

The overall operating hours of the coal handling plant shall be 12 hours spread

over two shifts per day leaving third shift exclusively for routine inspection and

maintenance. The proposed CHP shall cater to the peak daily requirement of

coal for the two units in two bunker filling cycles in 12 hrs effective operation.




The coal handling plant shall be of 2400 MTPH rated capacity with parallel

double stream (one working and one standby) belt conveyors along with facilities

for receiving, unloading, crushing and conveying the crushed coal to boiler

bunkers and stacking/reclaiming the coal to / from crushed coal stockyards. Coal

received in BOBR wagons will be unloaded at a track hopper terminal. In

emergency Coal received in BOXN wagons will also be unloaded in same track

hopper. Coal received at power plant shall be conveyed to the crusher house for

sizing of coal to (-) 20mm. From the crusher house, the crushed coal can either

be conveyed directly to the coal bunkers through a series of conveyors or

stacked on to the crushed coal stockpiles by means of stacker reclaimers.

Motorised travelling trippers shall be provided to feed crushed coal into the raw

coal bunkers of the boilers. Two nos. Rail mounted, travelling stacker-reclaimers,

bucket wheel type are proposed for coal stockyard management. Coal

stockyards proposed shall have crushed coal storage equivalent to 20 days

elsewhere coal consumption at 100% PLF.

ASH HANDLING SYSTEM & ASH WATER RECIRCULATION SYSTEM

The Civil works involved in ash handling system including ash water recirculation

system are as follows:

1. Ash Water Pump House.

2. Bottom Ash Slurry Pump House

3. Transport Air Compressor House

4. Combined slurry pump house/HCSD Pump House

5. Ash water recirculation Pump House

6. Switch gear/MCC and Control Room for all buildings

7. Extraction air compressor house

8. Silo foundation

9. Bottom Ash Slurry Pump House.

10. Steel Trestles for supporting Ash Slurry Piping within plant area and dry fly

ash transportation pipe pedestals up to silos near plant boundary.

11. RCC pedestals for supporting ash disposal pipes

12. RCC pedestals for supporting ash water recirculation pipe.




13. Bottom ash slurry pipe pedestals

14. Miscellaneous works like Transformer Foundation, Fencing, Paving etc.

15. Miscellaneous structures/ Foundation for buffer hopper Tower and Collector

tank Tower

16. Maintenance Road

All pump houses and other buildings shall have RCC framed structural

arrangement with brick cladding & metal deck roofing filled with RCC. For routing

of the ash pipes at road crossing local hump /culvert or bridges shall be provided

as required.

Preparation of AWRS by UPRVUNL at Obra is shown in Fig.10.1 & 10.2

Fig.10.1 of AWRS at Obra




Fig.10.2 of AWRS at Obra

ASH DISPOSAL SYSTEM

For the ash disposal, existing ash disposal area is proposed to be used which is

4.5 Km away from proposed plant area. Ash pipe line corridor around ash dyke

with modification of existing dyke, an overflow lagoon and recirculation system

facilities shall be provided.

In this proposed 2x660MW project, (assumed to be operating at an average PLF

of 85%), about 44.224 million cu.m. of ash is expected to be produced in 25

years. However, as per MOEF notification, 100 percent fly ash utilisation is to be

achieved progressively within 4 years of plant commissioning. Accordingly, in the

design life period of 25 years about 8.84 million cu.m. of bottom ash and balance

fly ash after utilization will have to be disposed off. In case 100% fly ash

utilisation is not achieved, additional capacity shall be created within the existing

premises, depending on the extent of ash utilisation. To avoid fugitive ash dust

emission and for promoting vegetation cover, the final ash surface will be

covered with 300 mm thick earth cover.




10.4.2 Fugitive Emissions

The sources of fugitive emissions are identified during the field study. During

unloading of coal from rail wagons, huge amount of fugitive emissions are

emitted in the atmosphere. For pulverization of coal, primary crusher and

secondary crushers are used. During crushing of coal fugitive emissions are

emitted from crusher houses.

The fugitive emission sources are mainly located in Coal Handling Plant (CHP) in

the following area:

Coal unloading Wagon Tipplers / Track Hoppers (BOBR)

Primary Crushers

Secondary Crushers

Coal Transfer Towers

Coal Stackers / Re-claimers

Prevention & Control of Fugitive Emissions

For achieving effective prevention and control of potential fugitive emission

sources in Thermal Power plants, specific requirements along with guidelines

have been evolved. In order to establish proper management practices,

requirements such as Operation and Maintenance aspects, trained manpower

and documents & records to be maintained are also prescribed. In addition,

general guidelines are also evolved for the sources otherwise not specified.

For the purpose of effective prevention and control of fugitive emissions, the

Thermal power plant is required to implement the following recommendations for

the sections mentioned:

Unloading Section (Coal)

Control Measures to be provided & Guidelines

1. Water shall be sprayed on the top of wagons prior to unloading as shown

below as best practices.




2. During Wagon Tippling the water nozzles provided shall be doubled in row

parallel to each other & water shall be sprayed with pressure through nozzle. The

water spray from nozzles in the wagon tippler will start automatically at the time

of tippling.

3. The amount of water sprayed shall preferably be optimized by employing

proper design of spray system. Suitable systems may be adopted to reduce the

problems like choking, jamming of the moving parts.

Coal Handling Plant (Including Transfer Points) Control Measures

1. Airborne dust at primary & secondary crusher all transfer operations / points

shall be controlled either by spraying water or by extracting to bag filter. The

working of dust extraction system / bag filter should be regularly checked.

2. The cyclone type dust extraction systems are provided at various locations in

CHP shall be regularly checked for choking etc.

3. Water spray system shall be provided for suppressing the air borne dust or

dry extraction cum bag filter with adequate dust extraction volume.

4. Belt conveyors will be closed and water nozzles shall be used at some points

of the belt conveyer. This will avoid wind blowing of fines.

Coal Stacker - Control Measures to be Provided & Guidelines

1. The coal stackers shall be properly wetted with spray guns periodically

provided around the stacker area.

a) Wetting before unloading.

Coal shall be sufficiently moistened to suppress fines by spraying minimum

quantity of water, if possible.

b) Spray water at crusher discharge and transfer points.

Water spray shall also be applied at crusher discharge and transfer points.

Storage of Fly ash

1. Dry fly ash shall be transported in closed tankers or bulkers. Fly ash shall be

pumped directly from the tankers to silos pneumatically in closed loop or

mechanically such that fugitive emissions do not occur.




2. Dry Fly ash shall be stored in silos only. The silo vent be provided with a bag

filter type system to vent out the air borne fines.

3. Fly ash in the dry form shall be encouraged and in wet form shall be

discouraged.

4. The dry fly ash should be sent to closed silos.

The proposed expansion units will be having 'On-line' monitoring

instruments for Particulates and Sulphur Dioxide. The feedback

from these units will be used to control the operating parameters

of boilers.

The oil support is required to maintain proper combustion in

boilers particularly during light up of boiler and in wet months.

Attempts will be made by Obra TPS to use low sulphur oil. This

will help in controlling the SO2 emission.

Ambient Air Quality and Stack emission monitoring will be done on

regular basis as specified in the later part of this chapter.

These steps will meet the ambient air quality standards prescribed by Uttar

Pradesh Pollution Control Board.

Recommendation for Installation of Dry Fog Suppression System

The power plant should adopt the Dry Fog Suppression technique to suppress

the fugitive emission arises from various operation. The Dry Fog Dust

Suppression system controls virtually all types of respirable and larger airborne

dust and mists.

Control virtually all types of respirable and larger airborne dusts and mists arising

from materials handling with a Dry Fog Dust Suppression system from Turbo

Sonic. Typically installed at crushers, screens and transfer points, Dry Fog

agglomerates dust at the source by using Sonic Atomizing Nozzles to create fine

water droplets that impinge the airborne dust.




10.5 Management of Water Pollution

Water is an important input for operation of a power plant. It is necessary that

management of water pollution be done efficiently to avoid any adverse impact

on the environment. The effluent being generated during operation of the plant

are mainly Cooling tower blow down, Boiler and De-mineralisation Plant Waste,

Oil Contaminated Streams, Coal Handling Area run off, Ash slurry waste etc.

Cooling Water Management

Existing Units:

ATPS (2 x 50 MW + 2 x94 MW) and BTPS (5 x 200 MW) units of Obra TPS are

operating on once through system. Cooling water for condenser is drawn from

Obra dam constructed on Rihand river and after condensing steam hot water is

cooled by natural process of zig zag path of flow and discharged back into the

Rihand river. Measures have been taken to cool the hot water discharge prior to

meeting Rihand river by means of zig zag path. Measurement of temperature

near the confluence point indicated that temperature difference of cooling water

discharge and U/s of river is 4.80C which is within prescribed norms of 50C.

Proposed extension units:

The extension units in Obra TPS would be operating on closed cycle cooling

system. In this system only make up water is required resulting in less

consumption of water as compared with once through cooling system. This will

eliminate thermal discharge into water receiving body. Since there will be no

thermal discharge into any stream, there will be no impact on the surface water

quality. However, for better management of cooling water, the following steps

would be taken:

Flow measuring and recording devices would be provided for the make-up and

blowdown from cooling tower. The circulating water would be treated and

conditioned with inhibitors and biodegradable biocides. This is required for

protection of heat transfer surfaces vis a vis prevention of frequent leakage

resulting in pollution problems.




Boiler Cleaning and Demineralisation Plant Waste Water:

Existing Units:

Presently DM plant for BTPS is under working condition and new DM plant for

ATPS is being constructed. DM water requirement for the running units of ATPS

is met from the DM plant of BTPS. DM plant regeneration effluent for the units of

BTPS has been using treatment process to control pollution because of pH

changes arising from the waste water generated during regeneration process.

The control measures include flow equalization, pH correction, chemical

precipitation followed by sedimentation. The treated water from the treatment

plant is discharged into plant drain from where it is discharged into Rihand river.


The proposed extension units at Obra TPS would use control technology to

arrest the pollution because of dissolved solids, suspended solids and pH

changes arising from the waste water of D.M. plant and boiler cleaning. It is

planned that waste water treatment facility would be set up to treat the above

mentioned wastes. The control measures would include flow equalization, pH

correction, chemical precipitation followed by sedimentation. The precipitated

sludge would be dumped into the ash ponds to acts as top layer for development

of green belt on ash filled dykes. The treated water from the treatment plant

would be discharged into Central Monitoring Basin from where part of water will

be used in ash handling plant and part will be utilized for plantation and green

belt development.

Oil Contaminated Streams:

Oil handling area run off is the main source of oil contamination in a thermal

power station. Oil contamination may also result from washing of floors, and

leakages from pumps, oil system of turbine, nsformers and other equipment. It is

planned that all plant drains with oil contaminated streams would be segregated.

Effluent from oil handling will be taken to oil removal system where clear oil will

be taken back to fuel tank and the water led to the AHP sump. Skimming tank will

be provided separately to remove contaminated oil.




10.5.1 Water Treatment Systems

The water treatment system of the project comprises of Water Pre-treatment

Plant, Water Dematerializing Plant, Chlorination Plant, Condensate Polishing

Plant, CW Treatment Plant and Ash Water re-circulation System as described

below:

Water Pre-Treatment Plant

The pretreatment plant would be designed to remove suspended/colloidal matter

in the raw water. Separate pretreatment plant shall be provided for meeting the

CW system, Demineralization (DM) Plant and potable water system. A common

chemical house shall be provided to store chemicals such as chlorine, lime, alum

& coagulant aid and respective lime, alum and coagulant dosing equipment such

as tanks, pumps etc for all the PT systems. However independent chemical

preparation tanks and chemical dosing pumps shall be provided for each PT

system.

Two (2) reactor type clarifiers each of 2750 m3/hr capacity shall be provided for

CW system. The Water pre-treatment system for potable water system of 100

m3/hr capacity shall be considered in CW clarifiers and two (2) pressure filters

each of 2x100 m3/hr capacity. Water pre-treatment system for DM Plant would

consist of One (1) reactor type clarifier of 200 m3/hr capacity and two (2) gravity

filters each of 200 m3/hr capacity. Each of the clarifier shall be provided with a

stilling chamber cum aerator and provision for dosing of alum, lime, coagulant aid

and chlorine. There shall be one standby gravity filter for each water pre-

treatment system. Water from the clarifiers shall be led to clarified water storage

tank and to the filters as the case may be. Water from the clarified water storage

tank shall be pumped to the Ventilation system make up and CW system make

up by separate sets of pumps.

Each of the clarifier shall be provided with a stilling chamber cum aerator and

provision for dosing of alum, lime, coagulant aid and chlorine. There shall be one

standby gravity filter for each water PT system. Water from the clarifiers shall be

led to clarified water storage tank and to the filters as the case may be. Water




from the clarified water storage tank shall be pumped to the Ventilation system

make up and CW system make up by separate sets of pumps.

From the gravity filters, filtered water would flow by gravity to respective filtered

water reservoirs and filtered water would be pumped to DM plant and potable

water system.

Required hoists, cranes and weighing scales shall be provided for handling

pumps, chemicals, chlorine tonne containers etc.

The Water pre-treatment plants shall be provided with required instrumentation,

interlocks, controls, control panels to facilitate safe & reliable operation.

CW Treatment System

It is proposed to provide suitable chemical treatment programme of acid dosing

and scale cum corrosion inhibitor dosing for the CW system for control of CW

system water chemistry. It is proposed to provide acid & chemical storage tanks

and dosing pumps as a part of CW treatment system. The plant shall be provided

with neutralization pits, disposal pumps with required corrosion measurement

rack, instrumentation for interlocks and controls, control panels etc. to facilitate

safe & reliable operation.

Ash Water Re-circulation System

It is envisaged to provide ash water re-circulation system to meet the

requirements of environmental authority. For re-circulaiton of ash water

modification in the natural ash dyke is to be done for decanting pond. Decanted

water from ash pond shall be led to the plant area by using 3x50 % capacity

pumps and the same shall be conveyed through carbon steel pipes from ash

dyke to plant area. . This water will be used further in the ash handling system.

Blow down of ash water from the system shall be carried out to maintain the

system scale free. Normal make up to the ash water system shall be from CW

blow down water.

However provision shall also be kept for operating ash water system on “Once

Through” mode also. During “Once Through” mode operation, additional makeup




shall be met from the plant raw water supply. Provision to supply treated plant

effluent from central monitoring basin to ash handling shall also be kept.

Effluent Treatment System

The liquid effluents shall be collected and treated / recycled generally as per the

following design philosophy. The ash water from the ash dyke shall be re-

circulated as described above. The filter backwash water of PT Plant shall be

collected and recycled back to the DM system clarifier. At present ETP SYSTEM

AT Obra is shown in Fig-10.3 & 10.4 below.

Fig-10.3 of ETP at Obra TPS




Fig-10.4 of ETP at Obra TPS

Sewerage

A network of underground sewerage system shall be provided in the plant area.

Sewage Treatment Plant shall be provided and shall have sufficient capacity to

cater for the discharge of plant. CI pipes shall be used for catch pipes and RCC

concrete pipes shall be used for trunk sewage disposal pipes. However, CI

pressure pipes shall be used for disposal under pressure. The sludge from

clarifiers of Water PT plant shall be collected in a sump / pit and shall be pumped

to ash slurry sump for disposal to ash dyke.

The waste effluents from neutralization pits of DM plant and Condensate

Polishing Plant shall be collected in the respective neutralisation pits and

neutralised before pumping to ash slurry sump or to the central monitoring basin

before final disposal. CW system blow down would be used as make up to Ash

handling Plant. Excess CW blow down if any shall be led to Central Monitoring

Basin. Blow down (if required) from ash water re-circulation system shall also be

led to Central Monitoring Basin. A coal settling pond shall be provided to remove

coal particles from coal handling plant waste. Decanted water shall be pumped




back to the coal dust suppression system Service water effluent drains from

various areas shall be separately routed to a sump. From the sump the service

water shall be pumped upto plate separators/tube settler for treatment of

suspended solids. Treated service water shall be sent back to service water tank

to the extent possible for re-use. All the plant liquid effluents shall be mixed in

CMB and finally disposed off from central monitoring basin up to the final

disposal point pumps using carbon steel pipe through 2 x 100% capacity.

Coal Handling Area run off:

Coal handling area run off may occur due to rainfall. It has been planned to have

a guard drain in the coal yard so that the run off could be collected at a point.

This stream may contain mainly suspended coal particles. It would be led to a

holding basin to settle the coal particles. Settled coal particles would be

excavated during dry seasons.

Ash Slurry Waste:


Dry fly ash collection system has been envisaged for the extension units of 2 x

660 MW. Dry fly ash will be collected in silos and will be utilized by the cement

manufacturers.

The bottom ash slurry would be hydraulically transported to the existing ash dyke

through pipelines to a distance of approximately 3.5 km from the plant. The ash

would settle in the ash dyke and the overflow would be discharged into a central

monitoring basin and from there part will be recycled back to ash handling plant

and part will be utilized for plantation and green belt development. The following

measures have been planned:

Inlet of ash slurry and overflow would be properly located in the ash dyke to

avoid short cuts and carrying of ash into any surface water bodies. A skimmer

wall would be provided at the outlet to retain the solids.

The over flow from ash dyke would be recycled back for ash slurry

preparation and partly for plantations and green belt development. All efforts

would be made to make the overflow as clear as possible.




Compartmentalization of ash dyke would also be considered to increase its

efficiency.

The existing ash dyke would be utilized for disposal of bottom ash slurry from

the proposed extension units and no separate ash dyke has been envisaged.

10.6 Management of Noise

The operation of thermal power plant generates some noise. In order to assess

the impact of noise generated due to operation of the existing units, ambient

Noise level measurement was conducted. The result indicates that there is no

contribution of noise levels in the nearby villages or habitat places including

sensitive zones i.e. residential areas, schools, dispensaries etc. The capacity

addition due to proposed extension units would also not likely to change the

situation.

Ambient Noise level inside the plant premises were found higher than

permissible for industrial area. However, the following steps will be taken to

control the impact of noise generated from power plant:

The technical specifications for machine of proposed extension

units (fan, motor, compressors) will incorporate the limits for

maximum permissible noise. Obra TPS to procure quite running

machines.

All the machines would be maintained regularly for keeping the

sound power levels at designed conditions.

The silencers and mufflers of the individual machines would be

checked regularly.

Noise proof enclosures/noise refuge will be provided in all the

sections prone to generation of high noise.

The main source of noise in the power plant is steam venting. The

silencers will be provided in steam exhausts.

All the workers prone to high noise level exposures will be

provided with ear safety devices and will be made aware about

the potential hazards of noise pollution.




Provision of rotation of workers to minimize exposure time will be

kept.

Noise absorbent padding will be provided in false roof ceiling

panels, walls and doors. The control rooms would be properly

designed to avoid any sound transmission leak into the room.

A properly designed green belt, with right choice of trees, acts as

sink/absorber of unwanted noise. This would help in reducing the

ambient noise levels to a considerable extent. The green belts will

be strengthened at all the places.

10.7 Ash Management

FLY ASH UTILIZATION

As per, Ministry of Environment & Forest‘s Gazette Notification on Ash Utilization dated

03-11-2009 all new power stations shall have to utilize ash to the extent of 50% in 1 year

from the date of commissioning, 70% in 2 years from the date of commissioning, 90% in

3 years from the date of commissioning and 100% in 4 years from the date of

commissioning.

Coal requirement for 2x660 MW will be 5.528 MTPA. Coal will be obtained from


Jharkhand coal blocks, which has been allocated and LOA was issued on

25.07.2007. Ash and sulphur content in coal will be 32% and 0.4% respectively.

About 1.415168 MTPA of fly ash and 0.353792 MTPA of bottom ash will be

generated. M/s Jai Prakash Associates Limited Cement Division has Interest to

utilize Dry Fly Ash generated from Proposed 2 x660MW TPS at Obra for

manufacturing of cement vide letter no-JAL/DCF/DFA-UPRVUNL dated

06.08.2012 annexed at Annexure 9.0. No additional ash pond area is required

for expansion project and existing ash pond area is about 72 ha and co-ordinates

of the ash pond site is located within Latitude 2800’48.67” N and Longitude

7806’10.65” E.

1. The company shall provide system for 100% extraction of dry fly ash along

with suitable storage facilities. Provision shall also be kept for segregation of




coarse and fine ash, loading this ash in to closed / open trucks. This will

ensure availability of dry fly ash required for manufacture of Fly Ash based

Portland Pozzolana Cement (FAPPC), asbestos cement products; use in

cement concrete works, ash based building products and other uses of ash.

2. The company shall make efforts to motivate and encourage entrepreneurs to

set up ash based building products such as fly ash bricks etc.

3. Pilot cum demonstration fly ash brick manufacturing plant shall be set up at

this thermal power project and bricks produced shall be utilized in the

construction activities and also for demonstration to the local entrepreneurs to

encourage them for manufacturing ash bricks in the area.

4. To promote use of ash in agriculture / wasteland development – show case

project shall be taken up in the vicinity of power stations.

5. All government/ private agencies responsible for construction/ design of

buildings, development of low lying areas, and construction of road

embankments etc. within 100 kms of the plant area shall be persuaded to use

ash and ash based products in compliance of MoEF’s gazette notification.

With all the efforts mentioned above - it is expected that fly ash generated at the

thermal power stations shall be utilized in the areas of cement, concrete and

asbestos cement products manufacturing, brick manufacturing, road construction

etc. However, in order to prepare realistic road map for 100% Ash Utilization,

detailed market study shall be carried out. Based on the recommendation of

study, detailed Road Map for 100% Ash Utilization in line with MoEF gazette

notification shall be prepared and submitted to the regulatory authorities. The

ash production in the thermal power plant result from the combustion of coal,

consisting roughly 20 % bottom ash and 80 % fly ash. Ash disposal is the most

serious problem being faced by thermal power plant including Obra TPS. Dry fly

ash disposal system has been envisaged for the extension units. Fly ash will be

pneumatically transported and stored in silos and from there Cement

manufactures will lift the fly ash in a special enclosed container for manufacturing

cement.




The Ash utilization plan for Obra TPS is given in Table 10.2 below:

Table 10.2

Ash Utilisation Plan for OBRA TPS Year Ash Generation

(TPA) ESP Ash Utilisation

(TPA) Planned Mode of Fly Ash Utilisation (ESP Ash+ Bottom Ash + Pond Ash)

Storage in Ash pond (TPA)

Bottom Ash

Fly Ash Total Ash

Utilization of fly Ash

% Utilization of Fly Ash

In manufacturing of Portland Puzzolana

Cement (TPA)

Ash Brick plant (TPA)

In Reclaimation of low lying area & mine filling

(20% of Bottom Ash ) (TPA)

Total (TPA)

2015-16 363933 1455732 1819665 436720 30 436720 0 72787 509506 1310159

2016-17 400606 1602422 2003028 640969 40 640969 0 80121 721090 1362059

2017-18 444881 1779523 2224404 889761 50 889761 0 88976 978738 1334642

2018-19 602422 2409688 3012110 1445813 60 1445813 0 120484 1566297 1566297

2019-20 602422 2409688 3012110 1686781 70 1686781 0 120484 1807266 1325328

2020-21 776140 3104559 3880699 2275186 80% of old units +50%

of new units

2275186 0 155228 2430414 1605513

2021-22 954683 3818733 4773416 3155051 90% of old units +70%

of new units

3155051 0 190937 3345987 1618366

2022-23 954683 3818733 4773416 3677828 100% of old units +90% of new units

3677828 0 190937 3868765 1095588

2023-24 954683 3818733 4773416 3818733 100% of old units +100% of new units

3818733 0 190937 4009670 954683




Note:

Unit # 3, 4, 5 (50 MW each) Deleted.

Unit # 6 is deleted, and Unit # 8 (100 MW each)is closed and is under process of

deletion.

Unit # 7 (100MW) is presently under R&M and shall be operational by Nov 2015.

Unit # 10 (200MW) is under R&M and shall be operational by Dec 2015.

Unit # 11 (200MW) is under R&M and shall be operational by Mar 2016.

Unit # 12 (200MW) shall go for R&M from Dec 2015 and shall be operational by

Dec 2017.

Unit # 13 (200MW) shall go for R&M from Mar 2016 and shall be operational by

Dec 2017.

1st Unit of 660 MW Obra ‘C’ to start generation wef July, 2020.

2nd Unit of 660MW Obra ‘C’ to start generation wef Dec, 2020.

Coal consumption for 2x660 MW= 5.528 MTPA, Ash Generation= 1.76896 MTPA

(Bottom Ash) = 0.353792 MTPA, Dry Ash= 1.415168 MTPA)

So at 85% PLF coal requirement =5.528 MTPA

Pneumatic conveying system shall be employed for extraction of fly ash from the

electrostatic precipitator hoppers in dry form.

Bottom ashes collected in economizer hopper are/shall be conveyed in wet form

through bottom ash disposal pipes to ash slurry pump. Also for wet

transportation, fly ash generated in dry form is/shall be conveyed through

vacuum to ash collecting tower where it is mixed with water to form slurry which

is collected in ash slurry pump from where it is pumped to ash dyke located in

village Chakari (4.5 km from plant site).

MOU has been signed with M/s Jaiprakash Associates Limited for installation of

dry fly ash extraction system for utilizing fly ash to the tune of 5.528 lacs MT per

annum from the existing units of Obra ‘B’TPS for their cement manufacturing

plant at Dalla in Sonebhadra district and Chunar in Mirzapur district and also

from unit no-1 & 2(2X50MW) of ATPS.




Existing ash dyke is located in village Chakari (4.5 km from plant site) with

following parameters:

Total Ash Pond Area – Approximately 72.00 ha

The existing ash pond is naturally divided into many parts by the many natural

and elongated earth mounds lying inside the pond which is surrounded by earth

dykes / embankments. The dykes / embankments will be raised for disposal of

ash slurry from the proposed 2x660MW new units also. Efforts will be made to

evacuate the naturally divided ponds by allowing the needy agency to lift the

pond ash to make them ready in turns for lining purposes. Suitable LLDPE liner

will be provided on the bottom of the pond and sides of the raised bund so as to

ensure impermeability of the ash pond. A typical cross-section of the dyke

showing provision of LLDPE liner is shown hereunder:

Bottom ash which will be around 20% of total ash generated, will be disposed off

in slurry form in the existing ash dyke. However, as per guidelines of MOEF a

comprehensive plan has been drawn for utilization of 100% ash utillisation for

Obra TPS.

Cross section of Ash Pond Lining Details




10.8 Socio - Economic Environment

It is envisaged that setting up and expansion of thermal power plant would lead

to certain impacts on socio-economic environment. The opportunities for direct

and indirect employment will increase. It may lead to industrialization of area.

The demographic pattern of the area may change to some extent. It needs a

well-designed Environmental Management Plan for the related problems of coal

dust in the atmosphere, effluent discharge, if any, ash disposal are very critical

with reference to environment pollution. Since these pollution problems, if not

tackled properly, may lead to various health complications as well as discomfort

to aesthetic attributes, socio-economic environment assumes a very significant

position in the EIA studies related to such project. The following measures will be

taken for an effective Environment Management Plan leading to achieving

desired benefits without any adverse impacts:

Employment to local population at least in unskilled category.

The main immediate expectation from any new thermal power

plant is improvement in supply of electricity. The area which are

very near to power plant and have irregular and low voltage power

supply will be identified and these areas will be considered to

provide electricity on priority basis. This would also lead to good

will for the power plant management.

Welfare activities for nearby rural areas will be strengthened.

Power plant may adopt one or two villages in the area and may

develop them as model village.

The black smoke coming out of power plant stack certainly

adversely affects the aesthetics of the area. It will be ensured that

pollution control equipment installed at the power plant are always

working in proper condition.

Trees will be planted along road sides in such a way that there is

no direct line of sight to the installation when viewed from a point

outside the foliage perimeter.




Proper use of modern technologies involving reuse of fly ash

leading to economic benefits as well as prevention of pollution will

be adopted.

The possibilities of providing subsidies or equity participation for

fly ash bricks plants will be explored. The use of fly ash bricks in

the nearby areas will be encouraged. The advantages of fly ash

bricks, particularly in reference to soil conservation in the area

should be explained to local population.

Awareness programs on environmental aspect and operation of

thermal power plant will be organised for local population. This will

remove many of the apprehensions from their minds.

10.9 Rain Water Harvesting

Rainwater harvesting at Obra Power Project site shall be carried out, if required, so

as to conserve rainwater and reduce the overall water consumption for plant

requirements

The convenient and economical way of achieving the same is by adopting roof water

harvesting methodologies. Rain water harvesting supplements in meeting various

non-potable purpose of water usage in the power plant like:

Water for gardening purposes

Water for sprinklers that are used on coal

For use in flushing of toilets

The above components of non - potable use for which water is otherwise to be

supplied from raw reservoir could therefore be saved.

Components of the Rain Water Harvesting Scheme

a. Rainwater harvesting to enrich the groundwater resources.

b. Rainwater harvesting scheme intended for roof water harvesting scheme. In

either case, following will be the components of the rainwater harvesting

schemes.




Rainwater harvesting carried out for enriching the groundwater resources

essentially consists of:

i. Recharging pits

ii. Common underground sump

iii. Pipeline(s) connecting each of the recharge pits

Following are the main components proposed for the roof water harvesting system at

the thermal power plant including their location in the project area:

a. Rainwater pipes from the roofs of all the station Building, and other non - plant

building in the vicinity viz. Workshop, Service building, DM plant/Chemical

house, Fire station building, Canteen etc.

b. Storm water drains adjoining the roads of cooling Towers, ESP/ Boiler areas of

the plant

c. Rain water collection tank (underground)

d. Pipelines from the rainwater collection tank to the overhead tank and from the

tank to various utilities

The exact location of these components including of details of components like

pumping main and synthetic tanks could be finalised after identifying the exact

location of the storm water out fall that shall be collected in the proposed

rainwater collection tank. All storm water drains of the main plant area shall be

connected the rainwater collection tank

Integration with Storm Water Drains

The roof water of the station buildings such as Fire station, Canteen, Workshop

building, etc. shall be collected in the proposed rainwater collection tank. All

storm water drains of the main plant area shall be connected to the rainwater

collection tank.




Storm water from drains and rainwater collected in the rainwater tank shall be

utilized for further use. This is achieved by installing a suitable pump at one end

of the tank. This shall pump the collected water to the synthetic PVC tank

installed on the roof of superstructures like Station Building, etc. The size of the

synthetic tank shall be suitable sized based on the rainfall intensity and the run

off thereof. Additional tank could be installed as and intensity and the run off

thereof. Additional tank could be installed as and when the underground tanks

are added. PVC pipe is proposed for pumping water from the rainwater collection

tank to the tanks on top of the buildings.

Collected water from the synthetic tank is distributed by gravity through PVC

pipes of 100 mm diameter to desired locations for non-potable use as explained

earlier.

Furthermore, most of the junctions (similar to manholes of closed conduit system

drains), namely chambers can be made deep enough to allow water to collect

and enrich the groundwater source in the storm water drainage network of the

main power plant. The dimensions of such chambers including its depth shall be

decided at the time of detailed design.

However, Director Underground Water Department, Lucknow has informed that

rainwater harvesting is not required in the Chopan Block of Distt Sonebhadra

where the proposed project is situated. Refer to Annexure-17

10.10 Green Belt Development

Strengthening of existing green belt in and around Obra TPS will be done by

planting local species of trees. Steps have already been taken by the TPS

authorities in this direction. An area of around 140 Hectare has been earmarked

for the green belt development viz. along the boundary of the proposed project

area, abandoned ash pond and some pockets.

The green belt development shall be carried out through Forest Department. The

detailed proposal for green belt development in abandoned ash pond of Obra

Thermal Power project and other area of Power station has been submitted by




Forest department vide their letters dated 26.4.13 & 03.06.2013 are enclosed as

Annexure 11. The same has been approved by UPRVUNL vide OM

No.404/UNL/E&S dated 20.07.2013 and annexed at Annexure-12 and amount

of Rs.207.893 Lakhs has been released to site for taking the work. The details of

green belt development is shown on plot plan on annexed at Annexure-13.The

details of green belt development in abundant ash pond of Obra Thermal Power

Project are as given in Table 10.3 below :

Table 10.3

Green belt budget Allocation

S.

No.

Details of Work Year Budget (Rs.)

in Lacs

1 First Part (Advance Soil Work) 2015-16 132.147

2 Second Part (Greenbelt Development

work)

2015-16 52.647

3 Third part (First Maintenance) 2016-17 24.199

4 Fourth Part (Second Maintenance) 2017-18 9.290

Total 218.283

As per Govt. order no.A-2-23/10-2011-

17(4)/75 dated 25.01.2011 Add 12.5%

additional duty

27.285

Grand Total 245.568

The total plan of green belt development will meet the norms as per MoEF

guidelines for development of greenbelt at Thermal Power Station. The same

shall cover ecological restoration of Ash pond also.

The main tree species to be planted and minimum height of plants at the time of

plantation is given in Table 10.4 bellow:




Table 10.4

The main tree species to be planted

S.NO Species Minimum height of Plants at Plantation stage

Block Belt Urban

1 Shisham 1.0 1.5 1.5

2 Siras 1.0 1.5 1.5

3 Mango 1.0 1.5 1.5

4 Jamun 1.0 1.5 1.5

5 Arjun 1.0 1.5 1.5

6 Kanji 0.6 1.5 1.5

7 Gulmohar - 1.5 1.5

8 Jackrenda - 1.5 1.5

9 Kachnar - 0.6 0.6

10 Amaltash - 0.6 0.6

11 Savni - 0.6 0.6

12 Botteltree - 0.7 0.7

13 Platoforam - 0.6 0.6

14 Pipal 1.0 1.5 1.5

15 Pakad 1.0 1.5 1.5

16 Bargad 1.0 1.5 1.5

17 Gular 1.0 1.5 1.5

18 Prosopira 0.45 - -

19 Jungle Jlaebi 0.45 - -

20 Sagon 0.40 - -

21 Euclyptus 0.6 1.0 -

22 Popular 2.0 - -

23 Kher 0.35 - -

24 Babool 0.45 - -

25 Neem 1.0 1.5 1.5

26 Bamboo 0.40 - -

27 Kadam - 1.5 1.5




The plantation success percentage is given in Table 10.5 is below :

Table 10.5

The plantation success percentage

Year Western Ganges

Area

Eastern Ganges

Area

Tarai Area Vindhyachal &

Bundelkhand Area

Non

damaged

10%

damaged

Non

damaged

10%

damag

ed

Non

damag

ed

10%

damag

ed

Non

damaged

10%

damaged

0 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95

1 79 88 90 99 91 100 75 84

2 68 75 83 91 83 91 69 77

3 59 65 76 83 75 82 64 71

4 51 56 70 76 68 74 60 66

5 46 50 65 70 60 65 56 61

6 42 45 61 65 53 57 53 57

7 40 42 57 60 46 49 50 53

8 40 42 54 56 40 42 49 51

9 40 42 52 53 34 35 47 48

10 40 42 51 52 28 29 47 48

The Sonebhadra, Mirzapur & Varanasi area comes in the Vindhyachal and

Bundelkhand Agricultural Area.




10.11 CLEAN DEVELOPMENT MECHANISM (CDM)

Sustainable power generation has been one of the prime objectives of

UPRVUNL. Towards achieving this objective, various measures have been

introduced to ensure minimum degradation of the environment due to the

operation of the power stations. There is growing concern world over and

UPRVUNL is no exception towards contribution of green house gases released

due to fossil fuel firing towards global warming. As a part of the agreement under

Kyoto Protocol the CDM has been introduced to enable trading of Certified

Emission Reduction (CER) between the developed countries and the developing

countries. Although, this issue is being exhaustively deliberated to establish long

ranging solutions, accordingly, it is proposed to have supercritical boilers at the

Obra-C as extension project in place of earlier proposed 2X500 MW. In view of

the increased efficiency (2.4%) of super-critical boiler as compared to sub-critical

boiler, the coal consumption per unit of electricity generation would be lower with

consequent reduction in CO2 emissions. The reduction in CO2 emissions would

be of the order of 0.26 million tons per year. For the entire life of the plant (i.e. 25

years), it would be of the order of about 6.5 million tons. Since the super-critical

technology is still under implementation stage in India, operation of super-critical

boilers using the low grade Indian coal is challenging and technology barriers will

have to be overcome. Investment costs for plant with super-critical boilers is

higher as compared to the plant with sub-critical boilers. As such, Obra-C Project

is likely to fulfill the requirements of the CDM additionality.

10.12 ENVIRONMENTAL COST

A cost provision of approximately Rs.634.347 crore has been kept towards

providing environmental measures.

Chapter‐11

Public Consultation




11. PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Public participation in EIA has a critical role to play in helping to integrate

economic, social and environmental objectives. Public participation is

necessary for minimizing or avoiding public controversy, confrontation &

delay and can make a positive contribution to the EIA process.

Involvement of the public is one of the fundamental principles of a successful

EIA process. It not only provides an opportunity to those directly affected by a

project to express their views on the environmental and social impacts of the

proposal but also brings about transparency in the environmental clearance

system. Nearly all EIA systems make some sort of provision for public

involvement.

As per EIA Notification, 2006; Public Consultation is the process by which the

concerns of local affected persons and others who have plausible stack in the

environmental impacts of the project or activity are ascertained with a view to

taking into account all the material concerns in the project or activity designed

as appropriate.

In line with EIA Notification, 2006; EIA report has been finalized based on

TOR issued by Ministry of Environment & Forests, New Delhi. This EIA

Report along with Executive Summary in Hindi & English and in soft form

(CD) was submitted by Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited to

U.P. Pollution Control Board for arranging Public Hearing.

Executive Summary in Hindi & English was hoisted on web – site of U.P.

Pollution Control Board for inviting comments of the public. Also notice of

Public Hearing was published in Local News Paper – Dainik Jagran, Varanasi

edition dated 12.09.2014 (Copy of Newspaper cutting enclosed at Annexure-

19).




In line with public notice, public hearing was organised at Collectorate

Auditorium, Sonebhadra on 17.10.2014 from 01.00 PM. The Public Hearing

was attended by the villagers from nearby villages. The attendance list of the

public present in Public Hearing is enclosed at Annexure- 21.

This public hearing was organised under supervision and chairmanship of

Shri Mani Lal Yadav, ADM (Administration) – Sonebhadra. During the public

hearing officials of Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited and

PCRI made presentation on salient project features and environmental

aspects to the public. The main issues of the public during the Public Hearing

were as follows:

33 % of area for Green Belt Development

Installation of High efficiency Electro Static Precipitators to limit

SPM with 100 mg/Nm3.

Installation of 275 m high stack for better dispersion of pollutants

Appropriate arrangement for pollution control at Coal Handling Plant

Sprinklers be provided at Ash Pond to prevent fugitive dust

emissions

Effluent recycling be practiced. No effluent be discharged in Rihand

river and its tributaries.

Effluent Treatment and Sewage Treatment Plants be installed.

Treated water be used for Green Belt Development.

Effective measures be taken to control Noise Pollution.

Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Limited assured the public to

consider the public opinions and take care of these issues appropriately. In

the last, the public welcomed the project and accorded its consent through

voice vote. The minutes of the meeting of the Public Hearing issued by U.P.

Pollution Control Board is enclosed in Annexure - 20.




11.1 Public Hearing Points raised during Public Hearing

Public hearing was done on date 17.10.2014 in the presence of Sri Kalika Singh,

RO/Sonebhadra, Sri Mani Lal Yadav, ADM (F/R) Sonebhadra, Sri Sanjay Tiwari

CGM/OTPS and other project officers & the public.

S.N. Issue raised Issue raised by Reply/Action taken so far

1. Pollution is generated by the industries. Management is not making enough efforts to control the pollution. Ground water is contaminated with Fluoride, Arsenic etc. The emission from chimney damaged the agriculture and Industry. Proposed project may be accorded conditional NOC. The district should be awarded 100MW Electricity free of cost.

Sri Chaudhari Yasvant Singh of NGO- Jan Sevak Gramodyog Sewa Sansthan, Robertsganj)

S.E. (HQ) of OTPS said that due attention shall be paid to various suggestions made in this public hearing. Education facilities shall be provided to children of local area; medical facilities shall be provided at nominal charges; Employment shall be provided to local residents through contractors directly as well as indirectly; Obra TPS is contributing to the welfare of local public of nearby villages through various CSR activities and in future, the scope of CSR shall be further increased; There is problem of pollution; we are not acquiring any additional land; we shall fulfil all the norms regarding pollution.

2 Ash is being disposed in to the river through Jhariya Nala

Sri Sangram Misra (Ex. Distt. President, Hindu Yuva Vahini), Sonebhadra

Sri Sanjay Tiwari, CGM, Obra thanked the participants of public hearing and intimated that this project shall be installed on the 550 acre land and shall be contributing towards employment directly as well as indirectly. CGM also intimated that in compliance with orders of National Green Tribunal, Obra project has installed 7 nos. RO plants of capacity 1000 lt/hr at various places under CSR. Project shall spend in various welfare scheme about 32 crore under CSR. CGM intimated that unit no. -9 had already been renovated and is operation &

3 Medicines are not provided by the project to the poor tribal of this area. Coal supply is inadequate. Poverty is rampant is the district and the youth is unemployed. Proper shelters & residences may be provided to the poor living in the area of Obra- C project.

Sri Vipin Singh, Corporator, Obra

4 The distt. is predominantly, 80% populated by tribal. The electricity project is welcome but the tribal should be given

Sri Ramesh Singh Yadav, Social activist , Obra, Sonebhadra




priority & they should be given employment. Pollution should be minimised & employment should be maximised. 105MW Electricity May be provided to the distt. so as to make it available 24 hrs. Electricity supply to distt. Sonebhadra.

95% PLF as regards making available fee electricity in 5 km periphery this is a central govt. scheme and the day the state govt. will adopted we shall also taking necessary action. Sri Manni Lal Yadav, ADM(F), Sonebhadra in his concluding presidential address assured the public that the arguments expressed by public shall be conveyed to Central Govt. and no environment imbalance shall be allowed to be created at any cost. He also said that all measures shall be taken to keep environmental pollution within the norms. He also insisted that UPRVUNL should pay special attention for all round development of the area. Besides, above suggestion / comments and observations, no other issue has been raised during public hearing. The public present in the public hearing expressed its consent for extension of the project unanimously. Dredging of deposited ash in the river Renuka has been got done through Irrigation Department. Plantation /afforestation is being got done through Forest Department, UP over the vast area of filled and abandoned ash pond. This will significantly help in improving the environs. Medical camps have been organised for eyes and other medical check-ups of the nearby denizens. 7 nos. RO plants of capacity 1000 lt/hr have been installed by Obra Project at various places under CSR in compliance with

5 Pollution & disease prevails in this area in the name of development. Compensation, education & employment may be provided to already displace d people of this area. 25% electricity is provided from the plants established in other provinces. Public demand may be considered.

Sri Rambhrose Singh, Worker-Jantadal, Robersganj

6 Expansion of industries attract the attention towards pollution. Obra & Anpara generate so much smoke which is a matter of shame. There is no proper arrangement for water storage.

Sri Shaikh Kaleem, president All Nature Climate Environmental Society, Churk, Sonebhadra

7 People of Obra have long been waiting for obra C project, & this project will prove to be a milestone. The project is very old & sick and is under treatment. The units causing pollution are being renovated. The denizens shall get employment

Sri Vishal Gupta, Zone chairperson, lions club, Obra

8 We have gathered here in a public court and had been waiting for quite a long time. The central govt. as well as State govt. have taken commendable steps. The education & medical facilities

Sri Alok Bhatia, Distt. Vice President, Vyapar Mandal, Obra




are good. The process of providing employment to the use of this area should be simplified .

orders of National Green Tribunal. New ESPs will be installed in old units of 200 MW capacity each which are undergoing R&M to ensure emission within prescribed environmental standards of smoke emission.

9 The distt. is facing naxal & poverty. The establishment of power project is a definite welcome but the poor is meted step-motherly treatment. Minimum wages are not provided. The religious place of Bhutesvar Darbar, natural Shiv Mandir are located in sector-3, and thus is a natural heritage & it should be preserved. The youths of Obra should be provided 100% employment. A movement will be started if 24hrs electricity Supply is not provided.

Sri Dinesh Shukla, Bharti Janta Yuva Morcha, Kashi Prant

10 The establishment of the power project, & development is the area is well come. How will the electricity supply in the entire distt. be provided if the project is not available to provide electricity. To the nearby area within even 100 mtrs. Where shall be slum dwellers be sifted . Rs. 500 is charged as medical fee from private people which is not appropriate. Thousand of trees have been felled. Trees should be planted otherwise the project will not be allowed to be constructed.

Sri Vikas Singh(Chinku) Student leader, Obra

11 UP Govt. have them appreciated this job and we agree for this project. Sinduria & Vardia are dark areas which should be adopted, & the village should

Ajay Kumar Pathak, Student PG college, Obra




be designated for this purpose. Support NOC for same.

12 We express thanks The UP Govt. & hor. CM of UP. Electy. Generation is very important and we support the construction of Obra C Project.

Sri Vijay Yadav, Distt. President, Samajwadi Yuvjan Sabha, Obra

13 The construction of project is welcome and NOC should be granted for same. However employment should be made available.

Sri Mithlesh Singh Bajarangi, Obra

14 The facility of electy. Must be ensure within 5 km, and the hospital should be properly manage, employment should be made available to the youths. NOC be granted for Obra C project.

Sri Neeraj Bhatia, Ex. Students Union, Obra

15 It is appreciated if employment is made available. We will required 24hrs. Electy. Supply.

Sri Pawan Kumar Yadav, Obra.

Chapter‐12

Summary & Conclusion




312

12.0 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

Energy is a critical success factor in the economic development process and major

infrastructure requirement for any country. It is well known that our commitment for

the cause of development require assured supply of affordable and reliable energy.

The demand for energy has grown rapidly with the development of society.

Quality power at optimum cost is a catalyst for industrial development of any State.

The State of Uttar Pradesh has ambitious plans for rapid industrialization. Therefore

power generation in the State of Uttar Pradesh requires urgent augmentation of

generation capacity.

The present installed capacity in the state of U.P is insufficient to meet the demand

for power. It is estimated that Peak Electric Load in U.P. will rise from current level of

19622.53 MW and Electrical Energy Requirement will be 110664.947 GWh by 2016-

17 as per 17th Power Survey. As there is an acute shortage of power in Uttar

Pradesh and this has become the main hindrance in the development of industries

and the State, installation of more thermal power plant on urgent basis in this State

becomes important.

The proposed project is one of the projects planned to be developed for long term

capacity addition project. The proposed project will help in bridging the gap between

supply and demand of power in the State of U.P. and Northern region.

The proposed expansion of 2 x 660 MW Obra ‘C” coal based thermal power plant will

be located In the Obra Thermal Power Station premises. No additional land will be

acquired for this project.

Obra-’C‘ (2x660 MW) is being proposed as an expansion project of the existing Obra

power plant and is envisaged to start generating power during 13th Plan period

between (2017-2022). The entire generation is to be utilized to meet the power




313

requirement of Uttar Pradesh and the surplus power, if any would be pumped into

Northern Grid to meet the power requirement of other states in northern region.

The water for the proposed project will be made available from Obra Dam on the

river Rihand. 54 cusec water will be used from Obra Dam. Sufficient quantity of water

available for the competent users.

The proposed expansion is planned within the premises of existing plant and no

additional land is proposed to be acquired. UPRVUNL has identified about 550 acres

of land, at the existing Obra TPS for installation of this expansion project after

demolishing the existing old and dilapidated quarters in sectors 5,6 and 7 of present

colony and adjoining land towards north of sector 6 and abandoned ash dyke.

Vicinity cum plot plan and Layout plan of the expansion units is enclosed as

Annexure- 15.

Coal requirement for proposed 2x660 MW units is estimated as 5.528 million

tonnes/annum, considering GCV of 4000 kcal/kg, design heat rate as 2250 Kcal/kWh

and 85% PLF as per CERC operative norms effective from 1/4/2009.

Coal requirement for 2x660 MW will be 5.528 MTPA. Coal will be obtained from


Jharkhand coal Block, which has been allocated. Ash and sulphur contents in coal

will be 32% and 0.4% respectively. About 1.415168 MTPA of flyash and 0.353792

MTPA of bottom ash will be generated. Agreement for flyash utilization has been

signed with M/s Jaiprakash Associates Limited.

Thermal power plants invariably have potential environmental effects during both

the construction and operational phases including effects on air, water, noise & land

environments as well as socioeconomic conditions during construction phase. The

significance of construction impacts will be limited; however the mitigation measures




314

will be taken for traffic management, appropriate timing and routing of materials,

delivery, maintenance of sanitary facilities etc.

In addition to the above, the potential for environmental impacts is also associated

with the operation of thermal power stations. The environmental effects on air quality

will be minimized through implementation of mitigation measures viz. installation of

high efficiency (99.80%) ESPs for collection of fly ash from the boilers, ESP

designed for 50 mg/Nm3 in operation and installation of tall stacks of 275 meters for

better dispersion of gaseous pollutants. It would be ensured that the emission norms

prescribed by regulatory bodies are met during operation of the power plant.

The effluent generated during operational phase will be treated to meet the

permissible norms and will be utilized for green belt development. The fly ash and

bottom ash from the plant is proposed to be collected and used for various

applications. UPRVUNL will also explore various other avenues for utilisation of ash

in value added products such as cement, fly ash bricks etc.

In order to provide quality dry fly ash to users such as, manufacturers of cement,

concrete and its allied products like Cellular Concrete etc., the plant shall provide

systems and facilities for 100% extraction of dry fly ash.

The assessment indicates that with the adoption of the mitigation measures

established by the Environment Impact assessment process, the overall

environmental impacts of construction and operation of the proposed project, there

will be Impact on environment but not injurious in general. However, mitigation

measures are important during the construction as well as operation stage of

Proposed Thermal Power project. The changes in air, water quality with the

introduction of proposed mitigation measures would ensure compliance with

appropriate standards and confine negative effects within acceptable limits. No

appreciable operational impacts are expected in relation to factors such as visual

amenity and ecology.




315

The green belt development plan envisaged in and power plant will improve the

surrounding environment.

On the whole it can be concluded that installation of 2 x 660 MW Obra ‘C’ Coal

Fired Thermal Power Project at Obra Thermal Power project, District

Sonebhadra (U.P.) will be an environment friendly project.

Chapter‐13

Disclosure of Consultants Engaged




13. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED (REVIEWER & UPDATER) 13.1. Team Composition The team composition and their respective responsibilities are listed in Table 12.1

Quality Control Sheet

Project

Revision No. Date

EIA Studies of UPRVUNL 2x660 MW Obra ‘C’

Project, Obra, District Sonebhadra (U.P.)

0 July 2013

Project Leader R.S.Yadav

Signature:

Project Reviewer Arjesh Sharma

Signature

Project Co-ordinator

Ambrish Goel

Signature:




PROJECT PERSONNEL

Scientific Staff

Mr. Manish Sachan

Dr. S. Bhatnagar

Dr. N.G. Shrivastava

Mr. P.K. Biswas

Project Staff

Mr. Virendra Kumar Mr. C.P.S.Khosla

Mr. Vipin Kumar Mr. Satya Pal

Mr. Navneet Chauhan Mr. P.K.Pahwa

Mr. A.K.P.N.Singh Mr. Pradeep Kumar

Mr. K.S.Gusain Mr. Alok Srivastava

Secretarial Assistance

Mrs. Rekha Mr. Prem Singh

Mr. Rati Ram Mr. Sagar Kumar

Mr. Bir Singh

Project Leader

Rajendra Singh Yadav

Project Reviewer

Arjesh Sharma

Project Co-ordinator

Ambrish Goel

Annexures




TOR Annexure-1




Change in unit Configuration Annexure-2-




Water allocation Annexure-3




Coal Linkage Annexure-4




Minutes of Meeting Annexure-5




MoEF Letter Annexure-6




Water Balance Diagram Annexure-7-




Ash Utilisation plan Annexure-8

Ash Utilisation Plan for OBRA TPS Year Ash Generation

(TPA) ESP Ash Utilisation

(TPA) Planned Mode of Fly Ash Utilisation (ESP Ash+ Bottom Ash + Pond Ash)

Storage in Ash pond (TPA)

Bottom Ash

Fly Ash Total Ash

Utilization of fly Ash

% Utilization of Fly Ash

In manufacturing

of Portland Puzzolana

Cement (TPA)

Ash Brick plant (TPA)

In Reclaimation of low lying area & mine

filling (20% of Bottom Ash )

(TPA)

Total (TPA)

2015-16 363933 1455732 1819665 436720 30 436720 0 72787 509506 1310159

2016-17 400606 1602422 2003028 640969 40 640969 0 80121 721090 1362059

2017-18 444881 1779523 2224404 889761 50 889761 0 88976 978738 1334642

2018-19 602422 2409688 3012110 1445813 60 1445813 0 120484 1566297 1566297

2019-20 602422 2409688 3012110 1686781 70 1686781 0 120484 1807266 1325328

2020-21 776140 3104559 3880699 2275186 80% of old units +50% of

new units

2275186 0 155228 2430414 1605513

2021-22 954683 3818733 4773416 3155051 90% of old units +70% of

new units

3155051 0 190937 3345987 1618366

2022-23 954683 3818733 4773416 3677828 100% of old units +90% of

new units

3677828 0 190937 3868765 1095588

2023-24 954683 3818733 4773416 3818733 100% of old units +100% of

new units

3818733 0 190937 4009670 954683




Jaypee Agreement Letter Annexure-9




Wild life NOC Letter Annexure-10




Letter to Principal Conservative Forest Department Annexure-10-A




Green belt development letter Annexure-11




Green belt development approval letter from CMD Annexure-12




Plot Plan Annexure-13




Jaypee expression of Interest letter for Ash Utilisation Annexure-14




Annexure-15




Green Belt Development Annexure-16




Rain Water Harvesting Letter from Director Underground Water Dept. Lko Annexure-17




Annexure-18




Public Hearing News Paper Cutting Annexure-19




Public Hearing Minutes of Meeting Annexure-20




Public Hearing Attendance Sheet Annexure-21

Project Proponent Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Ltd.

Documents

Transcript of Project Proponent Uttar Pradesh Rajya Vidyut Utpadan Nigam Ltd.